A Bibliography of the Life and Teachings of Jiddu Krishnamurti, by Susunaga Weeraperuma

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE LIFE AND TEACHINGS OF JIDDU KRISHNAMURTI

Krishnamurti at Brockwood Park in 1972

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE LIFE AND TEACHINGS OF JIDDU KRISHNAMURTI

SUSUNAGA WEERAPERUMA With a frontispiece

LEIDEN E. J. B RILL 1974

E.J. BRILL LEIDEN - KÖLN - LONDON

ISBN 90 04 04007 2 Copyright 1974 by E. J. Brill, Leiden, Netherlands AII rights reserved. No part o f this book may be reproduced or translated in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm, microfiche or any other means without permission from the publisher PRINTED IN THE NETHERLANDS

CONTENTS Acknowledgements .............................................................................. Introduction ............

VII IX

P A R T ON E WORKS BY KR1SHNAMURTI Prose Works (1-62) .............................................................................. Discourses and Discussions (63-268) ................................................ Poems (269-339) .................................................................................. Education (340-366) ............................................................................ Articles in Periodicals (367-500) ........................................................

3 12 32 38 42

P A R T TW O WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI Biographical Works and Evaluative Studies of the Teachings (501-825) ........................................................................................ Articles in Periodicals (826-1532) ...................................................... Poems (1533-1559) ..............................................................................

57 89 145

Appendix (Films, Gramophone Records, Periodicals) ..................

147

Title Index to Works by Krishnamurti ............................................ Author Index ........................................................................................ Title Index to Works about Krishnamurti ......................................

151 155 161

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Several friends in various countries very kindly provided me with numer­ ous publications and information. Their deeds and words have been a source of inspiration in the compilation of this work. My grateful thanks are due to all of them and especially to the following: Robert Gayler (British National Bibliography) and V. Kulkarni (British Museum) for their encouragement and advice; Robert Cochet of Nice for laboriously tracing a great many French publications; Professor E.F.C. Ludowyk and V. Thanabalasingham of Ceylon for revising my Introduction. Faber and Faber Ltd kindly granted permission to quote from God is my adventure by Rom Landau. A generous financial subsidy from Alan Jacobs (Alan Jacobs Gallery, 15 Motcomb Street, London S.W .l) enabled a considerable reduction in the price of this publication. Finally, 1 wish to thank the staffs of the British Museum, theTheosophical Society (London) and the National Library in Calcutta for their co-opera­ tion and assistance.

INTRODUCTION For more than five decades now Krishnamurti has been wandering over the face of our earth. The lives of countless human beings in every continent have been touched, in varying degrees, by his numerous talks, interviews and publications. His is the voice of a sage who speaks from the depths of a rare, inner illumination. With compassion and intensity of purpose he continues to speak of the need for a mutation in the consciousness of man. There has been a long felt need for a bibliography of the kind I have attempted here, for use in various institutions, especially in public libraries, universities, and the like. It will enable many persons throughout the world to become aware of the extent of Krishnamurti’s writings, if not to be intro­ duced to his work for the first time. It will also bring to light his lesser known publications with all the treasures of wisdom they contain. The publications listed herein have been grouped into broad and conveni­ ent categories. It seemed both arduous and pointless to attempt classifying into minute divisions so all pervading a teaching, where the emphasis throughout is on fundamental questions. Krishnamurti, whatever the question he is attempting to answer, and whatever the immediate and specific subject of investigation may happen to be, has the genius of reverting either directly or indirectly to that central and essential theme of his message concerning the urgency of a total transformation of the psyche. A foolproof subject classification of so basic a teaching therefore becomes difficult, if not impossible. Besides, one fears that a meticulous and pedantic categorisation into subjects of his works might considerably detract attention from the essential coherence and totality of his message. Nevertheless, his publica­ tions relating to education have been grouped in a separate section entitled EDUCATION. The reader may wish to know the reason for this exceptional treatment of one subject. Throughout his long life Krishnamurti has concerned himself with educational matters, particularly in certain educa­ tional centres in India such as those at Rajghat and Rishi Valley, and in England at Brockwood Park in Hampshire. Those who are interested in reading his statements on education will find in these publications a wealth of information and wisdom. There are two main Parts: Part 1 devoted exclusively to Krishnamurti’s works, and Part 2 to works on him. Krishnamurti’s works have been classi­ fied into PROSE WORKS, DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS, POEMS, EDUCATION and ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS. The difficulty of separating his wbrks into watertight compartments became especially evident when considering books such as The first and last freedom or Life ahead. Although these books have been classified at PROSE WORKS and EDUCATION respectively, it can be justifiably maintained that DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS is an equally appropriate place for them. This is because these are really compilations from his recorded talks and answers to questions, as distinguished from essays and other forms of prose writing. But nearly all the publications that have been grouped in DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS are those with titles neither signifi­ cant nor distinct, such as for example, Talks in Europe, 1968. In contrast, The pool o f wisdom (although a compilation of 6 talks given round the Camp

X

INTRODUCTION

Fire in Ommen, 1926) has been classified in PROSE WORKS on account of its distinct title. Most of the publications at DISCOURSES AND DISCUS­ SIONS have not been indexed, but the items here, as elsewhere throughout Part 1, have been arranged chronologically. This chronological record of Krishnamurti’s published talks and discussions is also, incidentally, of poten­ tial interest to anyone who cares to study Krishnamurti’s life. Bv reading these works it is possible to know some of the places in the world that he visited, the dates of these visits, the sort of questions that were asked in reaction to certain historical events as well as his replies to them. In his younger days Krishnamurti wrote a considerable amount of poetry. His poetry is characterised by a certain delicacy of expression, a great feeling for human beings, an extraordinary sensitivity to nature and a yearning to express the inexpressible. In addition to the three books of poems: The search (1927), The immortal friend (1928) and The song o f life (1931), many shorter poems were published in various periodicals. Poems without titles have been catalogued and indexed under their opening lines purely for the sake of identification. Several criteria have been used in the selection of publications for inclu­ sion in Part 2 WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI Book reviews are excluded. Only books, articles in periodicals and poems that either deal directly with or refer indirectly to his life and teachings, are included. The various opinions expressed by writers on Krishnamurti, ranging from the extremely derogatory to the praises of the highly devoted, have not in any way consciously influenced, either one way or the other, the implementation of the declared principles of selection. I have not been in any sense a censor. A section entitled BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES OF THE TEACHINGS became unavoidably necessary owing to the impossibility of distinguishing the biographical works from the evalua­ tive studies of the teachings: a good many writers have understandably dealt with both. This failure to observe such a fine distinction is not pointed to as in any sense a criticism of these commentators: on the contrary, does it not rather indicate the clarity of their perception that the life and the teachings of a truly great sage have to be considered together and cannot be treated apart? By studying the life of a Teacher we get a glimpse of the teachings. The life is the living expression of the teachings, for these two matters are inseparably linked. Something of the aroma of the teachings is surely recognisable in the life of every liberated being. The impact of the teachings of Krishnamurti on the life and thought of his time is something that does not lend itself easily to either calculation or statis­ tical analysis. The real extent of his influence on the contemporary world remains a matter for speculation and conjecture, as this is neither measurable quantitatively nor qualitatively. Nevertheless, through the publications listed in Part 2 — WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI, one can at least read the commentaries of various writers, including the observations of eminent men of letters such as George Bernard Shaw or Aldous Huxley. It is probably the case that the teachings have, either directly through Krishnam­ urti’s own works or indirectly through the writings of others, more than merely touched the consciousness of modern man. Those publications that have not been examined by me personally bear an

INTRODUCTION

XI

asterisk *. In almost every such case the information was gleaned from a reliable bibliographical source. Some of the listed publications have been translated into various languages. In nearly all cases such works have been recorded in the language of first appearance where known. Unless otherwise stated, only the first editions of works have been noted. Unfortunately some of the publications originally appeared without dates. Where the accuracy of a date of publica­ tion seemed difficult to ascertain, either from bibliographical or external evidence, a conjectural date has been given. This bibliography attempts to cover the works by and on Krishnamurti up to and including the year 1972. This compilation, which is, incidentally, selectively annotated, is not an exhaustive bibliography, although it is probably a fairly comprehensive one of the existing literature. I am painfully aware of the incompleteness of this modest work. Therefore information concerning any omissions and errors will be greatly appreciated and will prove immensely useful in future edi­ tions. A biographical synopsis o f Krishnamurti The purpose of the following biographical synopsis is to convey something of the significance underlying the dates of publication of the various listed items. Each publication can be related to the relevant period of his life and thereby viewed in its right chronological context. Those in search of more detailed biographical information can do no better than study the biographi­ cal works listed in BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES OF THE TEACHINGS

Jiddu Krishnamurti was born on 11th May* 1895 at 12.30 a.m. (but on the 12th according to Western calculations) in Madanapalle in South India, where it is the custom for the eighth child of a Brahmin family, if a boy, to be named after Shri Krishna, who had once been incarnated as an eighth child. The name “Krishnamurti” means “in the likeness of God” a singularly appropriate name indeed. Jiddu is his surname which is derived from the name of the village where his ancestors lived. This surname, contrary to Western practice, is placed before and not after the other name. His mother, a woman of great tenderness, died early in 1905. His father, Jiddu Narayaniah, a Telugu Brahmin, had joined the Theosophical Society in its early years and in 1909 became the Assistant Secretary of the Esoteric School in India. Narayaniah had been a state employee and had retired as a Tahsildar, a minor administrative officer. In February 1909 Charles W. Leadbeater, a remarkable clairvoyant, returned to Adyar (Madras) where the international headquarters of the Theosophical Society are still located. Narayaniah was already in Adyar together with his four surviving sons. Leadbeater and Dr Annie Besant, who was then President of the Theoso­ phical Society, soon discovered that the presence of Krishnamurti in their midst was no mere accident. Their communications with certain highly evolved beings, referred to as the “Masters”, revealed the imminent coming of a great spiritual Teacher who would show the Light to a world enmeshed in darkness. They found something very extraordinary about the boy Krish­ namurti. With their father’s consent, Dr Besant adopted Krishnamurti and

XII

INTRODUCTION

his younger brother Nityananda. The boys used to play on and roam the sandy beaches where the softly flowing Adyar river enters the Bay of Bengal. Thereafter elaborate arrangements were made for their upbringing and education. To prepare Krishnamurti for his future role it was considered essential that his body should be made highly sensitive and purified through a very strict diet. It is significant that he has been a vegetarian from birth. Those who knew Krishnamurti as a boy have remarked that he was rather dreamy and not as wide awake intellectually as his brother. Indeed his father used to describe the boy as of a dull mind. The English teacher who prepared the boys for their London matriculation observed that whereas Nityananda had the sharper mind, Krishnamurti’s mind was, in fact, the bigger one. He had difficulties in expressing his thoughts. Besides, Krishnamurti was also considered timid and it was a part of Leadbeater’s work, apart from occult training, to develop in the boys a sense of self-assurance. As the boy appar­ ently lacked mental brilliance, the pronouncement that Krishnamurti was to be the vehicle of the World Teacher seemed rather dubious at that time. In 1911 Krishnamurti and Nityananda were brought to England by Mrs Besant to be privately educated. Although they had both been entered for Oxford the authorities refused to accept them. Krishnamurti was nicknamed “the Little Prince” when he later studied Sanskrit and French at the Sorbonne. They stayed in Europe for nearly ten years. The Order of the Star in the East was originally known by another name. It was founded on January 11, 1911 by George S. Arundale, the Principal of the Central Hindu College, who called it the Order of the Rising Sun. He intended this body to draw together those of his scholars who believed in the imminent advent of a great Teacher and were anxious to work in some way to prepare for Him. Apparently he did not expect it to spread much beyond the limits of the College. But a few months later Mrs Besant, recognising that many people in various countries were ready for such an organisation, took it in hand and transformed it into an international organisation. She changed its name to the Order of the Star in the East and, furthermore, she asked Krishnamurti to be its Head. Those who recognised the potential Teacher in him placed Krishnamurti at the head of the Order. Later Krishnamurti ap­ pointed many National Representatives. The Order consisted of many men and women from all over the world and mostly of Theosophists. Primarily the Order of the Star in the East existed to proclaim the coming of a World Teacher and to prepare the world for that great event. In 1927, however, the name of the Order was changed to “Order of the Star” as its members realised that the days of expectation were over and that Krishnamurti was the Teacher. Narayaniah had second thoughts about the custody of his sons. He demanded their return but the boys had already developed a strong affection for Mrs Besant. He quarrelled with her and legal action was brought against her. Het maintained that his sons were not being properly cared for and educated and that they were also being led to violate the rules of caste. Mrs Besant who was her own counsel pleaded her cause day after day. She lost the case in the lower court and the boys were made wards of court. When she took it to the High Court of Appeal she lost again. She thereupon appealed to the Privy Council and in 1914, for the first time, the boys, now aged 18 and

INTRODUCTION

XIII

15, appeared as interveners to state their side of the case. She won her case. The Privy Council held that the minors should have been represented in the original suit and that it should have been brought in England where they were resident. It laid down the principle that in cases dealing with minors who had come to an age of discrimination, they themselves should be consulted in matters pertaining to their welfare and that no judge should dispose of them as if they were mere “bales of goods”. The years from about 1912 were difficult for Krishnamurti, who was showing signs of impatience with the glare of publicity in which he had to live. The adoration of the devotees who had set him on a pedestal was also causing him considerable discomfort. He left for France where he hoped to live unrecognised. One notices the first signs of that revolt which culminated years later in his own spiritual liberation. During the war years 1914-18 he remained in England and for a short time worked in a London hospital. While living in the Ojai Valley in California in August 1922 Krishnamurti underwent a profound spiritual awakening that changed his entire outlook on life. He became more certain of himself as a Teacher and there dawned a new understanding of his own spiritual mission. In 1924 a Dutch Baron, Philip van Pallandt van Eerde offered his beautiful early eighteenth century castle, Castle Eerde, at Ommen, together with his 5,000 acre estate to Krishnamurti. He refused it as a personal possession, but a trust was formed to administer it for the benefit of his international work. Annual summer Camps were held at Ommen from 1924 until the beginning of the Second World War. Thousands from many parts of the world attended these meetings, which were addressed by Krishnamurti. (The gift was afterwards returned to the Baron). The death of his beloved brother and companion Nityananda in 1925 was an event of great sadness for Krishnamurti. He described his grief in a moving poem entitled Nitya. He died, I wept in loneliness. Where’er I went I heard his voice And his happy laughter. I looked for his face In every passer-by And asked them if they had met with my brother, But none could give me comfort. I worshipped, I prayed, But the Gods were silent. I could weep no more, I C9UW dream no more. I sought him in all things, Among all climes. I heard the whispering of many trees, Calling me to his abode.

XIV

INTRODUCTION

In my search, I beheld Thee, 0 Lord of my heart, In Thee alone 1 saw the face of my brother. Out of the agonising loss of his brother there emerged a fully transformed Krishnamurti. He was never the same person again. “I suffered, but I set about to free myself from everything that bound me, till in the end I became united with the Beloved, I entered into the sea of liberation, and established that liberation within me”. At the annual convention of the Theosophical Society on December 28th, 1925 in Adyar, under the famous Banyan Tree, Krishnamurti publicly announced his future mission. “We are all expecting Him Who is the example. He will be with us soon, is with us now. He comes to lead us all to perfection where there is eternal happiness; He comes to lead us and He comes to those who have not understood, who have suffered, who are unhappy, who are unenlightened... I come for those who want sympathy, who want happiness, who are longing to be released, who are longing to find happiness in all things. I come to reform and not to tear down, I come not to destroy but to build”. Then in 1926, through a subscription organised by Mrs Besant, over 450 acres were bought in the Ojai Valley. Ojai soon became another important centre for Krishnamurti’s work and his meetings attracted persons from many countries. By breaking through the shell of the self, the restrictive psychological “I”, Krishnamurti had at last found that freedom which has been the spiritual quest of man throughout the ages. In an address delivered at Eerde on August 2nd, 1927, he said: “I could not have said last year, as I can say now, that I am the Teacher; for had I said it then it would have been insincere, it would have been untrue... But now I can say it. I have become one with the Beloved. I have been made simple. I have become glorified because of Him, and because of Him I can help. My purpose is not to create discussions on authority, on manifestations in the personality of Krishnamurti, but to give the waters that shall wash away your sorrows, your petty tyrannies, your lim­ itations, so that you will be free, so that you will eventually join that ocean where there is no limitation, where there is the Beloved”. This date needs remembering because it marks an important turning point in his life. The publications of Krishnamurti, in a sense, conveniently fall into two catego­ ries: first, those belonging to the years of his preparation and search; second, those since his spiritual illumination. It is also worthwhile to consider a few extracts from the celebrated speech that Krishnamurti made on the momentous occasion of the dissolution of the Order of the Star. After eighteen years of its existence, he dissolved the Order of the Star on August 3rd, 1929, at Ommen in the presence of Mrs Besant and some 2,000 Star members. The speech undoubtedly upset many. But it may not have surprised those who had studied his pronouncements from about 1926, which indicated a clear reluctance to fit into that ready made role which others had so elaborately prepared for him. “I maintain that truth

INTRODUCTION

XV

is a pathless land, and you cannot approach it by any path whatsoever, by any religion, by any sect. . . I desire those who seek to understand me to be free, not to follow me, not to make out of me a cage which will become a religion, a sect. Rather they should be free from all fears . . . For eighteen years you have been preparing for this event, for the Coming of the World Teacher, for eighteen years you have organised, you have looked for some­ one who would give a new delight to your hearts and minds, who would transform your whole life . . . And now look what is happening . . . you want to have new gods instead of the old, new religions instead of the old — all equally valueless, ail barriers, all limitations, all crutches .. . After careful consideration I have made this decision to dissolve the O rder. . . You can form new organisations, and “expect” someone else. With that I am not concerned, not with the creating of new cages, or new decorations for those cages. My own concern is to set man absolutely, unconditionally free”. At no time since these remarkable words were uttered, more than forty years ago now, has he deviated from this declared concern of setting men “absolutely, unconditionally free”. With an absolute minimum of personal possessions he has continued to travel and address meetings in America, India, Australia and Europe. The summer meetings in Saanen in Switzerland have become an almost annual event. Krishnamurti belongs to no religion, no race and no country (although for travel purposes his passport happens to be an Indian one). His real home is nowhere but is yet everywhere. Wherever he goes he sings the song of Liberation. It is the song of one who has cast aside the separative walls of the self. ■ Susunaga Weeraperuma

PART ONE

W ORKS BY KRISH N A M U RTI

PROSE WORKS (1-62) 1. At the feet of the master. Adyar: Theosophist Office, 1910. [9], 73 p. portrait, 15 cm. This little book which is probably Krishnamurti’s most celebrated work was written at a tender age under the nom de plume Alcyone. That it still appears in various editions and translations speaks eloquently for its con­ tinuing popularity. In the Preface Annie Besant remarked: “The teachings contained in it were given to him by his Master in preparing him for Ini­ tiation, and were written down by him from memory — slowly and labor­ iously, for his English last year was far less fluent than it is now. The grea­ ter part is a reproduction of the Master’s own words; that which is not such a verbal reproduction is the Master’s thought clothed in His pupil’s words. T wq omitted sentences were supplied by the Master. In two other cases an omitted word has been added. Beyond this, it is entirely Krishnaji’s own, his first gift to the world”. Krishnamurti made the following remarks to Rom Landau concerning the authorship of this book: “I remember vaguely having written something when I was a boy educated by Bishop Leadbeater, but I haven’t the slightest recollection whether I wrote a whole book or only a few pages. I don’t know what Leadbeater did with the pages I wrote, whether he corrected them or not, whether they were kept or destroyed. I don’t know whether I wrote of my own accord or whether I was influenced by some power outside myself. I wish I knew. I don’t claim to be a writer, but it seems to me that no-one can ever tell whether a writer is directed by a power outside or just by his own brain and his own emotions. I would very much like to know the hidden subtleties of that complicated process which is called writing. I, too, would like to know the facts about the writing of the book A t the feet o f the master. I can still see myself sitting at a table and writing something that did not come at all easily to me.” (In God is my adventure: a book on modern mystics, masters and teach­ ers, by Rom Landau. London: Faber and Faber, 1941, p. 262-263). 2. At the feet of the master. Selections. Meditations: being selections from “At the feet of the Master”, by a Server. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1913. [8], 107 p., 21 cm. Based on the first Adyar edition of At the feet o f the Master, these selec­ tions are arranged for monthly, weekly and daily practice. 3*. Adyar, the home of the Theosophical Society. Views taken expressly by Alcyone (J. Krishnamurti) with descriptive letterpress by C.W.L. Adyar: Theosophist Office, 1911. 4. Editorial notes. Amsterdam: Order of the Star in the East, [ 192-] [1], 210 p., portrait, 20 cm. A collection of “Editorial Notes” that originally appeared in The Herald o f the Star together with a few talks.

4

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

5. Theosophy and internationalism. (In Theosophy and world-problems: being the four Convention Lectures delivered in Benares at the forty-sixth anniversary of the Theosophical Society, December 1921, by Annie Besant, C. Jinarajadasa, J. Krishnamurti, G.S. Arundale. London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1922, p. 64-78). 6. Self-preparation. (In Editorial notes. Amsterdam: Order of the Star in the East, [192-]. p. 205-210). Krishnamurti’s closing speech at the Star Congress, Vienna, July 1923. 7 . Adyar: a great spiritual centre. (In Adyar. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1940 p. 17-18). MS. note in the Adyar Archives, 1924. 8. The path. The Star of the East, [1924], 37 p. portrait, 20 cm. Includes “A hymn” p. 3637. This work provides an insight into Krishnamurti’s struggles, pains and sorrows in his quest for Liberation. In answer to a question on August 4, 1930, Krishnamurti said: “The Path was written by me when I still divided life in that world of delusion. Now to me there is no such thing as a division of life: it is all, because truth lies in everything, in every blade of grass, in every stone, in every leaf, in every human heart and mind. To that truth there is no path, because it lies in each mind and each heart. That truth does not require a path. What it requires’ is concentration, awareness, recollectedness, conduct, behaviour. For that you need no path — it is the everyday existence of life that leads you to it. When I realised that fully. Pathless Reality came into being”. 9 . Towards discipleship (a series of informal addresses to aspirants for discipleship). Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1925, X, 144 p„ portraits, illustra­ tions, 18 cm. Informal and personal talks between Krishnamurti and a party of friends in the summer of 1924 on the green hillside of an apple orchard in Trento (Italy) on the Masters and the path which leads to them. Krishnamurti neither corrected nor revised these addresses which were taken down in longhand by one of the party. The work is dedicated “To my brother Nitya”. 10. The citizen as a divine agent. (In Theosophy as the basic unity of national life: being the four Conven­ tion Lectures delivered in Bombay at the forty-ninth anniversary of the Theosophical Society, December 1924, by Annie Besant, J. Krishnamurti, Lady Emily Lutyens, C. Jinarajadasa. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1925 p. 28-47). 11. International Self-Preparation Group: message from Krishnaji. Adyar: Vasanta Press, [1925], [1], 8 p„ 22 cm.

PROSE WORKS

5

These messages are a development of a series of talks which began with a small group at Pergine in 1924. 12. Temple talks. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1927, 41 p., 19 cm. Five talks delivered during the winter of 1925-26 in the Hindu Temple at Adyar, Madras, in connection with the reformed Puja instituted by the Bharata Samaj. 13. Self-preparation (messages to the International Self-Preparation Group). Adyar: Order of the Star in the East, 1926, 94 p., 19 cm. Contents: A new year’s message — The P ath— Care of the physical body — Meditation — Ceremonial — Our place in the Plan — Unity. 14. Early writings. Vol. 1: offprints from Chetana 1969, [vol. 14 nos 157-168], Bombay: Chetana, [1969], [7], 190 p., 22 cm. Contents: Ommen Campfire talks, 1926 — By what authority? (Ommen, 1927) — Eerde, 1927 — Radio talk, U.S.A., 1927 — Holland, 1927 — Bombay, 1928 — Ommen, 1928 — Campfires, 1928 — Holland, 1929 — Madras, 1929 — Trichinopoly, 1930 — Holland, 1930 — Ojai, 1930. 15. Early writings. Vol. 2: offprints from Chetana 1970 [vol. 15 nos 169-174], Bombay: Chetana, [1970], [7], 192 p., 22 cm. Contents: Into the light (Madras, 1927) — Establish your purpose (Bombay, 1927) — Eerde Gathering, 1927: questions and answers — Why do you serve? (Ommen, 1927) — Eerde Gathering, 1928 — Build on understand­ ing (Eerde, 1928) — The purpose of the Order of the Star (Eerde, 1928) — Collective meditation (1928) — The value of individuality (1928) — The right basis of life (1928) — An interview (Eerde, 1928) — A conversation with Stokowski (Eerde, 1928) — Ommen Camp, 1928 — National Organisers’ meeting (Ommen, 1928) — London lecture (1928) — An interview in London (1928) — The Teacher and the Order (Eerde, 1928) — The flame (1928) — Why bear this turmoil? (Ojai, 1929) — Ojai Camp, 1929 — An open discussion (Ojai Camp, 1929) — Law and spirituality (1929) — Eerde Gather­ ing, 1929. 16. Early writings. Vol. 3: offprints from Chetana 1970[vol. 15, P a rt2, nos 175-180] Bombay: Chetana, [1970], [7], 191 p., 22 cm. Contents: Experience and conduct (1928) — Eerde Gathering (1929) — Ommen Camp (1929) — Questions and answers (Ommen, 1929) — Morning talk (Ommen, 1929) — Campfire talks — Questions and answers (Ommen, 1929) — The dissolution of the Order of the Star (Ommen, 1929) — An inter­ view on current problems (Eerde, 1929) — The cause of sorrow (1929) — Discrimination (India, 1929) — The true enemy of freedom (India, 1929) — Benares Star Camp (1929) — Adyar Gathering (1929-30).

6

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

17. Early writings. Vol. 4: offprints from Chetana 1971 [vol. 16, Part 1, nos. 181-183]. Bombay: .Chetana, [1971], [7], 192 p., 22 cm. Contents: Harmonious living (Adyar, 1930) Live in the eternal (Adyar, 1930) — To the Adyar Lodge (Adyar, 1930) — Ojai Camp, 1930 — Eerde Gathering, 1930 — Ommen Camp, 1930'. 18. Early writings. Vol. 5: offprints from Chetana 1971 [vol. 16. Part 2, nos 184-186]. Bom­ bay: Chetana, [1971], [7], 182 p., 22 cm. Contents: Ommen Camp 1930 — The wisdom of experience (Benares, 1929) — An address (New York, 1930) — A talk to teachers (Los Angeles, 1930) — The noble life (1930) — Thoughts on life — Intuition and individual­ ity — The release of life (1930) — From man to man (1930) — Life’s problems (1931) — A talk in London (1931) — Talks in Callander (1931). 19. The kingdom of happiness. London: George Allen & Unwin, 1927, 107 p., portrait, 20 cm. Talks given to certain friends of Krishnamurti at the Castle Eerde, Ommen during 1926. The Foreword of Krishnamurti is followed by an explanatory note by Annie Besant. Contents: The voice of intuition — Interest and enthusiasm — Personality — The temple of the heart — The river and the ocean — The value of experi­ ence — In the company of great men — Mind, the creator — The altar of the world — Sacrifice at the altar — The enchanted garden — The eternal companion. 20. The pool of wisdom. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1927, 52 p., 19 cm. Six talks given round the Camp Fire in Ommen, 1926. Each evening the fire was lit by Krishnaji and as the flames leaped upwards he chanted the Vedic hymn to Agni, Angel of the fire, and thereafter spoke for thirty minutes. 21. The meeting of East and West. London: Fleetway Press, [1927], 8 p., portrait, 18 cm. Reprint from Foreign Affairs, March 1927. This work was also published in the form of an article entitled “World peace9’ in The Herald o f the Star vol. 16 no. 6. June 1, 1927, p. 220-223. 22. By what authority? Ommen Camp Fire talks, 1927. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1927, 50 p., 19 cm. In these six Camp Fire talks given at the Star Congress of 1927, Krishna­ murti stressed that Truth is valueless if accepted on the authority of another, however great that person. Each person has to search within his own heart and discover that Truth which alone liberates. 23. Who brings the truth? Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1927, 15 p., 17 cm.

PROSE WORKS

7

An important address to the Star Council at Eerde, the international headquarters of the Order of the Star on August 2, 1927. KrishnajPs answer to the question: “Who is the Beloved?” 24*. World peace. 1927. 25. Let understanding be the law. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, 30 p., 19 cm. Answers to questions at the seventh International Camp of the Order of the Star held at Ommen in which Krishnamurti speaks from the great heights of his own illumination. Includes the celebrated poem: “The master singer of life”, p. 28-30. 26. Life in freedom. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, 127 p., 22 cm. “This book has been compiled by the Author from the Camp-Fire addresses given in Benares, Ojai and Ommen, during 1928”. Krishnamurti examines his own life in the chapter entitled The search p. 59-83. Contents: The purpose of life — Happiness and desire — Understanding — The search — Stand in your own strength — The hidden well — Be in love with life — Time — Formless creation. 27. Life the goal. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, 27 p., 19 cm. The gist of a series of talks on alternate mornings at Castle Eerde. 28. The pool of wisdom, Who brings the truth. By what authority, and three poems. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, 99 p., portrait, 20 cm. Contents: The pool of wisdom: Ommen Camp Fire talks, 1926 — Who brings the Truth: an address given at Eerde, 1927 — By what authority: Ommen Camp Fire talks, 1927 — (Three poems) The simple union —The garden of my heart — Come away. 29. Now. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, [1929], 15 p., 19 cm. A talk given at the Ommen Camp, 1929 and broadcast by radio. 30. The dissolution of the Order of the Star: a statement. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, [1929], 14 p., 19 cm. The Order of the Star in the East was founded in Benares in 1911 to proclaim the coming of a World Teacher and to prepare the world for that great event. Krishnamurti was placed at the head of that Order in recognition of the potential Teacher in him. The name of the Order was changed in 1927 to “Order of the Star” because its members realised that the days of expecta­ tion were over and that Krishnamurti was the Teacher. Krishnamurti dissolved the Order, by his own act, and his reasons for this action are contained in this celebrated speech at the Ommen Camp on August 3, 1929.

8

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

31. The dissolution of the Order of the Star. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971 p. 293-300). 32. Experience and conduct. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, [1930], 27 p., 19 cm. A talk given at the Ommen Camp, 1930 and broadcast by radio. 33. Pathless reality. [4] p., 17 cm. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, [1930]. The substance of a talk in New York on March 19, 1930, which was broadcast over the United States through a network of radio stations, and which, it is estimated, was listened to by nearly fifteen million people. Krishnamurti referred to Pathless reality, when explaining his writing of The path. This explanation is quoted elsewhere in the annotation of The path. 34. A vision of life. Hollywood: Star Book Shop, [1930], 6 p., 15 cm. 35. L’Homme et les problèmes de la vie. Bruxelles: Association Pour la Diffusion de la Pensée de Krishnamurti, [1931], 16 p., portrait. 36. J. Krishnamurti: an introduction to his talks. London: Star Publishing Agency, [1936], [13] p., portrait, 18 cm. Extracts from talks during the period 1933-1936. 37. Tradition which has lost its soul. Adyar: Star Office, [1934], 4 p., 18 cm. A statement made by Krishnamurti at Bombay in response to a request for a special interview about India by the Representative of the Free Press of India. 38. An introduction to the talks of J. Krishnamurti: being brief extracts from verbatim reports of talks. Glasgow: McLellan, [1936], [11] p., portrait, 18 cm. Paragraphs taken from twenty-five talks in 1936. 39. War abolished: one way to permanent peace. Sydney; Currawong Publishing Co., 1943, 3-76 p., 21 cm. (Unpopular pamphlets; no. 2). This book is virtually a reproduction of a series of talks at Ojai and Sarobia in 1940. 40. A new approach to life; The way of living; The way of peace: three radio talks. Wembley: Krishnamurti Writings, [1948], [3], 16 p., 19 cm. Three talks broadcast from All-India Radio at Madras on October 16,

PROSE WORKS

9

1947. (A new approach to life); at Bombay on February 16, 1948 (The way of living) and April 3, 1948. (The way of peace). 41. Action and relationship. Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1950. 15 p., 19 cm. Two broadcast talks given in Colombo, Ceylon, on December 28, 1949 and January 22, 1950. 42. The first and last freedom; with a foreword by Aldous Huxley. London: Victor Gollancz, 1954, 288 p., 21 cm. 43. The first and last freedom. Selections Self-knowledge. (In The gospel according to Zen: beyond the death of god; Robert Sohl, Audrey Carr editors. London: New English Library, 1970, p. 95-104). An extract from The first and last freedom. 44. Commentaries on living, from the notebooks of J. Krishnamurti; edited by D. Rajagopal. London: Victor Gollancz, 1956, 254 p., 21 cm. Krishnamurti noted down his recollected conversations with various persons who had discussed with him their innumerable personal problems. His vivid descriptions of nature are significantly related to these accounts. 45. Commentaries on living, from the notebooks of J. Krishnamurti; edited by D. Rajagopal. Second series. London: Victor Gollancz, 1959, IX, 242 p., 21 cm. 46. Commentaries on living, from the notebooks of J. Krishnamurti: edited by D. Rajagopal. Third series. London: Victor Gollancz, 1961, [7], 312 p., 23 cm. 47. Commentaries on living. Selections. Gedanken zum Leben. Hamburg: Weitbrecht & Marissal, [1956-61], [11] p., portrait, 20 cm. Extracts from Commentaries on living. 48. The ending of sorrow. Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, [1966], 3 p., 19 cm. The transcript of a micro-groove high-fidelity recording of a short talk. 49. Five conversations; [edited by Mary Lutyens], Horsham: Krishnamurti Foundation, 1968; 21 p., 18 cm. 50. Eight conversations; [edited by Mary Lutyens]. Beckenham: Krishnamurti Foundation, [1969], 31 p., 18 cm. 51. The flight of the eagle. Wassenaar: Servire, 1971, 159 p., 21 cm. Authentic report of talks and discussions in London, Amsterdam and Paris together with dialogues in Saanen during 1969.

10

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

“The eagle in its flight does not leave a mark; the scientist does. Inquiring into this question of freedom there must be, not only scientific observation, but also the flight of the eagle that does not leave a mark” — Krishnamurti. 52. Freedom from the known; edited by Mary Lutyens. London: Victor Gollancz, 1969, 124 p., 21 cm. Selections from over a hundred talks to audiences of all ages and nationali­ ties throughout Europe and India during one year. 53. Meditations, 1969; [edited by Mary Lutyens]. Beckenham: Krishnamurti Foundation. 1969, 15 p.. 18 cm. 54*. Conversations Bombay: Orient Longman, 1970, 59 p., 18 cm. 55. The impossible question. London: Victor Gollancz, 1972, 207 p., 21 cm. Seven sessions of talks and answers to questions together with seven dialogues between Krishnamurti and his audience at Saanen in the summer of 1970. “We are always putting the question of what is possible. If you put an impossible question, your mind then has to find the answer in terms of the impossible — not of what is possible” — Krishnamurti p. 160. 56. The only revolution; edited by Mary Lutyens. London: Victor Gollancz, 1970, 175 p., 21 cm. From day to day Krishnamurti recorded these interviews in India, Califor­ nia and Europe. Many persons had discussed with him their various psycho­ logical problems. These penetrating accounts are intermingled with pictu­ resque descriptions of man and nature. 57. The Penguin Krishnamurti reader; compiled by Mary Lutyens. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1970, 251 p., 18 cm. Selections from The first and last freedom, Life ahead and This matter o f culture. 58. Tradition and revolution; edited by Pupul Jayakar, Sunanda Patwardhan. New Delhi: Orient Longman, 1972, [8], 203 p., glossary of Indian words, 22 cm. The thirty dialogues that make up this book were held in Delhi, Madras, Rishi Valley and Bombay during 1970-71. Krishnamurti’s dialogues with groups of people in India, who for many years had listened to him and experi­ mented with his teachings, are investigations into the nature and structure of consciousness, its movements and frontiers and that which lies beyond. 59. Aphorisms. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 315-319).

PROSE WORKS

11

60. The urgency of change; edited by Mary Lutyens. London: Victor Gollancz, 1971, 192 p., 21 cm. 61. What is the religious mind? {In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 301-313). 62. You are the world. Wassenaar: Servire, 1972, 175 p., 21 cm. Talks and discussions in American universities: Brandeis University, University of California at Berkeley, Stanford University and University of California at Santa Cruz. “In oneself lies the whole world, and if you know how to look and learn, then the door is there and the key is in your hand. Nobody on earth can give you either that key or the door to open, except yourself’ — Krishnamurti p. 158. 62 (A). Beyond violence. London: Victor Gollancz, 1973, 175 p., 21 cm. Authentic reports of talks and discussions in Santa Monica, San Diego, London, Brockwood Park and Rome during 1970. “We have built a society which is violent and we, as human beings, are violent; the environment, the culture in which we live, is the product of our endeavour, of our struggle, of our pain, of our appalling brutalities. So the most important question is: is it possible to end this tremendous violence in oneself?” — Krishnamurti.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS (63-268) 63. Address by the head to a meeting of members [of the Order of the Star in the East] in London, February 8th 1914. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 3, March 11, 1914, p. 130). 64. Opening address by Mr. Krishnamurti. (/«T he Herald of the Star, vol. 10, no. 9, September 1, 1921, p. 236-237). A speech in French on the occasion of the International Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, in Paris, July 27 and 28, 1921. 65. Speech by Mr. Krishnamurti given at the Champs-Elysées Theatre on Wednesday, July 27th [1921]. {In Editorial notes. Amsterdam: Order of the Star in the East, [192-], p. 3447). {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 10, no. 9, September 1, 1921, p. 237-242). 66. Lecture delivered at Benares on December 28th, 1921. {In Editorial notes. Amsterdam: Order of the Star in the East, [192-],p. 90100). (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 11, no. 9, September 1, 1922, p. 324-327). 67. A speech made in Australia, early in 1922. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 4, April 2, 1923, p. 147-148). “It is the man who says, T am going to get there in spite of everything; in spite of my own feet bleeding, I am going to get there’, who is likely to be great”. 68. Notes of an address given in Sydney. (In Editorial notes. Amsterdam: Order of the Star in the East, [192-], p. 82-89). (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 11, no. 8. August 1, 1922, p. 284-286). 69. Lecture delivered at the South Indian Star Convention. (In Editorial notes. Amsterdam: Order of the Star in the East, [192-], p. 6275). (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 11, no. 6, June 1, 1922, p. 204-209). Krishnamurti requested his listeners to leave the Convention with this thought: “be happy, but never content”. 70. An address by J. Krishnamurti. (In Editorial notes. Amsterdam: Order of the Star in the East, [192-], p. 189-200). (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 8, August 1, 1923, p. 317-321). An address to the members of the Order of the Star in the East, at Morti­ mer Hall, London, on June 21st [1923?].

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

13

71. Two talks by Krishnamurti. (In Editorial notes. Amsterdam: Order of the Star in the East, [192-], p. 167-180). {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 7, July 2, 1923, p. 274-279). Contents: Preparation for service — To young people. 72. Opening of the Star Congress, Vienna [July 1923], {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 9, September 1, 1923 p. 357-359). In the first of these 2 speeches it was emphasised that the Order existed to prepare the world as well as ourselves to become real servers of the Great Teacher when he comes. 73. Mr Krishnamurti spoke to the children at St Christopher’s School (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 8, August 1, 1923, p. 348-349). Krishnamurti, in the course of his talk, deplored how parents were trying to impose their ideas upon their children. He quoted Wordsworth that “heaven lies about us in our infancy”. He told the children that the chief fact before them was ever to keep that Heaven open . . . “do not let the doors shut upon it”. 74. A talk by J. Krishnamurti. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 10, October 1, 1923, p. 404-405). 75. [Krishnamurti’s speech at the Third International Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, Holland, 1924], (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 366-370). 76. The Congress at Arnhem closes: Mr Krishnamurti spoke to a large audience. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 394-395). 77. The opening of the Camp at Ommen. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 396). A talk given on August 13, 1924. 78. The closing of the Congress by the Camp fire. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 405-406). The mark of a great man and the true spirit of spirituality is the feeling of humility towards everyone. Whereas it is very easy to be humble before a tremendous object it is far more difficult to be really humble in front of someone whom you think inferior. 79. The Young Theosophists: European Federation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 11, November 1, 1924, p. 481-482). An extract from a speech at the German Convention of the Theosophical Society in Hamburg. 80. Informal talks. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 4, April 1, 1926, p. 135-138, vol. 15,

14

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

no. 5, May 1, 1926, p. 178-179, vol. 15, no. 6, June 1,1926, p. 227-229, vol. 15, no. 7, July 1, 1926, p. 263-265). These talks were addressed to a small group of persons who assembled daily in Krishnaji’s room in Adyar during January 1925. 81. Krishnaji here spoke to those gathered to greet him [at the British Medical Association’s premises in Tavistock Square on the evening of his departure for Italy and India]. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 11, November 1, 1925, p. 393). While walking among the hills near Sydney Krishnamurti saw a dead leaf fall from a tree. He felt that he was embodied in that leaf and was falling from the tree. “If you can become such divine beings, if you can expand your consciousness in this way, then you shall not only be teachers yourselves, you shall know how to work into each other’s consciousness”. 82. An impromptu address to Australian members. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 12, December 1, 1925, p. 444-445). Nothing exists in one’s nature that one cannot overcome. 83. An address by J. Krishnamurti [Star Day, December 28, 1925 at Adyar], (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 2, February 1, 1926, p. 51-52). “There is no such thing as proof. You must feel i t . . . . ” 84. Star Day, December 28th, 1925, Adyar. An address by J. Krishnamurti to members only. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 2, February 1, 1926, p. 39-41). This celebrated speech ended thus: “He comes only to those who want, who desire, who long, and I come for those who want sympathy, who want happiness, who are longing to be released, who are longing to find happiness in all things. I come to reform and not to tear down, I come not to destroy but to build”. 85*. Causerie faite à Paris par M. Krishnamurti pour les groupes de prépa­ ration individuelle. (In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. 1, January 1926, p. 6-8). 86. An address delivered by J. Krishnamurti on January llth, 1926. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 3, March 1, 1926, p. 93-95). During the 14 years of its existence the Order has not acquired any defi­ nite form, teaching or philosophy except the one predominant idea of the Coming of the World Teacher. This indefinite form will help the Teacher to guide and direct the Order. 87. Informal talk to national representatives and other officials of the Order of the Star in the East in Adyar, January 12th, 1926. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 3, March 1, 1926, p. 95-96). Krishnamurti remarked that for him there was only one thing: the idea of the Coming of the World Teacher. Everything else in life took second place.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

15

88. Address by J. Krishnamurti at the Star meeting held during the Theosophical Convention, Queen’s Hall, London, June 14th, 1926. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 8, August 1, 1926, p. 312-313). The real goal of life is enlightened happiness. One is oneself the path and the goal. 89. Krishnaji then spoke. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 356-357). A talk at the third International Camp Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, on July 23, 1926. 90. Krishnaji’s speech. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 362-363). A talk at the third International Camp Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, July 1926. 91. The opening of the Camp. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 358-360). A talk at the third International Camp Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, on July 24, 1926. While referring to his brother’s death, Krishnamurti remarked: “I have learned so that my windows, through which I look on life, can never again be closed”. 92. Round the Camp Fire, Saturday, July 24th [1926]: Krishnaji’s second talk round the Camp Fire [at the third International Camp Congress of the Order of the Star in the East], (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926 p. 364-366). 93. The first meeting of the Star Council took place at Eerde Castle, on Saturday, July 24th [1926]. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 419-421). When once you have this inner delight, this Vision that never fades, that has no ending and no beginning, then you will be really happy. Then you will give to those who are suffering a balm. 94. The second meeting of the Star Council took place at Eerde Castle, on Monday, July 26th 1926. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 421-424). Apart from the speeches of Krishnamurti, those of Annie Besant and D. Rajagopal have also been reported. In the course of her speech Mrs Besant affectionately referred to “my son Krishnaji”. 95. Krishnaji closes the Camp. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 409-412). Speech at the last Camp Fire of the International Star Congress, Ommen, on July 29, 1926. “I do not think we need thank each other. We all did it for the pleasure of i t . . . ” He addressed these meetings for the real pleasure of it though occasion­ ally his body got tired, p. 408.

16

WORKS BY KR1SHNAMURTI

96. A final Camp Fire talk by Krishnaji, Ommen, 1926. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 11, November 1,1926, p. 468-469). Krishnamurti remarked that he enjoyed life much more than all the people in the world put together “because I have got this inside me”. If you have that you do not want anything else in life, you are absolutely independent and happy without the complications which ordinary happiness brings. 97. An interview with Krishnaji in 1926. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 31-33). Border Cities Star, October 26, 1926.

Extract from

98. A talk by Krishnaji to members, December 28th, 1926. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 3, March 1, 1927, p. 92-93). 99. A talk by Krishnaji (January 11th, 1927). (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 4, April 1, 1927, p. 134-135). In most of the religions there is a stimulant put before each worshipper urging him to do good and avoid evil. The same philosophy is found in our daily life. But to think, feel and live nobly, for their own sake and value, is the greatest truth. Truth lies wherever we look for it, if we look with eyes that are absolutely clear. 100. Address by Krishnaji, Star conference, Hotel Sherman, Chicago. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 2, February 1, 1927, p. 49-52). Krishnamurti described a vision of the World Teacher that he experienced while walking in India. Ever since then that vision, that understanding of things, has remained. “ . . . I have found what I have longed for, and like all people who have found something which is worth while, I desire to share it with others”. 101. A talk given to members of the Order of the Star in the East, at Los Angeles, California. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 5, May 1,1927, p. 166-169). Krishnamurti recalled that when he was a small boy his mother told him that he must be like Shri Krishna. “She told me that this was the greatest ideal, the greatest thing possible for a man to be; and, naturally, being inclined in that direction, I liked the idea. It gave me a thrill to aim to be like Shri Krishna, and as I grew, through various incidents in my life, there always remained in me that desire to be the perfection of humanity, both emotionally and mentally”. 102. The Star meeting held at Queen’s Hall, London, on June 5th, 1927. Krishnaji spoke as follows: (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 7, July 1, 1927, p. 261-263). Every person touches liberation in moments of ecstasy and enjoys it, if only for a passing moment. 103. Opening of the Congress. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 371-373). The opening speech at the Star Camp on August 7, 1927.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

17

104*. Conférence donnée par M.J. Krishnamurti le 27 Septembre 1927 à la Salle Adyar [Paris], (In Bulletin Internationale de l’Etoile no. 4, October 1927, p. 18-23). 105. Address delivered by Krishnaji in Salle Adyar, Paris, Sept. 27, 1927. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 11-14). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 51-55). 106. Questions and answers. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March, 1928, p. 5-8, no. 4, April, 1928, p. 11-13). Unrevised notes from the summer gathering at Eerde during 1927. 107. Benares Star Camp: opening address by Krishnaji. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1928, p. 6-8). An unrevised report of the first Camp Fire talk. 108. Questions and answers. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May, 1928, p. 7-19). A report of a meeting at Eerde on March 24, 1928. 109. London lecture by J. Krishnamurti, 31 March 1928, London, England. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1928, p. 7-14). (In The Star Review, vol. 1 no. 5 May, 1928, p. 168-174). Krishnamurti’s first public lecture in London at the Friends’ Meeting House. 110. Throngs hear Krishnamurti: “apostle of happiness” talks to almost 15,000. First public address here at Hollywood Bowl: Mrs Besant’s protege tells life’s objective. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1928, p. 33-34). An extract from the Los Angeles Times, May 16, 1928. 111. [International Ojai Star Camp Congress, Ojai, May 21-28, 1928], (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July, 1928). Contents: Informal opening of the Camp p. 20 — Talks p. 25-29,37-38,5760 — Short contributions to a symposium (“Will Americans accept Mr Krishnamurti’s message”?) by J.K. Sommer, Mimi Porter, A.P. Warrington, Louis Zalk, Bishop John Tettemer, J.J. van der Leeuw, D. Rajagopal, Y. Prasad', C. Jinarajadasa and Ernest Wood p. 44-53. 112. Hindu sage discards creeds: personal interpretation of life sole freedom, Krishnamurti informs disciples. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7. July, 1928, p. 30). An extract from the Los Angeles Times, May 24, 1928. 113. Camp Fires hear wisdom: Krishnamurti tells followers that life must be struggle, ever going forward. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 30-31). An extract from the Los Angeles Times, May 25, 1928.

18

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

114. Questions and answers. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 6, June, 1928, p. 20-23). A report of an address and answers to questions at the Oak Grove in Ojai. 115. An interview with Krishnaji, London, England, 20 June, 1928. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 9-15). 116*. Salle Adyar dimanche 24 Juin 28. {In Bulletin International de FEtoile, no. 8, July 1928, p. 230-233). 117. Questions and answers. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 10, November, 1928, p. 6-12). National Organizers’ Gathering, Ommen, July, 1928. 118. First Camp-fire gathering at Ommen Camp, 1928. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 9, September-October, 1928, p. 18-20). 119. Questions and answers, Ommen Star Camp, 1928. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 9, September-October, 1928, p. 5-13). 120. A discussion at Eerde. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, December, 1928, p. 7-11). 121. Is Krishnaji’s message practical? {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 15-26). A discussion with Krishnaji at the Star Camp, Ommen, 1928. The partici­ pants were Lady Emily Lutyens, Carlo Suares, Yadunandan Prasad, Margaret Cousins, Mme H.B. Antoniewicz, Sanjiva Rao, Douglas Christie, D. Rajagopal, Ralph Christie, M. Friedman, Mrs Ramondt, Mme de Manziarly and Jacques Bienfait. 122. The challenging of old ideas: address at Bow Baths. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April, 1929, p. 18-19). An extract from Hackney Gazette. February 27,1929. A report of a talk by Krishnamurti at Bow Baths Hall in London. 123. Stokowski and Krishnamurti: a conversation. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May, 1929, p. 5-11). A conversation at Castle Eerde with the conductor of the Philadelphia Orchestra, Leopold Stokowski. An extract from The World Tomorrow. 124. Conversation with Leopold Stokowski. {In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 80-87). 125. Glimpses of the Ojai Camp [of 1929]: compiled from reports. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July, 1929, p. 6-21). Contents: Krishnaji’s opening address — An open discussion — Some questions and answers — The second discussion.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

19

{In Chetana, vol. 10, no. 2, February, 1965, p. 19-24, 36). 126. Krishnamurti at Eerde. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, August, 1929, p. 12-28). Unrevised reports of talks to the Summer Gathering at Castle Eerde during July, 1929. 127. Krishnamurti at Eerde. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, November, 1929, p. 6-21). Talks to a Gathering at Castle Eerde during July, 1929. 128. The dissolution of the Order of the Star: a statement. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, September, 1929, p. 28-34). {In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 9, September, 1929, p. 497-504). 129. Ommen Star Camp, 1929: talks by Krishnamurti. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, September, 1929, p. 4-21). Contents: Opening address — Questions and answers — Morning talk. Unrevised reports of talks during August, 1929. 130. Ommen Star Camp, 1929: talks by Krishnamurti. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, October, 1929, p. 5-21). Unrevised Camp Fire talks, including questions and answers, during August, 1929. 131. Benares Star Camp, 1929. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1930, p. 21-28, no. 3, March, 1930, p. 4-8, no. 4, April, 1930, p. 4-20). Talks during November, 1929. 132. Winter Gathering, Adyar. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April, 1930, p. 21-28, no. 5, May, 1930, p. 4-16, no. 6, June, 1930, p. 18-27). Talks during December, 1929. 133. An address to the Adyar Lodge of the Theosophical Society, Adyar. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March, 1930, p. 9-18). 134. Conversation with E.A. Wodehouse. {In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 58-65). 135. Krishnamurti in address disclaims all religions. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April, 1930, p. 30-31). Originally published in the Boston Globe, March 10, 1930. A public lecture in Boston under the auspices of the Community Church on March 9, 1930. When asked whom he would recommend to be followed: Buddha, Jesus or someone else, in an emphatic gesture Krishnamurti flung out his hands and said, “Follow no one! Follow yourself!”

20

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

1 3 6 . A talk to teachers at Los Angeles. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1930, p. 4-12). A talk given on April 10, 1930. It is neither through conformity that one arrives at perfection nor by dwelling in the shadow of another. He who seeks truth cannot leave a mark behind him. 1 3 7 . An address to the New York Theosophical Federation. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May, 1930, p. 18-24). 1 3 8 . Ojai Camp, 1930: reports of talks by J. Krishnamurti. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July, 1930, p. 3-37). Questions and answers p. 20-37. 1 3 9 . Krishnamurti at Eerde. Summer Gathering, July 1930. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 8, August, 1930, p. 3-31). 1 4 0 . Questions and answers. July [1930], Summer Gathering. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, November, 1930, p. 6-18).

Ommen Star Camp, 1930. Reports of talks by Krishnamurti. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 9, September, 1930, p. 3-38. no. 10, October, 1930, p. 3-35). 141.

1 4 2 . Some questions and answers. (In Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1931, p. 10-18). Includes: “A Note on Criticism”. 1 4 3 . A talk by Krishnamurti, (In Star Bulletin, no. 5, May, 1931, p. 2-11). This talk was given in London on March 7, in Edinburgh on March 18, in Berlin on April 3, in Hamburg on April 15, in Frankfurt-am-Main on April 18, and in Vienna on April 22 [1931]. The talk has been revised by Krishnam­ urti. 1 4 4 . A talk in London. (In Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1931, p. 2-13). A talk and answers to questions on March 9, 1931. 1 4 5 . Talks in Callander, Scotland. (In Star Bulletin, no. 7, July, 1931, p. 4-18, no. 8, August 1931, p. 9-18). Talks and answers to questions during March, 1931. 1 4 6 . Krishnamurti at Ommen. Summer Gathering, 1931. (In Star Bulletin, no. 8, August, 1931, p. 2-8, no. 1, January-February, 1932, p. 11-28, no. 2, March-April, 1932, p. 50-60, no. 3, May-June, 1932, p. 75-80, no. 6, November-December, 1932, p. 182-202, no. 2, March-April, 1933, p. 61-68). 1 4 7 . Krishnamurti at Ommen Star Camp, July 29th to August 5th, 1931. (In Star Bulletin, no. 9-12, September-December, 1931, p. 2-69). These talks have been edited by Krishnamurti.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

21

1 4 8 . Talks in the Oak Grove, Ojai [January to March 1932], {In Star Bulletin, no. 1, January-February, 1932, p. 5-10, no. 2, MarchApril, 1932, p. 39-49, no. 3, May-June, 1932, p. 68-74, no. 1, JanuaryFebruary, 1933, p. 16-28, no. 3, May-June, 1933, p. 103-117, no. 4, JulyAugust, 1933, p. 161-167). 1 4 9 . Talks at the Ojai Camp [June 1932]. {In Star Bulletin, no. 4, July-August, 1932, p. 98-123, no. 5, SeptemberOctober, 1932, p. 133-156, no. 6, November-December, 1932, p. 164-181). 1 5 0 * . Causerie de Krishnamurti à Paris le 21 Novembre 1932 rédigée par Carlo Suarès sur des notes. {In Supplément au Bulletin de l’Etoile, no. 6, Novembre-Décembre, 1932, 16 p.). 1 5 1 . Report of an interview. {In Star Bulletin, no. 2, March-April, 1933, p. 71-72). Originally published in Swarajya (Madras), December 8, 1932. 1 5 2 . Radio talks. {In Star Bulletin, no. 2, March-April, 1933, p. 49-60). Brief addresses in the United States and Canada during 1932. 1 5 3 . Talks at Adyar, India [December 1932 to January 1933], {In Star Bulletin, no. 2, March-April, 1933, p. 37-46, no. 3, May-June, 1933, p. 82-102, no. 4, July-August, 1933, p. 130-160). 1 5 4 . Verbatim reports of talks and answers to questions by Krishnamurti, Italy, 1933. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1934, [1], 119 p. 23 cm. Includes the verbatim reports of talks and answers to questions in Norway during 1933. All the talks have been revised by Krishnamurti. 1 5 5 . Verbatim reports of talks and answers to questions by Krishnamurti, Norway, 1933. {In Verbatim reports of talks and answers to questions by Krishnamurti, Italy, 1933, Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1934, p. 55-119). All the talks have been revised by Krishnamurti. 1 5 6 . Radiotale af: Krishnamurti: Udsendt den 11. September 1933 over Oslo Radio; oversat af Dr. L. Heber. Kobenhavn: Krishnamurti-Komitéen, [1934], [7] p., portrait, 23 cm.

157. Verbatim reports of talks and answers to questions by Krishnamurti, Adyar, India — 1933-34. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1935, [1], 85 p., 23 cm. All the talks have been revised by Krishnamurti. 1 5 8 . Verbatim reports of talks and answers to questions by Krishnamurti, Ojai Camp — 1934.

22

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1934, 3-99 p., 23 cm. Talks in the Oak Grove. 1 5 9 . Authentic report of twelve talks given by Krishnamurti, Ojai Camp — 1934. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1934, 2-94 p., 23 cm. All the talks have been revised by Krishnamurti. 1 6 0 . World overrun by sex consciousness, former “Messiah” says. “Rampant in art, screen, books, and commerce”. (In The Mail (Adelaide), February 11, 1934). “I am not troubled by the forces of sex myself. . . but I am continually affronted by the vulgar exploitation of sex, which is rife in the world today”. 1 6 1 . Verbatim reports of talks and answers to questions by Krishnamurti, Auckland, N.Z., 1934. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1934, 85 p., 23 cm. Includes a talk to Theosophists in New Zealand and another to business men in Auckland. 1 6 2 . Reports of talks and answers to questions by Krishnamurti, New York City — 1935. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1935, 3-32 p., 23 cm. 1 6 3 . Authentic report of twenty-five talks given by Krishnamurti in Latin America [1935]. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1936, 2-168 p., 23 cm. All the talks have been revised by Krishnamurti.

Verbatim reports of talks and answers to questions. Los Angeles: Star Publishing Trust, 1935-36, 4 vols., 21 cm. 164*.

1 6 5 . Authentic report of eight talks given by Krishnamurti at Ojai. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1936, 2-60 p., 23 cm. Talks in the Oak Grove during 1936. 1 6 6 . Authentic report of seventeen talks given in 1936 by Krishnamurti. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1937, 2-114 p., 23 cm. Talks in New York City, Eddington (Pennsylvania), Ommen Camp and Madras. All the talks have been revised by Krishnamurti.

Authentic report of twenty-five talks given in 1936 by Krishnamurti. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1937, 2-174 p., 23 cm. Talks in Ojai, New York City, Eddington (Pennsylvania), Ommen Camp and Madras. All the talks have been revised by Krishnamurti. 167.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

23

168. Revised report of fourteen talks given by Krishnamurti, Ommen Camp, 1937 & 1938. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1938, 2-62 p., 23 cm. The substance of the talks given at the Ommen Camp, 1937 and 1938, as abridged and revised by Krishnamurti. 1 6 9 . Ommen Star Camp, 1938 (unrevised verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, [1938], 31 p., 31 cm. 1 7 0 . Krishnamurti. Australian visit, April-May 1939. Sydney: Radio Library, [1939], 3 p., portrait, 23 cm. Several extracts from talks during the period 1937-38. 1 7 1 . Authentic notes of discussions and talks given by Krishnamurti, Ojai and Sarobia, 1940. Hollywood: Star Publishing Trust, 1940, 2-75 p., 23 cm. The substance of the discussions at Sarobia and a report of the 8 talks at the Oak Grove, Ojai, during 1940, as revised by Krishnamurti.

172. Authentic report of ten talks given by Krishnamurti, Ojai, 1944. Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1945, 73 p., 22 cm. 1 7 3 . Authentic report of sixteen talks given in 1945 & 1946 by Krishnam­ urti, Oak Grove, Ojai. Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1947, 116 p., 23 cm. “This book of Talks, like our previous publications, contains reports of spontaneous discourses about life and reality, given'at different times, and is not intended , therefore, to be read through consecutively or hurriedly as a novel or as a systematized philosophical treatise. These Talks were written down by me immediately after they were given and later I carefully revised them for publication” — Krishnamurti. 1 7 4 . Krishnamurti’s talks, Madras - India, 1947, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1949, 84 p., 24 cm. 1 7 5 . Notes of group-discussions at Madras during 1947, with J. Krishnamurti. Madras: G.S. Press, 1947, 126 p., 22 cm. These notes which were prepared by R. Madhavachari, at the conclusion of each meeting, were neither read nor revised by Krishnamurti.

Notes of group-discussions during April 1948, with J. Krishnamurti. Madras: G.S. Press, 1948, 72 p., 22 cm. These notes which were prepared by R. Madhavachari, at the conclusion of each meeting at Madras, were neither read nor revised by Krishnamurti. 176.

1 7 7 . A report of a statement by Krishnamurti during a group-discussion in Madras, April 1948. (In Voyage, vol. 2 no. 3, August 1948 p. 16).

24

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI 1 7 8 . Krishnamurti’s talks in India, 1948, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1950, 115 p., 24 cm. (Series 1 — Bombay).

179. Krishnamurti’s talks in India, 1948, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1950, 75 p., 24 cm. (Series 2 — Bangalore). 1 8 0 . Krishnamurti’s talks in India, 1948, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1950, 112 p., 24 cm. (Series 3 — Poona and New Delhi). Includes a radio talk: All-India Radio at New Delhi on November 6, 1948 p. 109-112.

*. Authentic report of ten talks given by Krishnamurti. Madras: Krishnamurti Writings, 1948, 87 p., 21 cm.

181

1 8 2 . Krishnamurti’s talks, Benares - India, 1949 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1949, 41 p., 24 cm. 1 8 3 . Krishnamurti’s talks, London - England, 1949, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1950, 37 p., 24 cm. 1 8 4 . An extract from Krishnamurti’s talks, London - England, 1949, (Verbatim report). {In Voyage, vol. 3, no. 2, October, 1950, p. 15-16). Krishnamurti’s reply to the question: In what way can I help you in your work?

Krishnamurti’s'talks, Ojai, California, 1949, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1950, 103 p., 24 cm.

185.

1 8 6 . Krishnamurti’s talks, 1949-1950, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1951, 107 p., 24 cm. (Series 1 — India). Talks in Rajahmundry, Madras and Bombay.

187. Krishnamurti’s talks, 1949-1950, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1951, 40 p., 24 cm. (Series 2 — Ceylon). Talks in Ceylon. Includes 2 brondcast talks in Colombo on Action and Relationship p. 35-40. 1 8 8 . Discussions with Krishnaji in Colombo. {In Voyage, vol. 3, no. 1, July, 1950, p. 6-10, vol. 3, no. 2, October, 1950, p. 5-8). These summaries of meetings during December 1949 and January 1950 were prepared by Henri van Zeyst. 1 8 9 . Discussion with Krishnaji in Bombay. {In Voyage, vol. 3, no. 2, October, 1950, p. 8-11). “Thought can only think about what is; it can never know” — Krishnam­ urti. A condensed report of a discussion held on February 2, 1950; written on the following day by Donald Ingram-Smith.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

25

1 9 0 . An interview with Krishnamurti. (In Voyage, vol. 3, no. 1, July, 1950, p. 3-6). An account of an interview in London which was mostly an investigation into the habit of smoking. 1 9 1 . Krishnamurti’s talks, 1950 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1950, 34 p., 24 cm. (Series 3 — Paris). 1 9 2 * . Paris 1950. Paris: Le Cercle du Livre, 1952, 160 p., 19 cm. A translation in French of 5 talks from the English, together with an original text in French of an interview with Krishnamurti. This interview (p. 145-151) was broadcast in Paris sometime in May 1950. 1 9 3 . Krishnamurti’s talks, 1950 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1950, 72 p., 24 cm. (Series 4 — New York & Seattle). 1 9 4 . Krishnamurti’s talks, 1952 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1952, 87 p., 24 cm. Talks in Madras. 1 9 5 . Conversation with David E.S. Young. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 66-79). 1 9 6 . Krishnamurti’s talks, 1952 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1952, 40 p., 24 cm. Talks in London. 1 9 7 . Krishnamurti’s talks, 1952 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1952, 60 p., 24 cm. Talks in Ojai, California. 1 9 8 . Krishnamurti’s talks to boys and girls of the Foundation for New Education, Rajghat - Banaras (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1953, 135 p., 24 cm. Talks in Rajghat - Banaras to boys and girls of the ages 9-20, on the banks of the river Ganga, during December, 1952. 1 9 9 . Krishnamurti’s talks, 1953 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1954, 60 p., 24 cm. Talks in Madras.

200. Krishnamurti’s talks in India, 1953 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1953, 112 p., 24 cm. Talks in Poona and Bombay. Krishnamurti’s talks, 1953 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1953, 39 p., 24 cm. Talks in London. 201.

26

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

202. Krishnamurti’s talks, 1953, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1953, 47 p., 24 cm. Talks in Ojai, California. 203. Krishnamurti’s talks in India, 1954, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1954, 55 p., 24 cm. Talks in Bombay. 2 0 4 . Krishnamurti’s talks in India, 1954, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1954, 112 p., 24 cm. Talks in Rajghat and the Banaras Hindu University.

205. Krishnamurti’s talks in America, 1954, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1954, 40 p. 24 cm. Talks in New York City. 2 0 6 . Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1954-1955, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1956, 107 p., 24 cm. Talks in Madras, Banaras and Bombay.

207. Talks by Krishnamurti in Europe, 1955 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1956, 79 p., 24 cm. Talks in Amsterdam and London. 2 0 8 . Talks by Krishnamurti in America, 1955, (Verbatim report). Oj Krishnamurti Writings,. 1956, 60 p., 24 cm. Talks in Ojai, California. 2 0 9 . Talks by Krishnamurti in Australia, 1955, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1956, 38 p., 24 cm.

Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1955-1956, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1959, 115 p., 24 cm. Talks in Banaras, Madras, Madanapalle and Bombay. 210.

2 1 1 . Talks by Krishnamurti in Europe, 1956, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1960, 118 p., 24 cm. Talks in Stockholm, Brussels, Hamburg and Athens.

Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1956-1957, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1960, [1], 117 p., 24 cm. Talks in New Delhi, Madras and Bombay. 212.

Talks by Krishnamurti in Ceylon, 1957 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1960, [1], 37 p., 24 cm. Talks in Colombo. 213.

Education & religion have failed, says Krishnamurti. {In The Times of Ceylon, January 12, 1957). 214.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

27

2 1 5 . Philosopher holds press conference. “Revolt inwardly” says Krishnamurti. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 12, 1957).

Religion may solve world problems — Krishnamurti. {In The Ceylon Daily News, January 12, 1957). 216.

2 1 7 . Religion, an idiotic label: Mr Krishnamurti. (In The Times of Ceylon, January 14, 1957).

Repudiate authority inwardly, says Krishnamurti. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 17, 1957). 218.

“Not discipline - but freedom” says Krishnamurti. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 21, 1957). 219.

220. Probe the sub-conscious, Krishnamurti urges. (In The Times of Ceylon, January 21, 1957). 2 2 1 . Inward search for truth today’s need — Krishnamurti. (In The Ceylon Daily News, January 24, 1957). 2 2 2 . Krishnamurti: “Real religion is disturbing”. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 24, 1957). 2 2 3 . Bias for mere ritual decried, Krishnamurti: first oust greed. (In The Times of Ceylon, January 28, 1957). 2 2 4 . Krishnamurti on true religion & meditation. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 28, 1957). 2 2 5 . Social morality has produced chaos in world — Krishnamurti. (In The Ceylon Daily News, January 28, 1957).

226. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1958, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1960, 139 p., 24 cm. Talks in Poona, Madras and Bombay. 227. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1959, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1961, 103 p., 24 cm. Talks in New Delhi and Madras. 228. Talks by Krishnamurti, January-June 1960, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1961, 139 p., 24 cm. Talks in Bombay, Banaras, New Delhi and Ojai. 229. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1961, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1961, 164 p., 24 cm. Talks in New Delhi, Bombay and Madras.

28

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

230. Talks by Krishnamurti in Europe, 1961, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1962, 155 p., 24 cm. Talks in London, Saanen and Paris. 231. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1962, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1962, 162 p., 24 cm. Talks in Varanasi, New Delhi and Bombay. 232. Talks by Krishnamurti in Europe, 1962, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1963, 110 p., 24 cm. Talks in London and Saanen. 233. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1963, (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1964, [1], 77 p., 24 cm. Talks in New Delhi and Varanasi. 234. Talks by Krishnamurti in Europe, 1963, (Verbatim report). Krishnamurti Writings, 1963, 65 p., 24 cm. Talks in Saanen.

Ojai:

235. Entretiens avec J. Krishnamurti. Paris: Le Courrier du Livre, 1966, 30 p. bibliography, 21 cm. Interviews in French with Carlo Suarès in Gstaad during August 1963. Extracts from this text appeared in Planète no. 14. 236. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1964, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1965, 174 p., 24 cm. Talks in Madras, Bombay, New Delhi and Varanasi. 237. Conversation with C.L. Nahal. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971 p. 49-57). 238. Talks by Krishnamurti in Europe, 1964, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1964, [1], 58 p., 24 cm. Talks in Saanen. 239. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1965, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1965, 142 p., 24 cm. Talks in Madras, Bombay, New Delhi and Varanasi. 240. Talks by Krishnamurti in Europe, 1965, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1965,97 p. 24cm. Talks in Paris and Saanen. 241. Discussions with Krishnamurti in Europe, 1965, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1966, 101 p., 24 cm. Discussions in London and Saanen.

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

29

242. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1966, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1967, 119 p., 24 cm. Talks in Madras, Bombay and New Delhi. 243. Talks by Krishnamurti in Europe, 1966, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1966, 130 p., 24 cm. Talks in London, Paris and Saanen. 244. Discussions with Krishnamurti in Europe, 1966, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1966, 97 p., 24 cm. Discussions in Rome and Saanen. 245. Conversation with Carlo Suares. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971 p. 88-98). 246. Talks by Krishnamurti in U.S.A., 1966 (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1967, 93 p., 24 cm. Talks in New York and Ojai, California. 247. The Oak Grove talks by J. Krishnamurti, Oct. 29 thru Nov. 14, 1966; as reported by John A. Nimick in the Ojai Valley News, Ojai, California. Ojai: Ojai Valley News, [1966], [1], 23 p., 22 cm. These articles appeared in the Ojai Valley News (October 16, 1966November 20, 1966). 248. Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1967, (Authentic report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1968, 162 p., 24 cm. Talks in Madras, Bombay, Rishi Valley, New Delhi; a talk to students at Rishi Valley and talks to students at (Rajghat) Varanasi. 249. Talks in Europe, 1967. Wassenaar: Servire, 1969, 222 p., 21 cm. (Authentic reports; 1). Talks in Paris, Amsterdam and London. 250. Talks & dialogues, Saanen, 1967. Wassenaar: Servire, 1969, 248 p., 22 cm. (Authentic reports; 2). 251. Talks in Europe, 1968. Wassenaar: Servire, 1969, 157 p., 21 cm. (Authentic reports; 3). Talks in Rome, Paris and Amsterdam. 252. Talks & dialogues, Saanen, 1968. London: Stanmore Press, 1970, 195 p., 21 cm. (Authentic reports; 4). 253. Talks with American students, 1968. London: Stanmore Press, 1970, 182 p., 21 cm. (Authentic reports; 5). Talks at the University of Puerto Rico, San Juan; talks and discussions at Morcelo, Puerto Rico; talks at Claremont Colleges, California, and the New School for Social Research, New York.

30

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

254. Krishnamurti talk, November 10, 1968. (In The Blaisdell Institute Journal, vol. 5, no. 2, June, 1970, p. 30-39). The second talk at Claremont Colleges, California. 255. Krishnamurti talk, November 17, 1968. (In The Blaisdell Institute Journal, vol. 6, no. 1, October, 1970, p. 39-48). The third talk at Claremont Colleges, California. 256. Krishnamurti conversation. (In The Blaisdell Institute Journal, vol. 4, no. 2, June, 1969, p. 19-21). 257. Talks and discussions at Brockwood Park, 1969. Wassenaar: Servire, 1970, 93 p. 21 cm. (Authentic reports; 6). 258. A dialogue. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 4, 1971, p. 6-16, no. 1, 1972, p. 11-16, no. 2, 1972, p. 10-15). An authentic report of a dialogue between Krishnamurti and Swami Venkatesananda at Saanen, July, 1969. 259. Talks and dialogues, Sydney, 1970 (Authentic reports). Sydney: Krishnamurti Books, [1970?] 132 p., 21 cm. Includes an half-hour television interview which was broadcast through­ out Australia. 260. Television interview in Australia. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 11, Autumn, 1971, p. 8-13). The next of the A.B.C. interview on November 26, 1970. 261. Television interview with Krishnamurti. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 9, Winter, 1970-71, p. 4-7). Edited extracts from the B.B.C. interview on December 7, 1970 which was filmed at Brockwood earlier in the year. The subjects discussed ranged over a wide field and included authority, love and meditation. 262. A dialogue. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 1, 1971, p. 1-3). A non-verbatim report of a discussion between Krishnamurti and a small group of people at 85 Lodi Estate, New Delhi on December 9, 1970. 263. Discussion with Krishnamurti. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 9, Winter, 1970-71, p. 9-11). A report of a small group discussion in New Delhi on December 9, 1970. 264. Krishnamurti in India, 1970-71: authentic reports of talks. Rishi Valley: Krishnamurti Foundation India, 1971, [3], 181 p., 21 cm. Talks in New Delhi, Madras, Bangalore and Bombay. 265. Talk to the students at Rishi Valley, 22-1-1971. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 2, 1972, p. 3-10).

DISCOURSES AND DISCUSSIONS

31

266. Extract from the Saanen talks, 1971. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 11, Autumn, 1971, p. 1-2). 267. Report on the Saanen Gathering, 1972. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 15, Autumn, 1972, p. 2-4). 268. Talks with Krishnamurti. (In Yoga & Health, vol. 2, no.

11, January,

1973,

p. 23).

POEMS (269-339) 269. A hymn. (In The path. The Star of the East, [1924], p. 36-37). 270. A walk. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 7, July 1, 1926, p. 258). The poem is dated April 20, 1926. 271. My beloved and I are one. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 8, August 1, 1927, p. 290). 272. Nitya. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 9, September 1, 1927, p. 324-325). 273. The toys. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 12, December 1, 1927, p. 444-445). 274. Toys. (In Krishnamurti: the man and his message, by Lilly Heber. London: Allen & Unwin, 1931, p. 141-144). Reprinted from The Star June 1929). 275. Come away. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1927, [13] p„ 23 cm. Contents'. The simple union — The garden of my heart - Come away. 276. Come away. (In The pool of wisdom, Who brings the truth, By what authority, and three poems. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, p. 96-99). (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March, 1928, p. 2-3). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 1, January, 1928, p. 4-6). 277. The garden of my heart. (In The pool of wisdom, Who brings the truth, By what authority, and three poems. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, p. 94-96). (In Come away. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust. 1927). 278. The simple union. (In The pool of wisdom, Who brings the truth, By what authority, and three poems. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, p. 93-94). (In Come away. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1927). 279. The simple union. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January, 1928, p. 3-4). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 1, January, 1928, p. 6-7).

POEMS

33

The search. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust; London: George Allen & Unwin, 1927, 375 p., 20 cm. Krishnamurti relates the story of his illumination. Some verses from The search that were read by him at the International Ojai Star Camp Congress, Ojai, California, May 21 to 28, 1928 {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 59-60). 280.

281. I am with thee. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January, 1928, p. 4-5). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 1, January, 1928, p. 2-3). 282. The beggar at the shrine. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 42). 283. I look to none beside thee. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 44). 2 8 4 . My heart dances with thy love. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 43).

285. Find thy soul, O friend. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 3, March , 1928, p. 81). Tell me, which is the real? {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 3, March, 1928, p. 80).

286.

2 8 7 . Walk by the light of my love and thou shalt cast no shadow. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 4, April, 1928, p. 3-6). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 4, April, 1928, p. 116-119).

288. Madura. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 5, May, 1928, p. 5). {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3. May, 1928, p. 154). Krishnamurti was deeply moved by the chanting of a young Hindu widow in the famous temple at Madura that he wrote this poem. “A melodious song of infinite heart Brings untold tears to my eyes”. 2 8 9 . My heart is heavy with thy love. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 6, June, 1928, p. 5). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 6, June, 1928, p. 192-193). 2 9 0 . Once upon a time . . . . {In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 7). A parable. Eerde, July 2, 1928. 2 9 1 . The mountains look on the t own. . . {In International Star Bulletin, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 7). A parable, Eerde, July 6, 1928.

34

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

2 9 2 . Who shall give thee comfort? {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 3-7). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 230-234). 2 9 3 . The potter. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 3-4). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 268-269).

The strangers. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 9, September, 1928, p. 3-5). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, September, 1928, p. 306-308). 294.

2 9 5 . The search of the beloved. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October, 1928, p. 3-8). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, October, 1928, p. 344-348).

296. The beloved in all. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 11, November 1928, p. 3-7). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 11, November, 1928, p. 380-384). 297. I am all. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 3). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 418). 298. I cannot teach you to pray. {In The Star, vol. 1-, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 4-5). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 420). 2 9 9 . Thou canst not bind truth. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 5). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 419).

The immortal friend. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, 76 p., 21 cm. The story of how Krishnamurti found his Beloved in his quest for eternal happiness. In a sense this work is a sequel to The path. 300.

The master singer of life. {In Let understanding be the law, Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1928, p. 28-30). 301.

There is a m ountain. . . Chicago: E.W. Rickard, [1928], 3 p., 16 cm. 302.

There is a mountain . . . {In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, December, 1928, p. 5-6). {In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 1, January, 1929, p. 12-13). {In Chetana, vol. 8, no. 2, February, 1963, p.42). 303.

POEMS

35

A dream comes through a multitude of desires . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 1, January, 1929, p. 11-12). 304.

3 0 5 . In my garden there is life and death, the laughter of many flowers and the cry of falling petals . . . {In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1929, p. 5). (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 3, March, 1929, p. 130). A parable which ends with the statement that creation lies in the path of careless love.

3 0 6 . O, love life . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 2, February, 1929, p. 72-73).

Truth is neither evil nor good . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 2, February, 1929, p. 73). 307.

Desire is life. The fulfilment of life . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 3, March, 1929, p. 129). 308.

3 0 9 . As out of the deep womb of a mountain .. . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 4, April, 1929. p. 187). 3 1 0 . I have no name . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 4, April, 1929, p. 186). 3 1 1 . There is a little town . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1929, p. 5). (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 5, May, 1929, p. 273). A parable.

Does the raindrop hold in its fullness . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 6, June, 1929, p. 329). 312.

3 1 3 . Oh, rejoice! . . . . (In Star Bulletin, no. 7, July, 1931, p. 2-3). (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 6, June, 1929, p. 328-329). 3 1 4 . There was, once on a time, a man whose heart rejoiced in life. He loved life and therefore he loved all things . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1929, p. 5). (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 10, October, 1929, p. 567). A parable.

315. Doubt is a precious ointm ent. . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 8, August, 1929, p. 457-458). In the corruption of the known . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 8, August 1929, p. 456-457).

316.

36

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

Make of thy desire the desire of the world . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, September 1929, p. 3). 317.

In the choicest of valleys. . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, October, 1929, p. 3-4). (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 10, October, 1929, p. 565-566).

318.

Place not thy love in the scent of a decaying violet. . . (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 10, October, 1929, p. 566-567).

319.

Desire is life, and the freedom of life is the freedom from desire . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, November, 1929, p. 3). 320.

In the stillness of an evening . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, November, 1929, p. 4). 321.

Await me, O friend . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December, 1929, p. 4). (In Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1931, p. 24). 322.

Oh, friend... (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1930, p. 3). 323.

Listen! . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1930, p. 4). 324.

O friend . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1930, p. 3). 325.

As the potter’s vessels break to pieces . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March, 1930, p. 3). 326.

There is order in the freedom of life. . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April, 1930, p. 3). 327.

328. Thousand eyes with thousand views. . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May, 1930, p. 17). (In Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1931, p. 2). Through the veil of form . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5,May, 1930, p. 3). 329.

3 3 0 . Ah, come sit beside me by the sea, open and free . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1930, p. 13).

Love not the shapely branch . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1930, p. 3). 331.

To a man of true purpose . . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 8, August, 1930, p. 2).

332.

POEMS

37

333. I tell thee . . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 10, October, 1930, p. 2). 334. The mountain comes down to the dancing waters . . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, November, 1930, p. 2). 335. I walked on a path through the jungle. . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 12, December, 1930, p. 2). 336. I have lived the good and evil of men . . . . (In Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1931, p. 2). 337. Who can say if thy heart be clean? . . . . (In Star Bulletin, no. 3, March, 1931, p. 2-3). 338. The world moans and languishes . . . . (In Star Bulletin, no. 4, April, 1931, p. 2-3). 339. The song of life. Ommen: Star Publishing Trust, 1931, 3-59 p., 21 cm. “The attainment of Truth is an absolute, final experience. I have re-created myself after Truth. I am not a poet; I have merely attempted to put into words the manner of my realization.” — Krishnamurti in the Foreword.

EDUCATION (340-366) Education as service. Adyar: Theosophist Office, 1912, xv, 125 p., 16 cm. Introduction by Annie Besant. Many of the suggestions in this book come from Krishnamurti’s own memories of early school life. Contents-. The Teacher — Love — Discrimination — Desirelessness — Good conduct. 340.

An interview with Krishnaji on current problems. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1929, p. 6-15). At Eerde Castle Krishnamurti was questioned on problems which especially concern the relations of the sexes and the education of children. 341.

The purpose of education. Adyar: Star Office, [1930], 14 p., 18 cm. An address to the National College, Trichinopoly, January 12th, 1930. 342.

Trichinopoly, 1930. (In Early writings, vol. 1: offprints from Chetana 1969, [vol. 14 nos. 157168] Bombay: Chetana, [1969], p. 158-167). An address on the purpose of education. 343.

3 4 4 . A talk to teachers. (In Early writings, vol. 5: offprints from Chetana 1971, [vol. 16, part 2, nos. 184-186]. Bombay: Chetana, [1971], p. 38-47). A talk in Los Angeles, 1930. The true purpose of education is to urge the individual to think and act independently instead of fitting him into society, and to develop that consum­ mate intelligence which always chooses the essential.

345. [A meeting convened especially for the benefit of educationists and teachers when Krishnamurti was requested to give the New Education Fellowship the benefit of his advice in the matter of education], (In Krishnamurti’s talks in India, 1948 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnam­ urti Writings, 1950, p. 72-84). (Series 1 — Bombay). Questions discussed: What part can education play in the present world crisis? Have ideals any place in education? Is education in creativeness possi­ ble, or is creativeness purely accidental, and therefore nothing can be done to facilitate its emergence? Is not the imparting of sex experience a necessary part of education? Is it not the only rational solution to the troubles of adoles­ cence? Is not state education a calamity? If it is, how to raise funds for schools which are not controlled by the government? What have you to say about military drill in education? What is the place of art in education? Whom would you call a perfect teacher? What is the place of discipline in education?

EDUCATION

39

3 4 6 . Krishnamurti’s talks to boys and girls of the Foundation for New Education, Rajghat - Banaras (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1953, 135 p., 24 cm. Talks in Rajghat - Banaras to boys and girls of the ages 9-20, on the banks of the river Ganga, during December 1952.

347. Education and the significance of life. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1953, 125 p., 19 cm. Contents: Education and the significance of life — The right kind of educa­ tion — Intellect, authority and intelligence — Education and world peace — The school — Parents and teachers — Sex and marriage — Art, beauty and creation. [Answers to questions on various aspects of education]. (In Krishnamurti’s talks, 1953 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1954. Talks in Madras. Questions discussed: What is the function of a true educator? p. 13-15. How can there be any kind of education without some form of discipline, imposed either externally or from within? p. 34-35. You advocate a small school for educating the young. But even in a small school, several teachers are necessary, one for each subject. How can such a school be maintained in these days? p. 42. 348.

Krishnamurti’s talks in India, 1954 (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1954, 112 p., 24 cm. Talks in Rajghat and the Banaras Hindu University. 349.

Talk to parents in Banaras. (In Talks by Krishnamurti in India, 1954-1955. (Verbatim report). Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1956, p. 47-53). The function of education is to help the student to understand and thereby break through his own limitations. But first of all the educator must be willing to be aware of his own limitations and break through them as much as he can. 350.

On learning. Ojai: Krishnamurti Writings, 1958, [2], 29 p., 19 cm. 351.

Education and integration. (In Commentaries on living, from the notebooks of J. Krishnamurti; edited by D. Rajagopal. Second series. London: Victor Gollancz, 1959, p. 4551). 352.

3 5 3 . What is the true function of a teacher? (In Commentaries on living, from the notebooks of J. Krishnamurti; edited by D. Rajagopal. Second series. London: Victor Gollancz, 1959, p. 136-139).

40

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

354. The cultivation of sensitivity. (In Commentaries on living, from the notebooks of J. Krishnamurti; edited by D. Rajagopal. Third series. London: Victor Gollancz, 1961, p. 117122).

355. The noisy child and the silent mind. (In Commentaries on living, from the notebooks of J. Krishnamurti; edited by D. Rajagopal. Third series. London: Victor Gollancz, 1961, p. 135-142). 356. Without goodness and love, one is not educated. (In Commentaries on living, from the notebooks of J. Krishnamurti; edited by D. Rajagopal. Third series. London: Victor Gollancz, 1961, p. 107113). 357. Life ahead. London: Victor Gollancz, 1963, 191 p. index to questions, glossary, 21 cm. A collection of talks to students, teachers and parents, The Introduction by Krishnamurti has observations on various aspects of education. 358. Think on these things; edited by D. Rajagopal. New York: Harper & Row, 1964, 224 p., index to questions, 22 cm. Talks and answers to questions of students, teachers and parents in India but the material herein is of universal appeal and not confined to education. This book was also published as This matter o f culture. 359. This matter of culture; edited by D. Rajagopal. London: Victor Gollancz, 1964, 224 p., index to questions, 21 cm. Talks and answers to questions of students, teachers and parents in India but the material herein is of universal appeal and not confined to education. This book was also published as Think on these things. 360. A discussion meeting with the teachers at Rishi Valley — 1967. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 1, 1972, p. 2-8). 361. Krishnamurti at Brockwood Park. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 4, Autumn, 1969, p. 1-2). A statement by Krishnamurti about the school at Brockwood Park. 362. A talk to students. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 4, 1970, p. 3-11). An edited version of a talk at Rishi Valley on January 20, 1970. 363. For the young. (In The Penguin Krishnamurti reader; compiled by Mary Lutyens. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1970, p. 91-164). 364. An open discussion. (In Early writings, vol. 2: offprints from Chetana 1970, [vol. 15 nos. 169-

EDUCATION

41

174], Bombay: Chetana, [1970], p. 149). Krishnamurti’s reply to the question: Where does obedience come in your plan of education? «365. A statement by Krishnamurti. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 7, Summer, 1970, p. 1-3). A statement concerning the future of the two schools in India and Brockwood Park. He also emphasised that there should be no interpreters of the teachings and no representatives of Krishnamurti personally or of his teach­ ings either during or after his lifetime. 366. Knowledge and intelligence. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 2, 1971, p. 1-10). “This is an edited and verbatim version of J. Krishnamurti’s talk to the students at Rishi Valley on 25th January 1971” - Editor.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS (367-500) 367. Selections from Krishnaji. . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 1, January, 1928, p. 30-34). (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 5, May, 1928, p. 23-27). These extracts illustrate the steady unfoldment of the teachings during the period 1910-1927. 368. In the Starlight. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 1, January, 11, 1914, p. 4-5). An address of welcome to the delegates and members assembled at the First International Conference of the Order of the Star in the East, at London on October 25, 1913. 369. Introduction. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 1, January 11, 1914, p. 8). Krishnamurti’s commendatory introduction to George S. Arundale’s article on “Organisation and activities of the Order of the Star in the East”. 370. In the Starlight: letter from the head to Indian members of the Order of the Star in the East. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 2, February 11, 1914, p. 67). 371. To members of the Order of the Star in the East. (In The Herald of the-Star, vol. 9, no. 11, November 1, 1920, p. 442). A statement concerning the future of The Herald o f the Star together with an announcement that from January, 1921, the “Editorial Notes” in each number will be contributed partly by the editor and partly by Krishnamurti. 372. Self-preparation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 9, September 1, 1923, p. 363-365). Krishnamurti’s closing speech at the Star Congress, Vienna, July 1923. 373. The path. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 10, October 1, 1923, p. 394-399, vol. 12, no. 11, November I, 1923, p. 436-439, vol. 12, no. 12, December 1, 1923, p. 479-483). 374. “We have seen the Star and we know”. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 1, January 1, 1924, p. 14-15). 375. International preparation. (/«T he Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 380-381). A speech at the Third International Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, at Holland on August 12, 1924. We all have that sense of separate­ ness, exclusiveness and snobbishness that our nation is the best of all. All nations are eventually one body and all the peoples of the world are required in the development of humanity.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

43

376. The place of the young in the new era. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 396-399). A talk given on August 14, 1924. The characteristics of youth are portrayed. The old are disinclined to take risks. Youth, on the other hand, wishes to step aside from the ruts of compromises and prejudices of the old, and tread instead the high road to joy which, in the new era, lies in service. 377. The exploitation of races. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 387). 378. National preparation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 376). Krishnamurti’s introductory remarks to Mr Arundale’s lecture on national preparation at the Third International Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, Holland, 1924. 379. Self-preparation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 384-386). A speech at the Third International Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, at Holland, 1924. There is a vivid description of a personal experi­ ence in consciousness expansion as a result of feeling intensely, while sitting on a delightful verandah in California. 380. Some business discussed. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 407-408). 381. The Young Theosophist. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 12, December 1, 1924, p. 524). Notes of a speech to Young Theosophists wherein Krishnamurti exhorted them to change the world through their work: “Look at the disciples of the Christ, how they changed the world; and we are more than twelve, and, if we will, we can really change things”. 382. Know yourself. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 5, May 1, 1925, p. 140-142). There is no more interesting or promising subject, none more exciting, than the study of oneself. It is the only subject that is worth thinking about because it involves changing oneself. 383. [Extract from a letter written by Krishnamurti], (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 5, May 1, 1925, p. 174). The plans for an International University have been outlined. All branches of knowledge will be taught. The students will come from the four corners of the world. The teaching staff will have a representative of almost every nationality. Every country will contribute financially or otherwise to the establishment and upkeep of the university. Since a good library is the most important asset for a university help has been sought to collect the elements of a magnificent library.

44

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

384. Discipleship. (In The Herald of the Star, vol: 14, no. 6, June 1, 1925, p. 180-182). 385. The meaning of life. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 7, July 1, 1925, p. 220-223). An address delivered at the Star Amphitheatre, Sydney, N.S.W. Krishnamurti spoke of learning to do things for their intrinsic value and not for what they bring: “You are great because you cannot help it; you are unselfish because you cannot be selfish”. 386. Be happy! (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 8, August 1, 1925, p. 262-267). Krishnamurti remarked that it was his big ambition to have every experi­ ence in the world without going through any. He had developed his imagina­ tion to a small extent so that “I can go down a street and feel what others are thinking, what the sinner and the saint are feeling without going through the experience of either.” The difference between a Master and ourselves is that He keeps His windows and doors open whereas we close them on discovering something unpleasant, and that is why people grow old. There is more fun in life to live dangerously than in becoming mere followers of something which we do not quite understand. 387. We are all expecting Him who is the embodiment of nobility, and He will be with us soon. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 1, January 1, 1926, p. 2). The concluding words of Krishnamurti’s address to Star members at Adyar on December 28, 1925. 388. Editorial notes. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 1, January 1, 1926, p. 3-4). The death of Nityananda caused Krishnamurti great sorrow. This article is about his late brother. 389. Preparation and the World Teacher: an address delivered at Adyar to members. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 3, March 1, 1926, p. 97-100). One must be absolutely happy or not at all: one cannot be half happy, and to be completely happy one must learn. It is constant revolution that brings happiness, not a continuous mental or emotional inertia. Yet to acquire that happiness one must go through a furnace of suffering, go through every kind of experience. “I have watched everything from outside, never tasting it”. “If you are absolutely happy you are really great”. On the mountain top “nothing can touch you, nothing either personal or impersonal. You are above all things and then you are really happy. You want to make others happy and you want to make the whole world really, joyously happy”. 390. Self preparation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 4, April 1, 1926, p. 139). The mind should exist but it is far more important to have feelings, especially that feeling of oneness.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

45

391. How to widen our idea of the work of the Star. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 417-418). Krishnamurti summed up the discussion on July 28, 1926. Among the contributors to the discussion were Mary Rocke, Yadunandan Prasad, Marcelle de Manziarly, D. Rajagopal, Lady Emily Lutyens and E. Marcault, p. 412-417. 392. Peace and war. (/«T he Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 381-385). An address given on July 28, 1926 at the Third International Camp Congress of the Order of the Star in the East. 393. Self-denial. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 2, February 1, 1927, p. 44-45). This article ends with the prophetic lines: “As one sees the dawn breaking forth and lighting up the whole heaven with exquisite light, so those who have ears to hear and eyes to see can behold the approach of the greatest event that the world has seen for many and many a generation. And those who understand, those who have seen and heard, must be the singers herald­ ing the approach of thé greatest of human Beings, the greatest of the Gods, and the greatest of all the Teachers”. 394*. Conseils de bonheur. (In L’intransigeant, March 12, 1927, p. 1). 395. An appeal to members of the Order. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 5, May 1, 1927, p. 181). 396. World peace. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 6, June 1, 1927, p. 220-223). 397. The door of liberation. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March, 1928, p. 4-8). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 3, March, 1928, p. 82-87). A verbatim and unrevised report of a talk to the group of students assem­ bled at Castle Eerde, summer 1927. 398. Intelligent revolt. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 4, April, 1928, p. 12-17). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 4, April, 1928, p. 120-127). A verbatim and unrevised report of a talk to the group of students assem­ bled at Castle Eerde, summer 1927. 399. Liberation: the final goal. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 45-50). A verbatim and unrevised report of a talk to the group of students assem­ bled at Castle Eerde, summer 1927. 400. Meditation and contemplation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 12, December 1,1927, p. 459-461).

46

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

A verbatim and unrevised report of a talk to the group of students assem­ bled at Castle Eerde, summer 1927. The mountain top. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 5, May, 1928, p. 6-13). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 5, May, 1928, p. 155-163). A verbatim and unrevised report of a talk to the group of students assem­ bled at Castle Eerde, summer 1927. 401.

The universal goal. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 7-11). A verbatim and unrevised report of a talk to the group of students assembled at Castle Eerde, summer 1927. 402.

Be silent yet understanding. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 9, September 1, 1927, p. 326-330). The first of these 2 talks was given on July 24, 1927 to a group of workers engaged in preparing the Camp at Ommen. The second talk was addressed to a group of students at Castle Eerde on July 26, 1927. 403.

4 0 4 . The Star Council. Welcome by Krishnaji, July 29th, 1927. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 9, September 1, 1927, p. 331-334). 4 0 5 . Krishnaji and Star lands. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, November, 1927, p. 12). Krishnamurti’s answer to a question at a Star Council meeting on August 3, 1927. He had been asked in America and other places to give his hair to be buried in Star lands in order to give them a wonderful magnetism. If his hair is given every time it is asked he shall be bald and the suggestion was anyhow absurd! 4 0 6 . Why do you serve? (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December, 1929, p. 8-12). An address given at a Camp Fire of the Order of Service at Ommen in 1927. 4 0 7 . To meet again. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 9, September 1, 1927 p. 346-348). Krishnamurti remarked that it had been his desire ever since he was a boy to discover and destroy that separateness which exists between the beginning and the end, the seeker and the goal, the sufferer and the one who is enlight­ ened.

In solitude gather strength. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 369-371). To discover oneself solitude is necessary. 408.

Seek peace and establish it. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16 no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 399-401). 409.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

47

If you have peace, understanding and tolerance within then in the world there will be peace, tolerance and friendship. Look to that peace within, not without. It is hypocritical to try to clear the vision of another before your own vision is clear. Establish your purpose. International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 5-6). An address to the Theosophical Society and the Order of the Star in Bombay on October 29, 1927. 410. (In

Into the light. International Star Bulletin, no. 2, December, 1927, p. 5). Krishnamurti's reply to the address presented to him by the residents of Adyar on his arrival there on October 31, [1927], 411.

{In

412. International Star Bulletin. { I n International Star Bulletin, no. 1, November, 1927, p. 11-12). The I n t e r n a t i o n a l S t a r B u l l e t i n , the successor to the H e r a l d o f t h e S t a r , “will serve to keep the members throughout the world in touch with the Headquarters and also with one another”. I will establish peace wherever I go. The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 12, December 1, 1927, p. 457-459). A talk at a meeting of the Star Council. Referring to the widespread rumours of a world war, Krishnaji declared himself a pacifist: “I am a pacifist, and I would maintain that pacifism in spite of everything. I would say now that we must not kill — that should be our motto”. 413. (In

The necessity for change. The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 5-8). ( I n The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 270-273). An address to the women of India at the annual meeting of the Women’s Indian Association, held in Adyar, on Christmas Day, 1927. 414. (In

Happiness and liberation. The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 9-14). ( I n The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 274-280). A verbatim report of a discussion under the great Banyan Tree on the estate of the Theosophical Society at Adyar on December 28, 1927. 415. (In

4 1 6 . Who brings the truth? S e l e c t i o n s . Further selections from Krishnaji’s books: from Who brings the truth, 1927. ( I n The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 70-71).

The river. International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1928, p. 5).

417. (In

The month of offering, May 1928. International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1928, p. 9).

418. (In

48

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

419*. Message to India. (In New India, March 22, 1928). An extract from this article appeared in Katherine Mayo’s Slaves o f the gods London: Jonathan Cape, 1929 p. 220-221. 4 2 0 . The man and the moon. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April, 1928, p. 5). Eerde, March 25, 1928. The understanding of life is more essential than the mere superficial knowledge of the machinery of life, although one must be acquainted with the latter.

The harmonizing of the bodies. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 6, June, 1928, p. 6-10). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 6, June, 1928, p. 194-198). 421.

422. Truth that is liberation and happiness. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 8-10). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 235-237). 423. The way within. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July, 1928, p. 13). 4 2 4 . The World-Teacher and the Order of the Star. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 8, August, 1928, p. 16-24). Answers to questions at Castle Eerde, July 1928.

Truth or loya|ty. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October, 1928, p. 13-17). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, September, 1928, p. 316-321). Opening address at the Ommen Star Camp on August 4, 1928. 425.

The purpose of the Order of the Star. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 421-425). (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 12, December, 1928, p. 6-10). (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1929, p. 6-11). An address delivered at Castle Eerde to a gathering of Organizers of the Order during the Ommen Star Congress, August 1928. 426.

427. Depending on authorities. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 9, September, 1928, p. 13). 428. Goals. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 9, September, 1928, p. 37). A statement of 3 sentences on the goals for the mind, the emotions and the body. 4 2 9 . The spark and the flame. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 9, September, 1928, p. 6-11). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, September, 1928, p. 309-315).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

49

430. The harvest-tide of life. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October, 1928, p. 9-12). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, October, 1928, p. 349-353). 4J1. Understanding. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October, 1928, p. 17). 432. Time. {In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 1, January, 1929, p. 25-27). An extract from Life in freedom (addresses at the Camp-Fire gatherings during 1928). 433. Build on understanding. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1929, p. 11-14). An address to friends resident at Castle Eerde. 434. The flame. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1929, p. 5-7). 435. Propaganda. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1929, p. 16). 436. The coming dawn. {In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 2, February, 1929, p. 88-91). 437. Collective meditation. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March, 1929, p. 5-6). 438. The value of individuality. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March, 1929, p. 6-7). A genius is described as a person who grows beyond the special circum­ stances which urge him to mould himself to a particular pattern. 439. A vision of life. {In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 3, March, 1929, p. 143-145). 440. The right basis of life. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April, 1929, p. 6-7). Spirituality means beauty in thought, feeling and action. Spirituality is the true basis of life. 441. The river of life. (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 4, April, 1929, p. 209-212). 442. Discrimination. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May, 1929, p. 20-21). 443. The door of the eternal. (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 5, May, 1929, p. 247-249).

50

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

4 4 4 . The purpose of the Camp: from notes of Krishnaji’s opening address at the Indian Star Camp, Guindy, Madras, 1929. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May, 1929, p. 14-16). 4 4 5 . The attainment of truth. (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 6, June, 1929, p. 311-314).

Changes in the Order of the Star. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July, 1929, p. 22). Organizations purely far business and other necessities are essential but organizations for spiritual purposes are of no value. 446.

Truth in limitation. (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 7, July, 1929, p. 384-387). 447.

Law and spirituality. (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 11, November, 1929, p. 610-613). (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, August, 1929, p. 9-11). Although in the expression of life there must be law, nevertheless, that life which is absolutely free and unconditioned has no law within itself. The man who is liberated lives unconditionally in that eternity which is now. 448.

449. Renunciation and compromise. (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 8, August, 1929, p. 434-435). Neither t i me. . . . (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, November, 1929, p. 5). “Neither time nor space exist for the man who knows the eternal” — Krishnamurti. 450.

The cause of sorrow. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December, 1929, p. 24-26). (In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 12, December, 1929, p. 701-703). 451.

The true enemy of freedom: a view of India’s spiritual aspirations. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December, 1929, p. 5-7). The true enemy of freedom is dead tradition which is the true Indian problem. “Crystallised cruelties and selfishnesses, infant marriage, the heart­ less restrictions which we place on widows, our treatment of women gener­ ally, the whole system of untouchability; what are these but matters in which the dead weight of custom has crushed out of us the ordinary decent feelings which should sweeten and harmonise the life of human beings?” But buried underneath is India’s true heritage: the genius for Liberation. 452.

Harmonious living. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 12, December, 1930, p. 3-12). A talk and answers to questions on January 1, 1930. 453.

Live in the eternal. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 12, December, 1930, p. 13-19). A talk and answers to questions on January 2, 1930. 454.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

51

455. Life’s problems (questions and answers). (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1930, p. 4-11, no. 2, Febru­ ary, 1930, p. 5-11, no. 3, March, 1930, p. 27-30). 456. The wisdom of experience: an address given in Benares, India. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1930, p. 12-15). The only goal is to grow from innumerable complexities to great simplic­ ity. 457. The noble life. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June, 1930, p. 14-17). 458. The cessation of fear. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, November, 1930, p. 3-5). A talk at the Summer Gathering on July 23, 1930. 459. Spiritual realisation. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, November, 1930, p. 19-29). A talk and answers to questions at the Summer Gathering on July 25, 1930. 460*. Préface. (In Cahier de l’Etoile, no. 16, July-August, 1930, p. 487-489). An original French article written for Le Sentier (translation of The path). 461*. Enquête sur l’inquiétude contemporaine. (In Cahiers de l’Etoile, no. 18, November-December, 1930, p. 1139-1142). 462. The release of life. (In Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1931, p. 3-9). 463. Sayings of Krishnamurti, selected by E.A. Wodehouse. (In Star Bulletin, no. 1, January, 1931, p. 19-23, no. 9-12, SeptemberDecember, 1931, p. 70-71). 464. Life’s problems: some questions and answers. (In Star Bulletin, no. 2, February, 1931, p. 3-15, no. 3, March, 1931, p. 417, no. 4, April, 1931, p. 4-14, no. 5, May, 1931, p. 16-28, no. 6, June, 1931, p. 14-19, no. 8, August, 1931, p. 19-26, no. 3, May-June, 1932, p. 83-90). 465. Thoughts on life [from Krishnamurti’s notebook], (In Star Bulletin, no. 1, January-February, 1932, p. 2-4, no. 2, MarchApril, 1932, p.34-38, no. 3, May-June, 1932, p. 66-67, no. 5, SeptemberOctober, 1932, p. 130-132, no. 1, January-February, 1933, p. 2-15, no. 2, March-April, 1933, p. 34-36). These are pithy observations on various subjects. 466. Intuition and individuality. (In Star Bulletin, no. 3, May-June, 1932, p. 81-82).

■i

52

WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

467. I have lived many lives on earth. (In Facts: the official organ of the Friendship Centre, voi. 2, no. 8, OctoberDecember, 1935, p. 3-8). An interview with Arthur Lamsley. Les problèmes. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October, 1937. p. 208-210). This article consists of extracts from the Ommen talks, July 20, 1936 and the Madras talks, December 6, 1936. The extracts were translated into French by J. Emile Marcault. 468*.

469. Action. (In Chetana, voi. 8, no. 2, February, 1963, p. 27-30). A radio talk in Colombo in 1949. 4 7 0 . Artificial and real flower. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 2, 1971, p. 13-16). A report by P.J. of a discussion between Krishnamurti and a small group of persons in Bombay in 1950.

An investigation into consciousness. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 13, Spring, 1972, p. 9-14). This reprint from the Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin is a report of a small group discussion with. Krishnamurti in Bombay in 1950 on the nature and structure of, consciousness. 471.

472. Silence and energy. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 11, Autumn, 1971, p. 4-7). This reprint from the Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin is a report of a small group discussion with Krishnamurti in Bombay in 1950 on the nature and structure of consciousness. 473*. Clés de notre temps: Krishnamurti définit sa pensée par rapport à l’existentialiste. (In Combat, May 9, 1950). A report of Francis Dumont’s interview with Krishnamurti. The problem and its resolution. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 4, 1972, p. 12-16). A report of a discussion in New Delhi on February 13, 1959. 474.

The ending of sorrow. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 4, 1971, p. 3-5). The authentic transcript of a 331/ 3 r.p.m. recording of a short talk [1966]. 475.

The problems of youth. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 12, Winter, 1971-72, p. 11-14). A talk given at the conclusion of the Saanen Gathering in 1967. 476.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

53

477. The lake. {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 1, Autumn, 1968, p. 9-11). 4 7 8 . Message. {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 1, Autumn, 1968, p. 1). 4 7 9 . From the notebook of Krishnamurti, 1968. {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 2. Spring, 1969, p. 10-11).

Love, sex, and the religious life. {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 3, Summer, 1969, p. 8-11).

480.

From the notebook of Krishnamurti, 1969. {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 4, Autumn, 1969, p. 9-11).

481.

The unburdened mind. {In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 1, 1971, p. 3-8). The edited version of a talk in New Delhi on November 12, 1969. 482.

4 8 3 . On meditation. {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 7, Summer, 1970, p. 6-11). There are no questions and answers in this report. {In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, nos. 1 & 2, 1970, p. 4-16). This is the substance of the third talk in New Delhi, together with answers to questions, on November 19, 1969.

The garden. {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 5, Winter, 1970, p. 10-11).

484.

Living and dying. {In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 3, 1970, p. 4-10). The substance of a talk in Madras on January 4, 1970. 485.

Action. {In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 4, 1970, p. 12-16). A report of a discussion meeting that took place at a time when there was much agitation and the threat of war in India. 486.

4 8 7 . The mountains were full of solitude . . . . {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 6, Spring, 1970, p. 10-11).

The essence of co-operation. {In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 8, Autumn, 1970, p. 1-4).

488.

4 8 9 . On violence and commitment. {In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 4, 1972, p. 2-9). An authentic report of a dialogue in New Delhi on December 23, 1970.

First step is the last step. {In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 2, 1971, p. 10).

490.

54

WORKS BY KR1SHNAMURTJ

A short statement which ends thus: “Can the mind, seeing something very clearly end that perception? Then, here the very first step is the last step”. Sleep. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 3, 1972, p. 2-12). An authentic report of a dialogue between Krishnamurti and a group of persons in Bombay on February 8, 1971. The topics discussed included the significance of dreams and the renewal of the mind through order. 491.

4 9 2 . Una proposta diversa dall’India. (In Corriere della Sera, April 3, 1971, p. 7).

Freedom is order. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 10, Summer, 1971, p. 9-11). 493.

Intelligence and instant action. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 11, Autumn, 1971, p. 14-15). 494.

4 9 5 . The river. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 12, Winter, 1971-72, p. 15-16).

The way of meditation. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 12, Winter, 1971-72, p. 1-9). “Reprint from the Indian Foundation Bulletin of a talk which Krishnam­ urti gave in Delhi in December, 1970”. 496.

497. What is relationship? (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 13, Spring, 1972, p. 15-16). 4 9 8 . The tethered mind. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 14, Summer, 1972, p. 10-12). 4 9 9 . The origin of thought. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 15, Autumn, 1972, p. 8-11). An excerpt from a discussion with students in New Delhi.

500. The vanity of the “I” structure. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 15, Autumn, 1972, p. 12). Krishnamurti’s answer to the question: Why does each one of us have the “I” structure? What is its origin? An extract from You are the world.

PART 2 WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES OF THE TEACHINGS (501-825) 501. A.N. The purpose of living. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti, edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 246-249). 502. ACHARD, Yvon. Krishnamurti: le miroir des hommes; préface de Jean-Pierre Gaillard. Paris: Dervy-Livres, 1968, 3-107 p., Bibliography, 23 cm. (Histoire et tratition). The author’s thesis for the Diplôme d’Etudes Supérieures, Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaines de Grenoble, May, 1966. 503. ACHARD, Yvon. Le langage de Krishnamurti: l’évolution spiritu­ elle de Krishnamurti et l’évolution de son langage; préface de Jean-Pierre Gaillard. Paris: Le Courrier du Livre, 1970, 3-253 p., Bibliography, 22 cm. The author’s doctorat de troisième cycle thesis in the Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaines de Grenoble, June 14, 1969. 504*. ANGKOR, Pierre d’. Krishnamurti et l’anti-religion. Bruxelles: E.S.N., 1929, 64 p., 20 cm. 505*. ANGKOR, Pierre d’. Le catholicisme et la théosophie. Bruxelles: E.S.N., 1930, 49 p., 19 cm. 506*. ANGKOR, Pierre d’. Krishnamurti et la théosophie: essai de mise au point. Bruxelles: E.S.N., 1931, 64 p., 19 cm. 507*. ANGKOR, Pierre d’. Itinéraire d’un pèlerin de l’absolu. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1953, 334 p., 18 cm. 508. ANRIAS, David. Krishnamurti’s horoscope in relation to the Society. (In Adepts of the five elements: an occult survey of past and future problems; with the horoscope of the Theosophical Society and that of various leaders in specific relation to it. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1933, p. 97-100). There are several other references to Krishnamurti. 509. ANRIAS, David. Lord Maitreya. (In Through the eyes of the masters: meditations and portraits. 3rd edi­ tion (first edition 1932). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1947, p. 17-18, 27, 36, 65-69). “ Through the Eyes o f the Masters, . . . was partly inspired with the object

58

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

of counteracting the doubt cast by Krishnamurti upon the power of the Masters to further the evolution of mankind” — Preface to Adepts o f thefive elements . . . by David Anrias. ARUNDALE, George S. Thoughts on “At the feet of the Master”. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1918, VII, 286 p., 19 cm. “A t the Feet o f the Master is my constant companion, guide, and mentor. Ever by my side is the little copy given me by my young teacher” — Arundale. *510.

ARUNDALE, George S. Krishnaji: light-bringer. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1928, IV, 39 p„ 19 cm.

511.

512. AYRES, Francisco. Krishnamurti. Empresa Gazeta de Limeira, 1947, 161 p., portraits, 18 cm. Text in Portuguese. 513. B.N. J. Krishnamurti ancient or modern? (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti, edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 215-218). B.N. Uses of the past. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 233-235).

514.

BAEZ, Joan. (In Daybreak [an autobiography]. New York: Avon, 1969, p. 138-139). Krishnamurti “says that the only real creativity takes place when the mind is still. And how do we turn a shallow noisy little racing brook into a quiet lake, deep and reflecting and still . . . so still that the falling of a leaf upon it can make it tremble with excitement. There are only clues. He says that you have begun once the intent is there. If you have a strong enough desire for still­ ness, then you will find a way to it.” 515.

BAKER, Gladys. Krishnamurti — who is he? Adyar: Star Headquarters, [1929?], 24 p., 19 cm. An interview published in the American newspaper The Birmingham New-Age-Herald, 1st April, 1929. She quotes Khalil Gi­ bran who said of Krishnamurti: “When he first entered my studio I said to myself: ‘Surely the Lord, of Love has come.’ ” 516.

5 1 7 * . BAUDOUY, M.A. and MOUSSAY, R. Civilisation contempor­ aine. Textes choisis et présentés. Paris: Hatier, 1965. There are 2 quotations from Krishnamurti in this textbook p. 119, 155.

BECKETT, L.C. (In The world breath. London: Rider, 1935, p. 248, 263). The ideals put before mankind by the Buddha, Lao-Tsu, Moses, Jesus, Plotinus, St Francis of Assisi, Ekkehard and Krishnamurti are identical: their one aim is to express Truth and enlighten mankind. 518.

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

59

519. BECKETT, L.C. Neti, neti (not this, not that). Marazion: Ark Press, 1955, 3-115 p., Bibliography, 20 cm. Includes many references to Krishnamurti who is described as “one who has understood”. 520. BECKETT, L.C. (In Unbounded worlds; with cover drawings by Ceri Richards. Marazion: Ark Press, 1959, p. 66). Krishnamurti quoted: “If the mind can never be in a state of non-recogni­ tion, then there is no possibility of Truth or God”. 521. BEECHER, Willard and BEECHER, Marguerite. Beyond success and failure: ways to self-reliance and maturity. New York: Julian Press, 1966, [9], 242 p„ Bibliography, 22 cm. 522. BENDIT, Laurence J. (In The yoga of beauty. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1969 p. 28). The state known as laya is presumably that which Krishnamurti used to describe as being similar to that of a bird about to take off from a tree, at the moment when it is neither in flight nor yet standing still. 523. BENDIT, Laurence J. and BENDIT, Phoebe D. (In The transforming mind. Wheaton: Theosophical Publishing House, 1970). 524. BENJAMIN, Harry. Basic self-knowledge: an introduction to esoteric psychology based on the Gurdjieff system of esoteric development, with some references to the writings of Krishnamurti. London: Health for All Publishing, [1961], 168 p., Bibliography, 19 cm. “A chapter on Krishnamurti”, p. 151-160. 525 *. BERCOU, Lydia. Amour vrai et secret du bonheur. Chatel Guyon: L. Bercou, [1955], 16 p. 526*. BERCOU, Lydia. Comment supprimer la souffrance et vivre heureux dans le monde actuel. Chatel Guyon: L. Bercou, [1955], 16 p. 527*. BERCOU, Lydia. Krishnamurti et la libération. Chatel Guyon: L. Bercou, [1955], 16 p. 528*. BERCOU, Lydia. Krishnamurti et son enseignement: ma rencontre avec lui et l’impression que j ’en ai reçue. Chatel Guyon: L. Bercou, [1955], 16 p. 529*. BERCOU, Lydia. Krishnamurti: mon voyage à Bruxelles et ma seconde rencontre avec lui. Chatel Guyon: L. Bercou, [1955], 16 p.

60

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

530*. BERCOU, Lydia. Krishnamurti: science et spiritualité. Chatel Guyon; L. Bercou, [1955], 16 p. 531*. BERCOU, Lydia. Krishnamurti: sa vie, sa parole. Chatel Guyon: L. Bercou, 1969, [144 p.], 21 cm. 532*. BERTIN. La verdadera comunidad. Rosario: Librería Ruiz Editorial, 1955. 533. BESANT, Annie. Preface. {In At the feet of the master. Adyar: Theosophist Office, 1910). 534. BESANT, Annie. Introduction. {In Education as service. Adyar: Theosophist Office, 1912, p. V-VIII). 535. BESANT, Annie and LEADBEATER, C.W. The lives of Alcyone. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1924, 2 vols (circa 784 p.) portraits, 25 cm. It was noticed that the boy Krishnamurti possessed an unusually fine aura. Therefore some of his past lives were investigated and recorded. 536. BESANT, Annie. How a World Teacher comes as seen by ancient and modern psychology: four lectures delivered at the Queen’s Hall, London, during June and July 1926. London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1926, 91 p., 19 cm. A Teacher has come on several occasions. It happened when the WorldTeacher named the Christ used the body of Jesus. Christ was the tenant of that body during the years of His ministry. “I know that He is coming . . . because I have heard the Christ say so”. As once before He will use the body of an oppressed race. On the 28th December 1925 He spoke for the first time for some two thousand years through the mouth of His vehicle, Krishnam­ urti. 537. BESANT, Annie and LEADBEATER, C.W. Talks on the path of occultism: a commentary on “At the feet of the Master”, “The voice of the silence” and “Light on the path”. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1926, III-IX, 321 p., 21 cm. 538. BESANT, Annie. The work of the ruler and the teacher. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1930, [1], 18 p., 19 cm. (Adyar pamphlets; no. 135). 539. BESANT, Annie. {In The future of the Theosophical Society. Adyar: Theosophical Publish­ ing House, 1931, p. 12). She did not regard any of Krishnaji’s many valuable teachings as being more valuable than his exhortation to examine everything before accepting it.

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

61

540. BESTERMAN, Theodore. His master’s voice. Challenge. {In Mrs Annie Besant: a modern prophet. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner, 1934 p. 235-244, 251-257). 541*. BHAGAVATA, R.S. J. Krishnamurti kona aheta? Poona: Marathi Theosophical Federation, 1957, 36 p., 18 cm. Text in Marathi. 542. BLEWETT, Duncan B. {In The frontiers of being. New York: Universal Publishing and Distribut­ ing Corporation, 1969 p. 50-51). 543. BRAGDON, Claude. Unity of being. {In The new image. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1928, p. 185-190). A free paraphrase of a private talk by Krishnamurti in New York on April 10, 1928. 544. BRAGDON, Claude. The eternal poles. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1931, XV, 106 p. 22 cm. This book is dedicated to J. Krishnamurti. “I began The Eternal Poles immediately after a meeting with him, and it was to him I dedicated it because - although I have not his assurance to that effect - I believe The Eternal Poles to be but an elaboration of certain of Krishnamurti’s funda­ mental teachings” - Bragdon in The secret springs p. 333. 545. BRAGDON, Claude. {In The secret springs: an autobiography. London: Andrew Dakers, [1938], p. 25, 332-338). A commentary on the personality and teachings of Krishnamurti who as “a disturber o f complacency I have never met his match, though unlike Gurdjieff he makes no deliberate effort to that effect.” 546. BRAGDON, Claude. The essence of Krishnamurti’s teachings. {In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 17-23). 547. BRAGDON, Claude. Yoga for you. London: Andrew Dakers, [1948], XV, 104 p., illustration, 20 cm. A quotation from Krishnamurti adorns the title-page: “Life ever new through action ever new”. There are other references to him. The introduc­ tory chapter, “Unity of being” (p. 1-4) is a free paraphrase of a private talk in New York by Krishnamurti on April 10, 1928. 548. BRIGHT, Esther. {In The ancient one: to the young folks at home. London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1927 p. 154, 156). 549. BRIGHT, Esther. Old memories and letters of Annie Besant. London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1936, 3-173 p., portrait, 20 cm.

62

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNA MU RT1

There are several references to Krishnamurti in this book of reminiscences. Krishnamurti sought to stimulate men to light their own fire. He has been likened to a ñame that is vivid, living and very pure p. 168-169. 550. CLAVIER, Armando. Aproximación a Krishnamurti: conferencias pronunciadas en la ciudad de Buenos Aires, Junio-Julio-Agosto, 1968, por el autor Armando Clavier. Buenos Aires: Editorial Kier, 1969, 3-143 p., 20 cm. 551. COLEMAN, John E. (In The quiet mind. London: Rider, 1971 p. 72-99, 114-115, 148). 552*. CURTE, Alida de. Krishnamurti. Bruxelles: Collection de lTnstitut Supérieur des Sciences et Philosophies, [1945]. 32 p. 21 cm. Text in French. 553. DASTUR, F.H. Difference without distinction p. 99-102. Krishnaji at Adyar p. 103-108. From the Acting Editor p. 109. My reply p. 110. From C. Jinarajadasa p. 111-113. (In The true destiny of man: essays in philosophy, science and Theosophy. Sharanpur, Nasik: F.H. Dastur, [19—]). 554. DATTA, Hirendranath. (In The future of the Theosophical Society. Adyar: Theosophical Publish­ ing House, 1931 p. 103-164). 555*. DAUMAL, René. (In La grande beuverie. Paris: Gallimard, 1939, p. 113-114). 556*. DELVILLE, Jean. Que faut-il écouter? Allocution prononcée en mai 1928. Bruxelles: Ordre de l’Etoile, [1928], 20 p., 21 cm. 557. DHOPESHWARKAR, A.D. Krishnamurti and the experience of the silent mind. Bombay: Chetana, 1956, [5], 177 p. 19 cm. (The inter-continental library). 558. DHOPESHWARKAR, A.D. Krishnamurti and the texture of reality. Bombay: Chetana, 1961, VII, 263 p., 19 cm. 559. DHOPESHWARKAR, A.D. J. Krishnamurti and awareness in action. Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1967, VII, 164 p„ 23 cm. 560. DHOPESHWARKAR, A.D. J. Krishnamurti and mind in revolu­ tion. Bombay: Chetana, 1970, X, 119 p., 19 cm.

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

63

Includes “A plea for the philosophy of the perceptive mind” (paper submit­ ted to the Philosophical Congress, Poona, 1970) p. 112-119. 561. The dictionary of national biography, 1931-1940; edited by L.G. Wickham Legg. London: Oxford University Press, 1949. Krishnamurti is referred to as “her adopted son” in the section on Annie Besant (1847-1933). Her position in the Theosophical world was prejudiced by the sponsoring of Krishnamurti p. 73-74. 562. DIDERICHSEN, Henny. Hvem er den Store, vi venter? Foredrag ved et Stjernemode. Kobenhavn: Stjerneordenens Danske Forlag, 1919, 15 p., 23 cm. 563. DIRKSEN, E.M. and PROCHNOW, Herbert V. (In Quotation finder, London: Harper & Row, p. 134). A quotation from Krishnamurti: “Wisdom and truth come to a man who truly says, T am ingnorant, I do not know’.” 564. Evolution of Mrs Besant: being the life and public activities of Mrs Annie Besant, secularist, socialist, Theosophist and politician; with sidelights on the inner workings of the Theosophical Society and the methods by which Mr Leadbeater arrived at the threshold of divinity, by the editor of “Justice”, Madras. Madras: Justice Printing Works, 1918, [1], IV, 337, CX1V p., 19 cm. A section of this book is devoted to the case of G. Narayaniah vs. Mrs Annie Besant. 565. FERRUS, Paule. La révélation de soi; préface de A. de Châteaubriand [sic Châteaubriant], Paris: Les Editions Adyar, 1938, 3-129 p., 20 cm. 566. FIRCHOW, Peter. (In Aldous Huxley: satirist and novelist. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1972 p. 27). 567*. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti l’homme et sa pensée. Bruxelles: Spiritualité, 1948, 40 p. 24 cm. 568. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti et l’existentialisme. (In Krishnamurti et la pensée occidentale, par Râm Linssen. Bruxelles. Editions Etre Libre, 1951, p. 156-176). 569. FOUERE, René. La pensée de Krishnamurti. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1951, 3-77 p., Bibliography, 16 cm. 570. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti: the man and his teaching; translated from the French. Bombay: Chetana, 1952, [6], 73 p., 19 cm. (The inter-continental library).

64

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

571. FOUERE, René. Disciplines, ritualisme et spiritualité. Paris: La Colombe Editions du Vieux Colombier, 1960, 3-142 p., 22 cm. 572. FOUERE, René. Du temporel à l’ intemporel: intelligence technique et conscience personnelle. Paris: Le Cercle du Livre, 1960, 215 p., 20 cm. 573*. FOUERE, René. Ce que je dois à Krishnamurti. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, [1962], 24 p., 23 cm. 574. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti ou la révolution du réel. Paris: Le Courrier du Livre, 1969, 3-317 p., Bibliography, 22 cm. 575*. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti, el poeta del présente y del silencio. Rio Piedras: “Revista Noticias” (Agencia Editorial Orion), [196-], 12 p., 14 cm. 576. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and modem thought. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S. R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 170-175). 577. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and ritualism, by R.F. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 264-266). 578. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and spiritual heritage. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 250-256). 579. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and the problem of effort. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 204-206). 580. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and the problem of immortality, by S.D. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 224-227). 581. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and the problem of love. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 282-284). 582. FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and the problem of opposites. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 261-263). 583. FOUERE, René. The language of Krishnamurti. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 15-16).

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

65

5 8 4 . FOUERE, René. The problem of suffering. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 207-208). 5 8 5 . FOUERE, René. Self-consciousness and fear. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 189-193). 5 8 6 * . FRANCESCHI, G.J........ El sanor Krishnamurti, el orden social y el cristianismo . . . Conferencia dada en el Teatro Maravillas el dia. 24 de julio de 1935. Buenos Aires, 1935, 31 p., 18 cm. 5 8 7 . FREEDLAND, Nat. (In The occult explosion. London: Michael Joseph, 1972, p. 93). 5 8 8 . FRYDMAN, Maurice. The basic truth. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 272-274).

589. FRYDMAN, Maurice. J. Krishnamurti and the materialists. The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 236-239). (In

FRYDMAN, Maurice. Krishnamurti the world man. The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 285-289).

590. (In

FRYDMAN, Maurice. Mind and intelligence. The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 209-214). 591.

(In

FRYDMAN, Maurice. Revolt and revolution. The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 240 - 245). 592.

(In

5 9 3 . FRYDMAN, Maurice. Truthfulness. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 219-223). 5 9 4 . FUSSELL, Joseph H. Some reasons why the members of the Univer­ sal Brotherhood and Theosophical Society do not endorse Mrs Besant nor the Society of which she is President. San Diego: San Diego News Press, 1914, 19 p. 27 cm.

595. FUSSELL, Joseph H. Mrs Annie Besant and the Leadbeater advice. San Diego: San Diego News Press, [1920], 15 p. 26 cm. 5 9 6 . FUSSELL, Joseph H . Mrs Besant’s policy. San Diego: San Diego News Press, [1920], 22 p. 26 cm.

66

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

5 9 7 . The future of the Theosophical Society: being the five Convention Lectures delivered in Benares at the fifty-fifth anniversary of the Theosophi­ cal Society, December, 1930, by Annie Besant, B. Sanjiva Rao, Ernest Wood, Hirendra Nath Datta, C. Jinarajadasa. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1931, [5], 193, p„ 19 cm. 5 9 8 . GARDNER, Adelaide. (In Indications of a new culture: the Blavatsky Lecture, 1934. London: Theosophical Publishing House, [1934], p. 27-28). In all his teaching Krishnamurti stresses the recognition of the inner man as the source of insight, joy and power which must come by experience, not authority. 5 9 9 . GARDNER, Adelaide. (In Introductory studies in Theosophy. London: Theosophical Publishing House, [1948], p. 31, 58-59). A t the feet o f the Master is without special religious bias and is one of the most complete simple guides that exist for those who wish to train for the life of the spirit. Includes a few biographical facts about Krishnamurti. 6 0 0 . GARDNER, E.L. There is no religion higher than truth: develop­ ments in the Theosophical Society. London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1963, 23 p., 19 cm. Some biographical facts about Krishnamurti are tabulated. There is an extract from Who brings the truth?

601. GRAHAM, Dorn Aelred. (In The end of religion: autobiographical explorations. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1971, p. 190-191). 602. HALL, Manly P. (In Great books on religion and esoteric philosophy, by Manly P. Hall; with a bibliography of related material selected from the writings of Manly P. Hall. Los Angeles: Philosophical Research Society, 1966 p. 29). A t the feet o f the Master is listed among the books on mysticism that are especially worthwhile. 603. HARARI, Manya. (In Memoirs, 1906-1969. London: Harvill Press, 1972, p. 285). HARRACA, J.M. L’humaine espérance. Versailles: Edition de FHumaine Espérance. 1929, 302 p., 18 cm. 604*.

605. HEBER, Lilly. (In Annie Besant* en moderne pioner. Oslo: Olaf Norlis Forlag, 1927). There are several references to Krishnamurti and a portrait of him in 1926. 606. HEBER, Lilly. Krishnamurti: the man and his message. London: George Allen & Unwin, 1931, 254 p„ portrait, Bibliography, 21 cm. (A contribution to the history of modern re-orientation; vol. 1).

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

67

607. HEBER, Lilly. Krishnamurti og var tids krise: et bidrag til den moderne nyorienterings historié. Oslo: Gyldendal Norsk Forlag, 1933, 264 p., 20 cm. 608. HEBER, Lilly. Krishnamurti and the world crisis. London: George Allen & Unwin, 1935, [5], 15-291 p„ portrait, Bibliogra­ phy, 21 cm. (A contribution to the history of modern re-orientation; voi. 2). 609. HENDERSON, William. The teachings of Krishnamurti. London: Philosophical Publishing House, [1948?], 75 p., 23 cm. 610*. HENRY, S.A. The amazing discoveries of J. Krishnamurti. Madras: Rathnam Press, [1968], IV, 62 p., portrait, Bibliography, 18 cm. 611*. HERRMANN, Georg. Krishnamurti. Neue Wege zur Selbstbefreiung. Munich: Drei Eichen Verlag, 1954. 612. HINNELLS, John R and SHARPE, Eric J editors. {In World religions in education: Hinduism. Newcastle upon Tyne: Oriel Press, 1972, p. 150). “ . . . within the last hundred years India has produced spiritual teachers of the calibre of Ramakrishna, Vivekananda, Gandhi, Vinoba and Krishnam­ urti.” 613*. HODSON, Geoffrey. Krishnamurti and the search for light, 1934. 614*. L’homme et les problèmes de la vie. Paris: Editions Adyar, [1932], 16 p. portrait, 20 cm. There are extracts from Krishnamurti in this anonymous work. 615. HOSKINS, Ianthe H. The science of spirituality: the Blavatsky Lecture delivered at the Annual Convention of the Theosophical Society in England, at Besant Hall, London, May 28th, 1950. London: Theosophical Publishing House, [195-], 32 p., 22 cm. Includes several references to Krishnamurti. 616. HUMPHREYS, Christmas. {In Zen: a way of life. London: English Universities Press, 1962, p. 131). “Mr Robert Linssen . . . has' woven together the threads of Zen Buddhism and Krishnamurti.” 617. HUXLEY, Aldous. Foreword. (In The first and last freedom. London: Victor Gollancz, 1954, p. 9-18). 618. HUXLEY, Aldous. The education of an amphibian; Knowledge and understanding. (In Adonis and the alphabet, and other essays. London: Chatto & Windus, 1956, p. 9-72). An exposition of Krishnamurti’s teachings.

68

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

6 1 9 . HUXLEY, Aldous. Letters of Aldous Huxley; edited by Grover Smith. London: Chatto & Windus, 1969, [7], 992 p., portrait, 24 cm. In the correspondence of Huxley one finds several references to his friend Krishnamurti for whom Huxley had a great affection and respect. He even likened a talk by Krishnamurti to a discourse of the Buddha and added — “such power, such intrinsic authority, such an uncompromising refusal to allow the poor homme moyen sensuel any escapes or surrogates, any gurus, saviours, fuhrers, churches. ‘I show you sorrow and the ending of sorrow’ — and if you don’t choose to fulfil the conditions for ending sorrow, be prepared, whatever gurus, churches etc you may believe in, for the indefinite continuance of sorrow” p. 917-918. 6 2 0 . HUXLEY, Laura Archera. (In You are not the target. London: Heinemann, 1964, p. 242). 6 2 1 . HUXLEY, Laura Archera. This timeless moment: a personal view of Aldous Huxley. London: Chatto & Windus, 1969, [9], 331 p., portraits, 23 cm. In this intimate portrait of her husband, Aldous Huxley, there are several references to his friend, Krishnamurti. Her interview with Krishnamurti is vividly described in the chapter “Brightness”, p. 107-114.

Hvem er Krishnamurti? Hvad vil Krishnamurti? Kobenhavn: “Den ny Tid”, [1933], [7] p., 16 cm.

622.

623*. IGUALADA, Miguel Gimenez. Mas alia del dolor. Mexico: Tierra y Libertad, [1946]. In the first part of this book the writer refutes the teachings of Krishnam­ urti. 624. INDRA DEVI pseudonym [i.e. Eugenie Strakaty]. (In Forever young, forever healthy. Blackpool: A. Thomas, 1955, p. 4-6, 8-9). 625. INDRA DEVI pseudonym [i.e. Eugenie Strakaty], (In Yoga for you: a complete 6 weeks’ course for home practice. Preston: A. Thomas, I960, p. 154-155, 174). In a desperate moment of her life, when she was going through very pain­ ful and distressing experiences, Krishnamurti advised her to remain com­ pletely alone and to see no one for several days. “Stay"with your problem and look at it very closely. When you do that you will not be afraid of it any longer”. This book was also published as Yoga fo r Americans: a complete 6 weeks’ course for home practice. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1959. 626. INDRA DEVI pseudonym [i.e. Eugenie Strakaty]. (In Renew your life through yoga. London: Allen & Unwin, 1965, p. 102, 122).

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

69

As a result of seeing or hearing something extraordinarily beautiful or exalting, something that strikes an inner cord deep within us, there comes a state of joy and ecstasy. The author experienced this feeling for the first time on hearing Krishnamurti chant a Sanskrit mantra at a camp meeting of the Order of the Star. She was filled with great joy and tears streamed down her face: an experience that influenced and later changed her life. There is a notable quotation from Krishnamurti: “Be careful of what you wish - you may get it”. 627. INGRAM-SMITH, Donald. There is no escape: a collection of origi­ nal works by international writers; edited by Inghram Smith. Sydney: McNiven Publishing Guild, 1951, 79 p. 21 cm. Contents: Introduction, by Inghram Smith — Not dried by the wind, by Pupul Jayakar — Clarity, by Richard Weiss — A matter of death, by Kim Christen — Escape into bondage, by Inghram Smith — What Krishnamurti has meant to me, by H.W. Methorst — Experiment in relationship, by Gordon Pearce — Hey, what’s the idea, by Sidney Dome — This matter of moods, by Inghram Smith — Movements in thought, by Pupul Jayakar. 628. JAG MOHAN LAWL. Ecce Homo: the metaphysical and philoso­ phical reflections of a general medical practitioner with special reference to J. Krishnamurti, the World Teacher. London: J.M. Lawl, 1947, 130 p., illustrations, portrait, 19 cm. 629*. JALAMBIC, M. Relatif et absolu Krishnamurti. Paris: Editions Adyar, 1933, 136 p., 19 cm. 630*. JASMIN, Bernard. De Socrate a Krishnamurti. Montreal: Beauchemin, 1963, 120 p., 19 cm. 631. JINARAJADASA, C. A World-Teacher. Auckland: Lotus Press, [1915], 12 p., 21 cm. An address given at the First International Conference of the Order of the Star in the East, at London on October 26, 1913. 632. JINARAJADASA, C. (In First principles of Theosophy. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1921, p. 215). The qualifications for initiation from A t the feet o f the master are tabulated. 633. JINARAJADASA, C., editor. The Order of the Star in the East. (In The golden book of the Theosophical Society: a brief history of the Society’s growth from 1875-1925, issued in commemoration of the jubilee of the Theosophical Society, by its General Council. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1925, p. 168-172). 634. JINARAJADASA, C. Krishnamurti’s message. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1930, [1], 32 p., 19 cm. (Adyar pamphlets; no. 134).

70

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

6 3 5 . JINARAJADASA, C . (In The future of the Theosophical Society. Adyar: Theosophical Publish­ ing House, 1931, p. 182-188). The Theosophical Society has never proclaimed any one teaching of any one Teacher as the sole truth. The Order of the Star in the East is distinct from the Society. The wisdom" of Krishnamurti is a part of that Divine Wisdom which Theosophy expounds. 6 3 6 . JINARAJADASA, C . (In The Master: meditations in verse. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1931, p. 4). “The supreme Reality is indeed the ‘Goal’, as Krishnamurti calls it”. 6 3 7 . JINARAJADASA, C . (In A short biography of Dr. Annie Besant. Adyar: Vasanta Press, [1932], p. 31-36). Includes a few notes on Mrs Besant’s great care and interest in Krishnam­ urti and his brother during their youth.

638. JINARAJADASA, C . Foreword. (In The nature of mysticism, 2nd edition. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1934, p. V-VI). Despite Krishnamurti’s assertion that his teaching is neither mysticism nor occultism, it is fundamentally a form of mysticism. “But he is a teacher whose originality and brilliance dazzle the mind”. 6 3 9 . JINARAJADASA, C . Occult investigations: a description of the work of Annie Besant and C .W . Leadbeater. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1938, 137 p., portraits, 17 cm. The section on Krishnamurti is replete with biographical information.

JOHNSON, Raynor C. (In A religious outlook for modern man. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1963). There are many references to Krishnamurti. 640.

6 4 1 . JOSH1, M.A. Peep into Krishnamurti’s philosophy. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 201-203). 6 4 2 . KANNAN, A. (In Impact of Theosophy and science: modern thought in the light of Theosophy. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1971, p. 246, 251). Krishnamurti’s teaching of dying to the past here and now is discussed.

643. KEYSERLING, Hermann. (In The travel diary of a philosopher; translated by J. Holroyd Reece. London: Jonathan Cape, 1925, vol. 1, p. 150-157).

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

71

At the invitation of Mrs Besant, Keyserling settled for a time in Adyar. He reported that “what fascinates me most in the atmosphere of Adyar is its expectation of a Messiah. Among the residents there is a young Indian of whom it is said that the Holy Ghost will one day use him as his vessel. The Masters are said to have revealed this. He is to be The Saviour for the coming a g e ---- ” 644. KING, Francis. (In Sexuality, magic and perversion, London: Neville Spearman, 1971, p. 128-136). The circumstances surrounding the lawsuit instituted by Narayaniah for the guardianship and custody of his two sons, Krishnamurti and Nityananda, are discussed. 645. Krishnamurti in relation to the World-Teacher. Adyar: N.S. Rama Rao, [1929], 14 p., 18 cm. A collective protest by D.K. Telang, B. Sanjiva Rao, N.S. Rama Rao, B. Padmabai, Yadunandan Prasad, G.V. Subba Rao, Malatidevi Patwardhan, Jamnadas Dwarkadas, D. Jinarajadasa and C.S. Trilokekar. 646. LANDAU, Rom. (In God is my adventure: a book on modern mystics, masters and teachers. London: Ivor Nicholson & Watson, 1935). Apart from the numerous references to Krishnamurti throughout this work, there are also two long and noteworthy chapters entitled The throne that was Christ’s and Krishnamurti in Carmel The life and teachings of Krishnamurti are surveyed with considerable enthusiasm by the author who has recorded without hesitation his own psychological reactions to both the teachings and the personality of Krishnamurti. 647. LANDAU, Rom. (In Seven: an essay in confession. London: Ivor Nicholson & Watson, 1936, p. 145-146, 198, 213, 246-248, 253-254, 273, 302-303). 648. LANDAU, Rom. The supreme spiritual ideal. (In Faiths and fellowship: being the proceedings of the World Congress of Faiths, held in London, July 3rd-17th, 1936; edited by A. Douglas Millard. London: J.M. Watkins, [193- ?], p. 448). “Thousands follow Krishnamurti, who seems to have uncovered the very roots of what the kingdom of happiness should be, and who, through the living example of his own personality, seems to radiate the truth of his own doctrine” — Landau. 649. LANNOY, Richard. (In The speaking tree: a study of Indian culture and society. London: Oxford University Press, 1971, p. 364). 650*. LANTIER, Jacques. (In La théosophie. Paris: Editions Planète, 1970, p. 230-237).

72

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

651. LARSEN, Egon. (In Strange sects and cults: a study of their origins and influence. London: Arthur Baker, 1971, p. 163-164). 652. LEADBEATER, C.W. Talks on “At the feet of the Master” London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1922, VI, 679 p., 19 cm. A compilation of lectures that were delivered in Australia between Decem­ ber 1914 and August 1915. 653. LEADBEATER, C.W. (In The masters and the path. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1925, p. 62-66). The words contained in A t the feet o f the master are almost entirely those of the Master Kuthumi although written by Krishnamurti at the age of thirteen. The story of how this book came to be written is narrated. 654. LEEUW, J.J. van der. The conquest of illusion. London: Alfred A. Knopf, 1928, VI, 234 p., illustrations, 23 cm. “This book is dedicated to J. Krishnamurti and to the memory of his brother Nityananda in token of an unvarying friendship and in remembrance of Ojai days”. 655. LEVY, Eugène. Mrs Besant and the present crisis in the Theosophi­ cal Society; with a prefatory letter by M. Edouard Schuré; translated from the French by C.E.S. London: H.J. Heywood-Smith, 1913, XX, 147 p., 19 cm. 656. LEYBOURNE-WHITE, Charis. Knowing ourselves. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 228-232). 657. LEYBOURNE-WHITE, Charis. The mind of man. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 275-281). 658. LEYBOURNE-WHITE, Charis. Relationship and love. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 194-200). 659*. LINSSEN, Robert. Qu’est-ce que la spiritualité? Bruxelles: Institut Supérieur de Sciences et Philosophies Naturelles, [1944], 156 p., portrait, 15 cm. 660*. LINSSEN, Robert. Le destin du XXe siècle. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1949, 200 p. 661. LINSSEN, Robert. Etudes psychologiques de C.G. Jung à J. Krishnamurti, par Râm Linssen. 2nd edition. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1950, 3-119 p., Bibliography, 16 cm.

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

73

662*. LINSSEN, Robert. L’avenir du monde. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1951. 663. LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti et la pensée occidentale, par Râm Linssen; suivi d’un appendice sur Krishnamurti et l’existentialisme, par René Fouéré. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1951, 3-182 p., Bibliography, 16 cm. 664*. LINSSEN, Robert. De l’amour humain à l’amour divin, par Râm Linssen. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1953, 144 p. 665. LINSSEN, Robert. De l’amour humain à l’amour divin; préface du Dr Roger Godel; avant-propos de Jean Herbert. Deuxième édition revue et augmentée. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1953, 3-164 p., Bibliography, 20 cm. (Collection des trois lotus). 666*. LINSSEN, Robert. Essais sur le bouddhisme en général et sur le zen en particulier, 2nd revised edition. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1954, 2 vols, (140; 142 p.). 667. LINSSEN, Robert. L’éveil suprême: bases pratiques du bouddhisme zen et de la pensée de Krishamurti [sic]. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1958, 3-116 p. Bibliography, 16 cm. 668. LINSSEN, Robert. L’éveil suprême: bases pratiques du ch’an du zen et de la pensée de Krishnamurti, 3rd revised edition. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1970, 3-160 p., portrait, Bibliography, 18 cm. 669. LINSSEN, Robert. Living Zen; preface by Christmas Humphreys; foreword by R. Godel; translated by Diana Abrahams-Curiel, First Evergreen edition. New York: Grove Press, 1960, 3-348 p., 21 cm. There are many references to Krishnamurti including two chapters entitled “Similarities between Zen and Krishnamurti” and “Divergencies between Buddhism, Zen and Krishnamurti”, p. 236-251. 670. LINSSEN, Robert. Bouddhisme et zen. (In La tolérance. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1963, p. 67-96). 671. LINSSEN, Robert. La notion d’énergie amorisante de Teilhard de Chardin et le bhakti yoga de Vivekananda. (In La tolérance. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1963, p. 33-43). 672. LINSSEN, Robert. Le silence intérieur. (In L’homme et la connaissance. Paris: Le Courrier du Livre, 1965, p. ISS­ US).

74

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

673*. LINSSEN, Robert. Spiritualité de la matière: essai sur la réalité fondamentale. Paris: Editions Planète,. 1966, 216 p., 20 cm. 6 7 4 . LINSSEN, Robert. Le zen: sagesse d’Extrême-Orient: un nouvel art de vivre? Venders: Marabout Université, 1969, 3-267 p., illustrations, portraits, Bibliography, 18 cm.

675. LINSSEN, Robert. Amour sexe et spiritualité. Paris: Le Courrier du Livre, 1971, 3-128 p., 22 cm. LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti psychologue de l’Ere Nouvelle. Paris: Le Courrier du Livre, 1971, 3-192 p., portraits, Bibliography, 21 cm. 676.

677. LINSSEN, Robert. Bouddhisme, taoïsme et zen; préface Docteur Roger Godei, notes du Professeur Masson - Oursel et de Mme A. DavidNeel. Paris: Le Courrier du Livre, 1972, 3-366 p.. Bibliography, 24 cm. This work is a revised and expanded version of Essais sur le bouddhisme en général et sur le zen en particulier. 678*. LJUNGSTROM, Georg. Nostradamus och Anton Johanssons profetior om nu stundande vârldshândelser . . . . Stockholm: A.B. Seelig, 1928. 679. LUTYENS, Elisabeth. A goldfish bowl. London: Cassell, 1972. There are several references to the early life of Krishnamurti. LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Candles in the sun. London: Rupert Hart-Da vis, 1957, 196 p., illustration, portraits, 22 cm. The moving story of why the author joined the Theosophical Society in 1910 and why she left it 20 years later. The book is also an account of the training, development and personality of Krishnamurti during the days when he was hailed as the coming Messiah, and of his breaking away from the organizations which had so proclaimed him. She was closely associated with Krishnamurti from the time he first came to England as a boy of 15. 680.

LUTYENS, Mary. To be young: some chapters of autobiography. London: Rupert Hart-Davis, 1959, 192 p., portraits, 23 cm.

681.

6 8 2 . LUTYENS, Mary. An introduction to Krishnamurti. Beckenham: Krishnamurti Foundation, [1970], [2], 5 p. 21 cm.

683. M.F. How I understand Krishnamurti. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 157-158).

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

75

6 8 4 . McCARTNEY, James. (In Yoga: the key to life. London: Rider, 1969, p. 227, 230). The writer discusses what Krishnamurti (writing as “Alcyone”) taught: we must have four qualifications in order to enter upon the Path: Discrimina­ tion, Desirelessness, Good conduct and Love. 6 8 5 . MACKAY, John. News letter of Mr Krishnamurti’s visit to Australia, February-March, 1934. Sydney: Publicity Press, [1934], 4 p., 23 cm.

686*. MAGRE, Maurice. (In Magiciens et illuminés. Paris: Fasquelle Editeurs, 1930 p. 259-293). MALLIK, Gurdayal. Krishnamurti — teacher of the direct path. Karachi: Young Builder Press, [1934], [1], 27 p., portrait, 19 cm. An essay on the personality and teachings of Krishnamurti.

687.

688. MANZIARLY, Irma de. Krishnamurti — a critical study. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 41-46). 6 8 9 . MARSHALL, Anne. (In Hunting the guru in India. London: Victor Gollancz, 1963, p. 123-131).

690. MAYO, Katherine. (In Slaves of the gods. London: Jonathan Cape, 1929, p. VI, 65-66, 149, 158-159, 220-221). Includes extracts from statements made by Krishnamurti in .New India, March 22, 1928 and Stri-Dharma, January 1926, wherein he denounced infant marriage, the heartless restrictions on widows, the treatment of women generally, the caste system, untouchability and the neglect of children. MEHTA, Rohit. Action and reaction. (In The play of the infinite. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1952, p. 158-185). 691.

692. MEHTA, Rohit. What is awareness? (In The search for freedom. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1957, p. 207-211). 6 9 3 . METHORST, H. W. What Krishnamurti has meant to me or: synthe­ sis and paradox. (In There is no escape; edited by Inghram Smith. Sydney: McNiven Publishing Guild, 1951, p. 35-41). 6 9 4 . METHORST, H.W. What Krishnamurti has meant to me. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 153-156).

76

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

695. METHORST-KUIPER, A.J.G. Krishnamurti: portret van een onafhankelijk denker. Amsterdam: Uitgeverij de Driehoek, [195-], 109 p., Bibliography, 20 cm. 696. METHORST-KUIPER, A.J.G. Krishnamurti [translated D.V. de Munther Thompson], Bombay: Chetana, [1970], VII, 81 p., Bibliography, 19 cm.

by

697. MILLER, Henry. Krishnamurti. (In The books in my life. London: Peter Owen, 1952, p. 147-159). “There is a name I have withheld which stands out in contrast to all that is secret, suspect, confusing, bookish and enslaving: Krishnamurti. Here is one man of our time who may be said to be a master of reality. He stands alone”. - Miller p. 150. In this long survey of the teachings, Miller commends 2 books on Krishnamurti: Carlo Suares Krishnamurti (1932) and Ludowic Rehault Krishnamurti (1939). 698. MOTWANI, Kewal. The teachings of Krishnamurti. (In Three great sages (Sri Aurobindo, Dr Annie Besant, J. Krishnamurti). Madras: Ganesh, 1951, p. 37-45). A talk broadcast over Radio Ceylon on October 31, 1950. In the Preface Motwani states that whereas Sri Aurobindo and Dr Besant point to the path, Krishnaji makes one the Path itself; and that where they end, Krishnaji begins. 699. MOTWANI, Kewal. J. Krishnamurti: an introduction. Madras: Ganesh, 1957, XV, 53 p., 19 cm. Contents: Krishnamurti — An outline of Krishnaji’s teachings — The impact of Krishnaji’s teachings on the world — Bibliography. 7 0 0 . Mrs Annie Besant: a sketch of her life and her services to India, 2nd edition. Madras: G.A. Natesan, [1917], 56 p., portrait, 17 cm. “The Krishnamurti case” p. 39. A brief statement concerning Mrs Besant’s entanglement in a law suit filed against her by Krishnamurti’s father. He sought to deprive her of the custody of his sons.

NAHAL, Chaman Lai. A conversation with J. Krishnamurti. New Delhi: Arya Book Depot, 1965, VIII, 56 p., 22 cm. The chapter entitled “A conversation with J. Krishnamurti” originally appeared in The Hindustan Times, November 1, 1964. 701.

7 0 2 . NEEDLEMAN, Jacob. A note on Krishnamurti. (In The new religions. New York: Doubleday, 1970, p. 148-169). This long survey of the life and teachings of Krishnamurti ends with an inquiry into right education. The main work of education is nothing less than that of self-observation by both teachers and students.

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

77

703. NEILL, A.S. (In That dreadful school. London: Herbert Jenkins, 1937). “I should call Krishnamurti a Christ like personality . . . ” p. 187. “It is true that the greatest love for humanity is found in possessionless men like Jesus and Krishnamurti.” p. 223. 7 0 4 . NEILL, A.S. (In Hearts not heads in the school. London: Herbert Jenkins, [1944], p. 15, 51).

705. NEILL, A.S. (In The problem family. London: Herbert Jenkins, [1949], p. 114). 7 0 6 . NEILL, A.S. (In The free child. London: Herbert Jenkins, 1953, p. 96). Krishnamurti began a lecture by saying that nothing has ever been solved by thought.

707. NETHERCOT, Arthur S. The last four lives of Annie Besant. London: Rupert Hart-Davis, 1963, 483 p., illustrations, portraits, 23 cm. There are many references to the early life of Krishnamurti in this well documented work. 708*. NIEL, André. Krishnamurti et la révolte. Paris: Le Cercle du Livre, 1953, 208 p., 20 cm. 709. NIEL, André. Krishnamurti: the man in revolt; translated from the French. Bombay: Chetana, 1957, XV, 109 p. portrait (by Antoine Bourdelle), Bibliography, 19 cm. (The inter-continental library). A discussion between Niel and Leonard Sainville on “Krishnamurti and Marx” is included p. 75-97. NIEL, André. Les grands appels de l’humanisme contemporain. Paris: Editions Courrier du Livre, 1966, 136 p., 17 cm.

710*.

7 1 1 . O’MALLEY, L.S.S. (In Modern India and the West: a study of the interaction of their civiliza­ tions. London: Oxford University Press, 1941, p. 560).

712. OSBORN, Arthur W. (In The superphysical: a review of the evidence for continued existence, reincarnation, and mystical states of consciousness. London: Ivor Nicholson & Watson, 1937, p. 314-315, 324-325). 713. OSBORN, Arthur W. (In The expansion of awareness: one man’s search for meaning in living. Reigate: Omega Press, 1955, p. 97, 231, 237).

78

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

714. OSBORN, Arthur W. (In The future is now: the significance of precognition. Wheaton: Theosophical Publishing House, 1961, p. 244-245). “At any moment we may realize the timelessness of Reality while in the midst of the time-sequence which limitation imposes upon us. Perhaps this is what Krishnamurti means by “choiceless awareness”. Why should we choose when we have only to realize what isT — Osborn. 715. OSBORN, Arthur W. (In The axis and the rim: the quest for Reality in a modern setting. London: Vincent Stuart, 1963, p. 7, 155). The total effect on the author of a long talk with Krishnamurti was that all goals conceived in terms of the personal and conditioned “I” prevent the realization of the ultimate Truth. 716. OSBORN, Arthur W. (In The meaning of personal existence in the light of paranormal phenomena, the doctrine of reincarnation and mystical states of conscious­ ness. Wheaton: Theosophical Publishing House, 1968, p. 196-197). Concerning Krishnamurti “If it is asked what does he teach the answer must be that in a formal sense he does not teach anything. How then can he have any influence on people? He does so by directing attention to what is going on within themselves” — Osborn. 717. OSBORN, Arthur W. (In The cosmic womb: an interpretation of man’s relationship to the infinite. Wheaton: Theosophical Publishing House, 1969 p. 193-198). The approach of Krishnamurti is described as a combination of Zen and Socrates. 718. PANT, Apa. (In Surya namaskars: an ancient Indian exercise. New Delhi: Orient Longmans, 1970, p. 50). “Those who should know, speak of meditation as “mindfulness”. Krishnamurti calls-it “choiceless awareness”.” — Apa Pant. 719. PANT, S.R. A gesture of co-operation with Krishnaji’s work: [“The river-ness”]. Poona: R.A. Rairikar, 1963, Various pagings, portrait, 23 cm. 720. PANT, S.R. Supplement to “The river-ness”. Poona: R.A. Rayrikar, 1964, [2], p. 125-312, 22 cm. 721. PANT, S.R. Ever beyond the much talked of subconscious; Part 2, by Alone. Poona: Rayrikar & Sons, 1968. Various pagings, 25 cm. 722. PANT, S.R. Before lifting up the curtain or after laying down the curtain (both ways), by Alone. Poona: Shankaraji Narayan Publications, 1970. Various pagings, 25 cm.

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

79

723. PANT, S.R. “Raman Maharshi and J. Krishnamurti” (concomitant factors in their teachings), by Alone. Poona: Shankaraji Narayan Publications, 1972, 200 p., 22 cm. 724*. PANT, S.R. “All at once” or J. Krishnamurti. Poona: R.A. Rairikar, [19-]. In 2 series. 725. PANT, S.R. Dawn of “all at once” or J. Krishnamurti. Poona: R.A. Rairikar, [19-]. [133] p. illustrations, 22 cm. 726. PANT, S.R. An addendum to Dawn and J. Krishnamurti & Raman Maharshi (concomitant factors in their teachings). Poona: R.A. Rairikar, [19-], 34 p., 22 cm. 727. PANT, S.R. In-between. Poona: R.A. Rairikar, [19-], [76] p., 28 cm. 728. PANT, S.R. Supplement to “In between”. Poona: R.A. Rairikar, [19-], [32] p., 29 cm. 729. PANT, S.R. Perhaps, the consummating fragment of the book. Poona: R.A. Rairikar, [19-],. [32] p., 29 cm. 730. PAVRI, P. (In Theosophy explained in questions and answers. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1921, p. 257-263). Includes an outline of the four qualifications required of a probationer before he can become an accepted disciple, as given in A t the feet o f the master. 731*. PAVRI, P. The coming World-Teacher. [192-?]. Krishnamurti called it “an extremely interesting book and a very useful compilation . . . a great service to the Order . . . by its wide usefulness to the Star movement”. The fourth edition of this work was published as The World-Teacher (in questions and answers). 732. PAVRI, P. The World-Teacher (in questions and answers). Adyar: Indian Star Headquarters, 1927, X, 337 p., portrait, 19 cm. “This is in reality the fourth edition of The Coming World-Teacher, enlarged (nearly doubled), and brought up to date. This had to be done as the Supreme Teacher has already come, and the name, The Coming WorldTeacher, implying that the Great Lord was yet to come, was therefore inappropriate” — Preface. 733*. PAVRI, P. The message of the Star in questions and answers, abridged from The coming World-Teacher 5th edition. Adyar: Indian Star Headquarters, [192-?]. 734. PAYNE, Muriel Amy. Advances in understanding education; drawings by Cyril Satorsky. Chalfont Saint Giles: The Ark, 1955, 23 p., illustrations, 19 cm.

80

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

735. PAYNE, Muriel Amy. A deeper understanding of ourselves. Little Gaddesden: Ark Press, 1955, 24 p., 19 cm. 736. PAYNE, Muriel Amy. (In Creative education. Glasgow: William Maclellan, 1958, p. 10). What Krishnamurti said turned the author’s research towards a still deeper self-knowledge. 737. PEARCE, F.G. Experiment in relationship. (In There is no escape; edited by Inghram Smith. Sydney: McNiven Publishing Guild, 1951, p. 42-46). 738. PEREZ, J.R. Guillent. (In Dios, el ser, el misterio. Caracas: Ediciones Reunion de Profesores, 1966, p. 69-100). POMENTA, Eloy Silvio. Marcuse, la psiquiatría y la liberación. Caracas: Editorial Medica Venezolana, 1969, 3-110 p., Bibliography, 22 cm. 739.

7 4 0 * . POORTMAN, J.J. Philosophy, Theosophy, parapsychology: some essays on diverse subjects. Leyden: A.W.Sythoff, 1965, 132 p., 25 cm. 7 4 1 . POWELL, Robert. Zen and reality: an approach to sanity and happiness on a non-sectarian basis. London: George Allen & Unwin, 1961, 3-141 p„ Bibliography, 22 cm. “Krishnamurti and Zen are in essence the same thing” — Powell.

742. POWELL, Robert. Crisis in consciousness: commentaries on love, life and death and other matters. London: James Clarke, 1967, 199 p., 22 cm. The author particularly favours Krishnamurti’s approach because it is clear, simple, unambiguous and admirably suited to the needs of modern man. 7 4 3 . POWELL, Robert. J. Krishnamurti: the man and his teaching. Berkeley: Shambala Publications, 1970, [2], 10 p., portrait, 22 cm. A slightly altered version of the essay that originally appeared in Darshana International vol. 3 no. 4 October 1963, and entitled “Krishnaji, the man and his teaching: an appreciation”.

POWELL, Robert. An approach to Krishnamurti. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 30-40). 744.

7 4 5 . POWELL, Robert. Can illumination be transmitted? by R.P. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 257-258).

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

81

746. POWELL, Robert. The free mind. . (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 259-260). 747. POWELL, Robert. Right beginning. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 24-29). 748. POWELL, Robert. Zen and liberation according to Krishnamurti. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 166-169). 749. POWELL, Robert. The free mind: the inward path to liberation. New York: Julian Press, 1972, XIII, 175 p„ 22 cm. Present political and social liberation movements, however necessary they may be, are in themselves not sufficient to establish a truly free and enlight­ ened society; the latter can come into being only when the human psyche, of which society is a faithful reflection, has liberated itself from its inherent bondage. The author examines in depth certain aspects of our psychological condition, and in doing so comes upon various signposts to the ultimate liberation. 750. RAJAGOPAL, D. Editor’s note. (In Think on these things. New York: Harper & Row, 1964, p. 7-8). 751. RAJU, P.T. J. Krishnamurti. (In The philosophical traditions of India. London: George Allen & Unwin, 1971, p. 235). 752. RAO, P.M. (In Escapism and escape; and. Buddhism and mysticism. Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1966, p. 4-17). A criticism of the teachings of Krishnamurti. Reprinted from The Maha Bodhi vol. 71 no. 6 and vol. 65 no. 3. 753. REHAULT, Ludowic. Krishnamurti et le problème social. Bruxelles: H. Kumps, 1932, 45 p., portrait, 20 cm. 754*. REHAULT, Ludowic. Krishnamurti et les religions. Bruxelles: H. Kumps, 1933, 48 p. portrait, 19 cm. 755*. REHAULT, Ludowic. L’Instructeur du Monde: Krishnamurti. Nice: Les Tables d’Harmonie, 1934, 352 p„ portrait, 20 cm. 756*. REHAULT, Ludowic. Krishnamurti et l’individualisme. Nice: Les Tables d’Harmonie, 1935, 48 p., portrait, 19 cm. 757. REHAULT, Ludowic. Krishnamurti et la révolution. Nice: Les Tables d’Harmonie, 1937, 3-58 p., portrait, 20 cm.

82

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

758. REHAULT, Ludowic. Krishnamurti: “man is his own liberator”; translated by Ina Harper. Boston: Christopher Publishing House, 1939, 268 p„ portrait, 20 cm. This commentary, written by a member of the Theosophical Society, abounds in biographical information on Krishnamurti. 759. ROCKE, Mary E. The coming of the World-Teacher and death, war and evolution; and writings by C.W. Leadbeater and in parts by Annie Besant and others: a book of extracts from lectures; selected and arranged by M.E. Rocke. London: Allen & Unwin, 1917, 242 p., illustrations, Bibliography. 19 cm. Includes extracts from the works of C. Jinarajadasa, George S. Arundale and E.A. Wodehouse. 760. ROSS, Nancy Wilson. {In The world of Zen: an East-West anthology; compiled, edited, and with an introduction, by Nancy Wilson Ross. New York: Random House, 1960, p. 238-239). Includes an extract from The first and last freedom. 761. SANJIVA RAU, B. {In The future of the Theosophical Society. Adyar: Theosophical Publish­ ing House, 1931, p. 17-64). 762. SANJIVA RAU, B. Introducing Krishnamurti. {In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 8-14). 763. SAUNDERS, Nicholas. {In Alternative London. 3rd edition. London: Nicholas Saunders, 1972, p. 179-180). 764. SAVOIR, Alfred. Lui: pièce en trois actes. {In La fuite en avant: trois comédies, d’avant-garde, 3rd edition. Paris: Librairie Gallimard, 1930, p. 181-268). 765. SAVOIR, Alfred. He: a comedy in three acts [translated and adapted from the French]. London: Samuel French, [1932], 106 p. illustrations. Vishnamurti, the main character in this satirical play, is evidently and probably a representation of Krishnamurti. Krishnamurti’s name, however, appears nowhere in the text. Among the subjects satirised are religion, society, spiritualism and love. 766. SCHMIDT, Erich. Wer ist Krishnamurti. Berlin: Arbeitsgemeinschaft Krishnamurti, 1970, 23 p„ 18 cm. 767. SCOTT, Cyril. The initiate in the dark cycle, by his pupil. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1932, XVII, 215 p., 20 cm.

«

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

83

There are several references to Krishnamurti and two chapters on him entitled “Krishnamurti: a problem” p. 63-77 and “The truth about Krishnam­ urti” p. 131-143. 768. SERRANO, Miguel. Krishnamurti. (In The serpent of paradise: the story of an Indian pilgrimage; translated by Frank Macshane. London: Rider, 1963, p. 214-219). Krishnamurti is compared to a destructive Shiva, performing his great dance for the preparation of a new creative vacuum. 769. SHEARMAN, Hugh. J. Krishnamurti. (In Modern Theosophy. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1952, p. 60-64). The profound influence of Krishnamurti upon the members of the Theoso­ phical Society has resulted in changing their focus of attention from received authority to individual experience. 770. SINGHAL, D P. (In India and world civilization. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1972, vol. 2, p. 267). That man comes to eternal reality through self-knowledge is the central theme of Krishnamurti’s teaching. 771. SIVRAMAN, S. Tagore and Krishnamurti. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis-S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 185-186). 772. SRI PRAKASA. Annie Besant: as woman and as leader: reminis­ cences of Sri Prakasa as child, boy, youth and man. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1941, XXII, 255 p., portrait, 19 cm. There are several references to Krishnamurti in these reminiscences. 773. SRI RAM, N. (In Life’s deeper aspects. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1968, p. 74). “Mr. Krishnamurti speaks of dying to all experiences here and now — which means a fresh start, looking at everything and everyone, not through images carried over from the past, but directly, seeing them as they are, an entirely different relationship which is both direct and real” — Sri Ram. 774. SRI RAM, N. Seeking wisdom. Adyar: Theosophical Publishing House, 1969, VII, 257 p., 19 cm. The author, who was the President of the Theosophical Society, has touched on certain points in the teachings of Krishnamurti. 775. STEVENS, Barry. Don’t push the river (it flows by itself). Lafayette: Real People Press, 1970, [7], 271 p., illustrations, 23 cm. An account of the author’s use of Gestalt therapy and the ways of Zen,

84

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

Krishnamurti and the American Indian in order to deepen and expand personal experience. 776*. SUARES, Carlo. Sur un orgue de Barbarie. Orné d’un dessin d’Antoine Bourdelle. Paris: Librairie de France, 1928, 215 p., 20 cm. This book is dedicated to Krishnamurti: “A mon ami J. Krishnamurti qui m’a montré le chemin où l’on ne marche que seul. Avril-Août 1927.” 777*. SUARES, Carlo. Autarchie. (In Voie libre. Paris: Au Sans Pareil, 1930). The author’s essay in this book is preceded by a quotation from Krishnam­ urti: “Develop your own particular individual uniqueness towards a state of pure action.” 778*. SUARES, Carlo. L’homme et le moi: sur des notes prises au cours des conférences et causeries faites par J. Krishnamurti en France en 1930. Paris: Les Editions de l’Etoile, 1931, 48 p., 14 cm. 779. SUARES, Carlo. La comédie psychologique. Paris: José Corti, 1932, 368 p., 22 cm. 780*. SUARES, Carlo. Les Editions Adyar présentent “Krishnamurti”. Paris: Les Editions Adyar, 1932, 16 p., 24 cm. 781. SUARES, Carlo. Krishnamurti. Paris: Les Editions Adyar, 1932, 3-277 p., 21 cm. Text in French. 782*. SUARES, Carlo. Krishnamurti. Paris: Les Editions Adyar, 1947, 277 p., 20 cm. This edition includes a preface by the author. Text in French. 783*. SUARES, Carlo. Krishnamurti et l’unité humaine. Paris: Le Cercle du Livre, 1950, 239 p., portrait, 18 cm. 784. SUARES, Carlo. Krishnamurti and the unity of man; translated from the French [by J.F. Hendry], 2nd edition. Bombay: Chetana, 1955, Il-VII, 213 p., Bibliography, 19 cm. (The inter-continental library). “This work is intended to replace the one which appeared in 1932, under the title of “Krishnamurtr — Introduction. 785. SUARES, Carlo. Krishnamurti et l’unité humaine. Nouvelle édition revue et augmentée. Paris: Les Editions Adyar, 1962, 255 p., portrait, 20 cm. 786. SUARES, Carlo. There is. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 145-148).

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

85

787. SUNYA. The new man. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 267-271). 788*. SUTARIYA, Bacubhai. Muktamani jivansaurabh. Baroda: Gujarati Theosophical Federation, 1961, II, 88 p., 18 cm. Text in Gujarati. 789. TALEYARKHAN, Feroza. Shri J. Krishnamurti. (In Sages, saints and Arunachala Ramana. Madras: Orient Longmans, 1970, p. 152-154). 790. THAKAR, Vimala. The flame of life. Surinamelaan: Mrs E.A.M. Frankena-Geraets. 1962, [18] p., 19 cm. She refers to Krishnamurti who helped to sharpen her reason and refine her sensitivity. 791. THAKAR, Vimala. On an eternal voyage. Surinamelaan: Mrs E.A.M. Frankena-Geraets, 1966, 69 p., 21 cm. The vivid account of an inward journey of discovery as well as conversa­ tions with Krishnamurti concerning various matters and especially that of inner transformation. 792. THAKAR, Vimala. The basic challenge. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 149-152). 793*. TIRY, Gérard. Approche de l’événement. Bruxelles: Editions Etre Libre, 1969, 110 p., 22 cm. 794. VAS, Luis S.R. The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, XIII, 319 p., 17 cm. An anthology of articles on Krishnamurti together with a few extracts from his own works. 795. VAS, Luis S.R. General semantics as an introduction to Krishnam­ urti. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 180-184). 796. VAS, Luis S.R. J. Krishnamurti: the man and his mind. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 1-7). 797. VAS, Luis S.R. Transformation of personality according to Krish­ namurti, in the light of psychoanalysis. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 176-179).

86

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

798. VAS, Luis S.R. Way of the paradox. {In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 161-165). 799. VERITAS, pseudonym. Mrs Besant and the Alcyone case. Madras: Goodwin, 1913, [2], 264, XXXVII p., portraits, 19 cm. “This book is published with a view to assist Mr G. Narayaniah to pay the heavy costs of the trial instituted by him in the High Court of Madras for the recovery of his two minor sons — G. Krishnamurthi and G. Nityananda — from Mrs. Annie Besant.” — Foreword. The book contains an account of the famous case of G. Narayaniah vs Annie Besant. VERWEYEN, Johannes Maria. Der neue Mensch und seine Ziele. Stuttgart: W. Hadecke, 1930, 214 p., 21 cm. The last chapter of this book is entitled Krishnamurtis Botschaft in unserer Zeit. 800*.

8 0 1 * . VITELLESCHI, Carla. Ethik als tat, gesprache um Krishnamurti. Jena: E. Diederichs, 1930, [177] p., 22 cm.

WATSON, Francis. {In The trial of Mr Gandhi; with a foreword by Earl Mountbatten of Burma. London: Macmillan, 1969, p. 190). “When the light had gone out with Gandhi’s assassination, it was to Krishnamurti that Jawaharlal Nehru brought, in secret, his solitary anguish” — Watson. 802.

WATTS, Alan W. {In The meaning of happiness: the quest for freedom of the spirit in modern psychology & the wisdom of the East. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1940, p. 26). 803.

8 0 4 . WATTS, Alan W. {In The supreme identity: an essay on Oriental metaphysic and the Christian religion. London: Faber and Faber, 1950, p. 167-168). Krishnamurti reduces the longing for eternal life to the very cause which prevents our awareness of it — the desire for security.

WATTS, Alan W. On being aware. {In The wisdom of insecurity. London: Rider, 1954, p. 69-80). Watts uses the word “awareness” in the sense given to it by Krishnamurti whose writings discuss this theme with extraordinary perception. 805.

8 0 6 . WATTS, Alan W. {In Beyond theology: the art of Godmanship. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1964, p. 229). 8 0 7 . WATTS, Alan W. The book on the taboo against knowing who you are. New York: Collier Books, 1967, X, 150 p„ Bibliography, 18 cm.

BIOGRAPHICAL WORKS AND EVALUATIVE STUDIES

87

808. WEBB, James. (In The flight from reason: vol. 1 of the age of the irrational. London: Macdonald, 1971, p. 60-65, 233). 8 0 9 . WEI WU WEI. (In Fingers pointing towards the moon: reflections of a pilgrim on the way. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1958, p. 150). Krishnamurti quoted: “You cannot choose Reality, it is Reality that must choose you”.

WEI WU WEI. (In The tenth man: the great joke (which made Lazarus laugh). Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press, [1967], p. 121). Krishnamurti quoted: “There is no purpose: there is only a living beyond”. 810.

WEISS, Richard. Clarity. (In There is no escape; edited by Inghram Smith. Sydney: McNiven Publishing Guild, 1951, p. 13-17). 811.

8 1 2 . WEISS, Richard. World without frontiers; translated by Kathryn Linden and Winifred Richardson, 2nd edition revised and abridged. Sydney: Angus and Robertson, 1958, IX, 221 p., 23 cm. “First published in a Dutch edition in 1937. The English edition has been translated from the revised and enlarged original German manuscript___” 8 1 3 . WEISS, Richard. Illusion and reality: an inquiry into the world crisis. Ilfracombe: Arthur H. Stockwell, 1963, 47 p„ 19 cm. 8 1 4 . WELVAERT, Reynold. A letter to Krishnamurti. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 141-144).

WEST, Geoffrey, pseudonym [i.e. Geoffrey H . Wells], (In Mrs Annie Besant. London: Gerald Howe, 1927, p. 71-74, 81-82). Some of the salient events in Krishnamurti’s early life upto December 1925 are briefly surveyed. 815.

WEST, Geoffrey, pseudonym [i.e. Geoffrey H . Wells]. (In The life of Annie Besant. London: Gerald Howe, 1929, p. 196-202,249256). 816.

Who’s who of Indian writers. New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, 1961, p. 171.

817*.

8 1 8 . WILLIAMS, Bertha. (In Living on a star: a companion volume to C.W. Leadbeater’s “A textbook of Theosophy”. Wheaton: Theosophical Press, 1946, p. 24).

88

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

8 1 9 . WILLIAMS, Gertrude M. The passionate pilgrim: a life of Annie Besant. London: John Hamilton, [19—]. This bjography is replete with references to Krishnamurti, especially in the chapters entitled “Messiahs made to order, 1909-1913” and “Rishis, Romanism and Rebellion, 1922-1931”. 8 2 0 . WODEHOUSE, E.A. The taking of a body by the World-Teacher: what it means and implies. Adyar: Order of the Star in the East, 1926, 24 p., 19 cm.

WODEHOUSE, E.A. The new Krishnaji. Madras: Order of the Star, [1927?], [2], 15 p., 19 cm. By the “new Krishnaji” is meant the Krishnaji who arrived at Adyar on October 31, 1927. The difference between the old Krishnaji and the new is explained as the difference between, on the one hand, being on the point of breaking through a wall; and on the other hand, emerging on the other side of the wall after having broken through it. 821.

822. WODEHOUSE, E.A. Man, nature, reality, in the teachings of Krishnamurti. (In The mind of J. Krishnamurti; edited by Luis S.R. Vas. Bombay: Jaico Publishing House, 1971, p. 101-137). WOOD, Ernest. (In The future of the Theosophical Society. Adyar: Theosophical Publish­ ing House, 1931, p. 65-102). 823.

8 2 4 . WOOD, Ernest. Clairvoyant investigations by C. W. Leadbeater and “The lives of Alcyone” (J. Krishnamurti): some facts described by Ernest Wood; with notes by C. Jinarajadasa. Adyar: Privately published by C. Jinarajadasa, 1947, [1], 39 p., 19 cm. In his notes Jinarajadasa has quoted from the correspondence which passed between Bishop Leadbeater and Dr Besant about the coming of Krishnamurti and the investigation into his past lives. 8 2 5 . ZAEHNER, R.C. (In Drugs, mysticism and make-believe. London: Collins, 1972, p. 114115,133). The quotations from Krishnamurti illustrate the difference between psychedelic experience and genuine meditation.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS (826-1532) 826*. A.C. Informations diverses. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6 June 1929 p. 104-107). A summary of Annie Besant’s speech at Marseilles concerning the new message of Krishnamurti. 827. A.E.L. A spiritual aristocracy. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9 September 1, 1926, p. 389-390). 8 2 8 . A.O. “Truth has diverse facets” (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 2 February 1928, p. 18-19). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 2 February 1928, p. 68-69). 8 2 9 . A C H A R D , Y v o n . P a rco u rs.

(In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 13-23). 8 3 0 . ACHARD, Yvon. Précisions et propos du langage de Krishnamurti et de certains termes de son vocabulaire. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 68-69).

AGASHE, S.V. To work as hard as the speaker. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 6, Spring 1970, p. 9).

831.

8 3 2 * . ALAIN. Une grande espérance pour le monde conférence publique faite à Cherbourg, le 27 Décembre 1925. (In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. 2, April 1926, p. 27-43).

833. ANDREAE-RATHENAU, Edith. An impression. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, September 1929, p. 25). 8 3 4 * . ANDREAE-RATHENAU, Edith. Selbstverwirklichung-Vortrag, gehalten am 23.4.31 in der “Deutschen Gesellschaft 1914” (In Der Stern, no. 9, November-December 1932, p. 27-48). 8 3 5 * . ANGKOR, Pierre d’. L’intuition, instrument de notre progrès spirit­ uel. (In Spiritualité, no. 14, January 15, 1946, p. 45-50, no. 15, February 15, 1946, p. 73-78).

836*. ANGKOR, Pierre d’. L’irreligion de l’avenir. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 62-66). 8 3 7 * . L’ARBITRE, pseudonym. Les chemins de l’innomé — de Teilhard de Chardin à Krishnamurti. (In La Voix des Poètes, no. 10, Autumn, October-November-December 1961, p. 82-85).

90

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

838* ARMAND, Emile. Mas alla del dolor. (In L’Unique, no. 20, May 1947, p. 154-156). Text in French. 839*. ARQUE, George. Devant un public venu de toute l’Europe, Krishnamurti, le grand sage Hindou, qui fut le “nouveau Messie” a rompu ce matin, à Paris, un silence de 30 années. (Jn Dimanche - Soir. April 10, 1950). 8 4 0 * . ARUNDALE, George S. Alcyone et Mizar. (In Le Théosophe, no. 73, December 8, 1912, p. 3). 8 4 1 . ARUNDALE, George S. Organisation and activities of the Order of the Star in the East (In the Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 1, January 11, 1914, p. 9-15). Krishnamurti commended this article in his introduction to it, p. 8. 8 4 2 . ARUNDALE, George S. The path of service: an address to Theosophical students. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 4, no. 8, August 11, 1915, p. 354-357).

ARUNDALE, George S. In the Starlight. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 4, no. 9, September 11, 1915, p. 387-389). 843.

8 4 4 . ARUNDALE, George S. The conception and administration of the Eerde Trust. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 1, January 1, 1925, p. 7-8). Baron van Pallandt felt that there could be no greater blessing than to dedicate his fine historic castle with about five thousand acres of land to the use of the Great World Teacher through the Order consecrated to the preparation of the world for His coming. This was done on October 1, 1923. 8 4 5 . ARUNDALE, George S. Our General Secretary. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 6, June 1, 1925, p. 182-183). While discussing the failing health of the General Secretary, J. Nityananda, Arundale noted Nityananda’s touching comradeship with his elder brother Krishnamurti — “ever in the background and ever perfectly complementary and harmonious.” 8 4 6 . ARUNDALE, George S. [A Camp Fire talk, Ommen Star Camp, August 11, 1925], (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 10, October 1, 1925, p. 358-360). All that Krishnamurti is, all that he does; we can be and we can do. He serves, passionately loves and holds nothing back in the service of the master. 8 4 7 . ARUNDALE, George S. Address by Bishop Arundale, Ommen Star Camp, 12th August, 1925. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 9, September 1, 1925, p. 318-322). 8 4 8 . ARUNDALE, George S. Nitya. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 1, January 1, 1926, p. 6).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

91

849. ARUNDALE, George S. Address to the Self-Preparation Groups. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 6, June 1, 1926, p. 224-227). After quoting Krishnamurti’s phrase “live nobly” Arundale thought that there was not very much to be said after that, for if a person lives nobly, he lives. 850. ARUNDALE, George S. Thoughts on the World-Teacher. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 6, June 1928, p. 11-17). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 6, June 1928, p. 205-211). 851*. ARUNDALE, George S. La théosophie triomphante. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 10, December 1932, p. 207-220). A lecture in French to the Theosophical Society in Paris on November 6, 1932. 852*. ARUNDALE, George S. La théosophie et la vie. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 10, December 1934, p. 307-321). An address to the Theosophical Society in Paris on October 21, 1934. 853*. ARUNDALE, George S. La Société Théosophique et ses membres. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 2 February 1935, p. 42-50). 854*. ARUNDALE, George S. L’année jubilaire. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1935, p. 175). 855*. ARUNDALE, George S. L’indépendance de la Société Théoso­ phique. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1937, p. 78-84). The declarations of Mrs Besant concerning Krishnamurti do not in any way commit the Theosophical Society to her views. 856*. ARUNDALE, George S. Convention Nationale de la Société Théosophique de France. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1938, p. 131-134). 857*. ARUNDALE, George S. Rapport du Président Arundale à l’Assemblée Générale de la Société Théosophique, Bénares, le 26 décembre 1938. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1939, p. 54-67). 858. ARUNDALE, Rukmini. Coming of the World-Teacher. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 2, February 1928, p. 22-26). An address to the Star Center at Hollywood, California. 859*. AUBRAY, Thérèse. L’évidence intérieure. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 41). 860*. BACKERE, Jacques de. Conscience, langage, vérité. {In Etre Libre, no. 215-217, October-December 1963, p. 2-12).

92

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

861. BACKERE, Jacques de. Analyse graphologique. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 124-127). There is a facsimile of a letter written by Krishnamurti which is used for the analysis of his handwriting. 862. BADIANI, Narshidas. What are Krishnamurti’s teachings? (In Chetana, voi. 4, no. 3, March 1959, p. 3, 8). 863. BAILLIE-WEAVER, H. Holland and its suitability as a European headquarters of the Order of the Star in the East. (In The Herald of the Star, voi. 14, no. 1, January 1, 1925, p. 10-12). 864. BAILLIE-WE A VER, H and COCHIUS, P.M. Outline of the proposed community at Eerde. (In The Herald of the Star, voi. 14, no. 1, January 1, 1925, p. 15-16). Both Krishnamurti and Baron van Pallandt were anxious to start a Star Community at Eerde as soon as funds allowed. 865*. BANGERTER, Marguerite. Lettre de Krishnamurti. (In Spiritualité, no. 11, October 15, 1945, p. 226-230). A letter by Krishnamurti concerning the war is included in this article. 866*. BANGERTER, Marguerite. Tout est dit. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 105-107). 867*. BENZIMBRA, Léon. Quand vous désirez la vérité comme le noyé désire l’air . . . . (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 13, February 1929, p. 91-93). 868. BERMOND, M. Antoine Bourdelle. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December 1929, p. 13). Bourdelle himself considered his bust of Krishnamurti to be one of his masterpieces. He wrought it with love, not merely because his model was so beautiful but also because of the powerful attraction Krishnamurti had for him at first sight. A close friendship resulted from that meeting. Krishnam­ urti spoke of him as “great” and Bourdelle spoke of Krishnamurti as “divine” 869. BESANT, Annie. The light of the Star. (In The Herald of the Star, voi. 8, no. 10, October 1, 1919, p. 471-477). An address given to members of the Order of the Star in the East, in London, on June 14, 1919. 870. BESANT, Annie. Mrs Besant’s closing address. (In The Herald of the Star, voi. 10, no. 9, September 1, 1921, p. 242-243). A speech on the occasion of the International Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, in Paris, July 27 and 28, 1921. 871. BESANT, Annie. [Mrs Besant’s speech at the third International Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, Holland, 1924], (In The Herald of the Star, voi. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 364-365).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

93

872. BESANT, Annie. Dr Besant’s message to the Eerde number of the Herald of the Star. (in The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 1, January 1, 1925, p. 4). 873. BESANT, Annie. Address by Dr. Besant, Ommen Star Camp, 11th August, 1925. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 9, September 1, 1925, p. 304-312). Concerning Krishnamurti she remarked that “the more you understand of him, not only in his office as a teacher, but in his life as a boy and a man, the more closely you will feel drawn to that perfect and wonderful life, and realise how worthy he is of that great message to the world of which he will be the bearer”. 874. BESANT, Annie. [A Camp Fire talk, Ommen Star Congress, August 11, 1925]. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 10, October 1, 1925, p. 360). The roles of guardianship and guidance of Krishnaji, performed by Besant and Leadbeater respectively, have ended: he stands ready for his great work. Then she asked her listeners to love Krishnaji strongly, faithfully and perseveringly for “only once in thousands of years is such a life lived among mortal men”. 875. BESANT, Annie. An interview. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 3, March 1, 1926, p. 86-87). Dr Besant’s remarks when interviewed by the Associated Press regarding the proclamation of Krishnamurti as the World Teacher. 876*. BESANT, Annie. Nouvelle d’Adyar. (In Bulletin Theosophique, no. 3, March 1926, p. 75-77). 877. BESANT, Annie. Dr. Besant’s speech. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 360-362). A talk at the third International Camp Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, July 1926. 878. BESANT, Annie. [Speech at the last Camp Fire of the International Star Congress, Ommen, on July 29, 1926]. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 408-409). 879. BESANT, Annie. Address by Dr Besant. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 8, August 1, 1926, p. 314-317). 880. BESANT, Annie. The Star Camp Congress, Ommen, 1926: an impression. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 354). 881. BESANT, Annie. The Star meeting at Krotona, Ojai, California, December 28th, 1926. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 3, March 1, 1927, p. 91).

94

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

In her speech Annie Besant remarked that it was on the twenty eighth of December that Krishnaji, who was then hardly more than a boy, was first recognised by a large number of people as “the one who was chosen by the World Teacher to be His Vehicle when He again visited His world”. BESANT, Annie. The Happy Valley Foundation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 3, March 1, 1927, p. 94-98). 882.

8 8 3 . BESANT, Annie. A statement by Dr Annie Besant distributed to the Associated Press of America. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 3, March 1, 1927, p. 93-94). The reference to Jesus of Nazareth on whom the Divine Spirit abode during the years of his ministry was soon followed by the statement: “The Divine Spirit has descended once more on a man, Krishnamurti, one who in his life is literally perfect, as those who know him closely can testify.”

BESANT, Annie. Le travail du prochain demi-siècle. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1927, p. 42-50).

884*.

8 8 5 . BESANT, Annie. The great work. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 5, May 1, 1927, p. 173-174).

886. BESANT, Annie. [A speech at the Star meeting held at Queen’s Hall, London, on June 5th, 1927]. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 7, July 1,1927, p. 263-264). When one living amongst us (Krishnaji) can say “I have found” then the sense of reality comes far more strongly than when all we can say is “I have heard”. 887. BESANT, Annie. Public lecture, August 7th, 1927. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 11, November 1, 1927, p. 411-415).

888. BESANT, Annie. [Speech at the Star Camp on August 7, 1927], (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 374-375). 8 8 9 . BESANT, Annie. From limitation to liberation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, 376-379). An address at the Star Camp on August 8, 1927. 8 9 0 * . BESANT, Annie. Importantes allocutions données à Ommen. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1927, p. MI­ MS).

891. BESANT, Annie. The future of the Order. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 9, September 1, 1927, p. 342-345). 8 9 2 . BESANT, Annie. The Teacher is here. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 397-399). “The Teacher whom we proclaim, has come” — Besant.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

95

8 9 3 . BESANT, Annie. Seek and ye shall find. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, November 1927, p. 10). 8 9 4 . BESANT, Annie. The boy and the Teacher. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 6-7). 8 9 5 . BESANT, Annie. Krishnaji. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 8, August 1928, p. 8). 8 9 6 * . BESANT, Annie. Formes et cérémonies. (In BulletinThéosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1928, p. 172175).

897*. BHUSHAN, V.N. Krishnamurti as a poet. (In Twentieth Century (Lukerganj), vol. 2, 1936, p. 714-730). 898. BILLINGHURST, M.F. A week at Ommen. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May 1928, p. 30-31). 8 9 9 . BINDLEY, Jean. Ommen, 1928. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, September 1928, p. 335-336). 9 0 0 * . BLECH, Charles. Allocution prononcée par le Secrétaire Général. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 4, April 1926, p. 86-95). A report of the famous meeting on December 28, 1925. 9 0 1 * . BLECH, Charles. Congrès d’Ommen. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1928, p. 172).

902*. BLECH, Charles. La dissolution de l’Ordre de l’Etoile. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1929, p. 153154). 9 0 3 * . BLECH, Charles. Est il concevable pour un Théosophe de rejeter la Société Théosophique. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 10, December 1929, p. 202-203). 9 0 4 * . BONDONNEAU, Marcelle. Encore quelques impressions sur le Camp d’Ommen. (In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. I, January 1925, p. 13-17).

BORY, Pierre. Réflexions — la libération. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 10, November 1928, p. 342-349).

905*.

9 0 6 * . BORY, Pierre. Vers Ommen. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 18, July 1929, p. 249-252). 9 0 7 * . BORY, Pierre. Lettre à M. Blech au sujet de l’article du Dr Paul Thorin. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 2, February 1931, p. 54-57).

96

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

BOUJUT, Pierre. La mauvaise action d’un poète. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 32-33, Spring — Summer 1950, p. 92-94). 908*.

9 0 9 * . BOUJUT, Pierre, and WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Le mur des Jérémiades sera t-il-dépassé? {In La Tour de Feu, no. 35, Spring — Summer 1951, p. 88-90).

BOUJUT, Pierre. Un petit homme immense. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 76, December 1962, p. 7-15). 910*.

9 1 1 * . BOUJUT, Pierre. Notre révolution. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 93, March 1967, p. 40).

912*. BOUJUT, Pierre. Sur les ruines du rêve ou la fin d’une illusion. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 98-99, July-September 1968, p. 4-11). 913*. BOUJUT, Pierre. Apologie de l’irrespect. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 112, December 1971, p. 182). 9 1 4 * . BOURDELLE, Antoine. Un croquis de Krishnamurti par Bourdelle. Une lettre d’Antoine Bourdelle du 23 Août 1927. (In Cahiers de l’Etoile, no. 1, January-February 1928, p. 68-70).

915*. BOURGUIGNON, Fred. Le dernier coup. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 40, Winter 1954, p. 3-7). BOURGUIGNON, Fred. Le premiers jours. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 93, March 1967, p. 13-16). 916*.

9 1 7 . BRAGDON, Claude. The spiritual adventure. (In The Star Review, vol. 1. no. 11, November 1928, p. 385-387). (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 11, November 1928, p. 8-10). “A free paraphrase of Krishnaji’s philosophy as the writer heard him expound it in a lecture in New York”. Originally published in The Outlook.

918. BRAGDON, Claude. Krishnamurti. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 12, December 1930, p. 25). This evaluation of the personality and teachings of Krishnamurti was originally published in Psychology. 9 1 9 * . BRECHIGNAC, J. Vincent. Deux messagers - Bourdelle devant Krishnamurti. Le grand sculpteur nous parle de celui que certains appellent Messie. (In L’Intransigéant, March 18, 1928). 9 2 0 . BRECHIGNAC, J. Vincent. Two messengers, Bourdelle and Krishnamurti: the great sculptor talks of one who is called the Messiah. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1928, p. 20). Originally published in French in L’Intransigéant, March 18, 1928.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

97

921*. BREMOND, M. Impression du Camp d’Ommen 1926. {In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. 6, October 1926, p. 31-35). 922. BRIGHT, Esther. “Come into my heart”. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 12, December 1, 1927, p. 462-464). Like all great Teachers, Krishnaji has spoken in simple terms. He is the mystic who does not see Truth through forms. 923. BRIGHT, Esther. Annie Besant. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 9, September-October 1928, p. 28-29). A tribute to Annie Besant who, during her temporary guardianship of Krishnamurti, treated him with tenderness, reverence and love. 924. BRISY, Serge. L’aspect international du Camp d’Ommen. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 395-397). 925. BRISY, Serge. Life and forms: from notes taken at Ommen Star Camp 1928. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January 1929, p. 10). 926*. BRISY, Serge. Le doute libérateur: extraits de la conférence faite à Paris. {In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 15, April 1929, p. 151-158). 927*. BRISY, Serge. Soyons nous-mêmes. {In Le Lotus Bleu, no. 12, February 193Ô, p. 441-458). 928*. BRISY, Serge. Peut-on définir le “Moi”? {In Spiritualité, no. 13, December 15, 1945, p. 11-12). 929. BROMAGE, Bernard. Krishnamurti: prophet of a new age. {In Tomorrow, vol. 11, no. 3, Summer 1963, p. 231-237). 930. BROWN, W.J. Krishnamurti’s teaching. {In Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1931, p. 26-31). 931*. BRYEN, Camille. Sur un air de Krishnamurti. {In La Tour de Feu. no. 36-37 Spring 1952, p. 141-142). 932*. C.B. Impression d’Ommen. {In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. 6, October 1926, p. 40-42). 933. C.V. A rhapsody. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 398). 934*. C.W. Leadbeater. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 4, April 1934, p. 125-128). An obituary.

98

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

CAMERON, Clare. Krishnamurti — Londres 3 au 30 octobre 1949. (In La Vie Théosophique, no. 9-10, September-October 1960, p. 171-174).

935*.

936. The Camp Fire. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 402-403). 937*. CANUDO, Jeanne. Au Camp de l’Etoile. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1927, p. 131141). 938*. CANUDO, Jeanne. Chez D'Instructeur du Monde”. La révolte au Camp d’Ommen. (In L’Intransigéant, August 12, 1928). (In Bulletin international de l’Etoile, September-October 1928). A report of an interview with Krishnamurti. 939. CARR, Harry. Krishnamurti. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 52-53). (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1928, p. 27-28). An interview given to the press at the International Ojai Star Camp Congress, 1928, and published in the Los Angeles Times, May 20, 1928. Une cérémonie hindoue. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1926, p. 73-75). 940*.

9 4 1 * . CHABERT, Pierre. Anti-prophète. (In La Tour de Feu, rfo. 39, Winter-Spring 1953, p. 137-139).

942*. CHABERT, Pierre. Je repense à la nébuleuse. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 40, Winter 1954, p. 58). 943*. CHABERT, Pierre. Ce que j’en pense. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 92, December 1966, p. 29-31). CHALEIX, Pierre. La musique d’une âme. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 90-91, June 1966, p. 151). 944*.

9 4 5 * . CHEVRIER, G. Catholicisme et théosophie. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1932, p. 61-62). A reply to the article by Euthys.

946. CHILD, C.W. Mr Krishnamurti’s hand: a reading. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 6, June 1, 1923, p. 232-233). There is an excellent facsimile of a photograph of Krishnamurti’s right hand (signed by Krishnamurti and dated 21-6-1911) on the basis of which, this writer, the editor of The Super-Man, has drawn certain conclusions which are summed up thus: “Taking the hand as a whole, it affirms the teacher, organiser and practical mystic, who cannot do other than indelibly leave his impress upon the life of his time and attain the purpose for which he was sent”.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

99

9 4 7 . CHRISTIE, R.L. Realisation and peace. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 9, September 1, 1925, p. 345).

CHRISTIE, R.L. The needs of the Order. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June 1928, p. 17-25). A talk given in the Hastings Hall, London, on May 11, 1928. 948.

9 4 9 . CHRISTIE, R.L. Editorial. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 9, September-October 1928, p. 27). 9 5 0 . CHRISTIE, R.L. Listening to Krishnaji. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January 1929, p. 8-9). 9 5 1 . CHRISTIE, R.L. An interview with Krishnaji. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1929, p. 8-16). A report of an interview at Castle Eerde.

952. CHRISTIE, Violet M. Impressions. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 10, November 1928, p. 15-16). Listening to Krishnamurti is likened to the feeling of a battleship when its decks are being cleared for action: everything unessential is flung overboard. 953. CLARITAS. New realms of self-discovery. (In Voyage, vol. 2, no. 1, July-August 1947, p. 5-6). 954*. CODD, Clara. La vie intérieure. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1932, p. 56-59). 955*. COLLIGNON, Irma. Krishnamurti et le Swami Siddheswarananda. (In Spiritualité, no. 21-22, August-September 1946, p. 201-203). 956. COLLINS, Hazel G. Prologue of the new age. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October 1928, p. 55-56). A commentary on Eugene O’Neill’s play “Lazarus laughed” which “embodies a spirit and ideals akin to those voiced” by Krishnamurti. 9 5 7 * . Compte rendu de la conférence de Ludovic Réhault à Strasbourg, le 29 octobre 1929. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 10, December 1929, p. 200-201).

958*. Congrès de l’Etoile d’Orient. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1924, p. 154-157). 959*. Le congrès mondial de Chicago. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 9, November 1929, p. 176-188). 9 6 0 . Contact. January, 1961 [2], 34 p. This issue, edited by Charis Leybourne-White, is replete with references to

100

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

Krishnamurti’s teachings. “Contact is the writing of thirteen friends, (includ­ ing one translated poem sent by the author), together with three Fragments from the writings of Others (with permission).” 961*. Convention Nationale de 1931. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 5, May 1931, p. 120-138). 962. CORDES, John. Golden apples. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 10, October I, 1924, p. 454). The eating of flesh foods is one of the three cruelties condemned in At the feet o f the master. 963. COUSINS, James H. The quest of ananda. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 13-14). 964*. CRESPELLE, Jacques. Chant du silence. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 15, April 1929, p. 158-159). 965. CROWTHER, E. Mr Krishnamurti. (In The Times of Ceylon, January 26, 1957). 966*. CRYSTIL. L’horoscope de Krishnamurti. (In La Revue Belge d’Astrologie Moderne, no. 13, March-April 1929, p. 11, no. 14, May-June 1929, p. 6). 967*. DACQUIN,,V. A propos de l'article de Van der Leeuw. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1930). 968*. D AU MAL, René. Nakintchanamourti. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 200). 969. DAVENPORT, Helen. Krishnamurti cancels talks due to illness. (In The Ojai Valley News, June 2, 1960). 970. DAVIDGE, J.L. Notes on the Star Conference in the Sydney Amphitheatre. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 11, November 1, 1925, p. 434-436). 971. DAVIDGE, J.L. Star lands in Australia. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 12, December 1, 1925, p. 476-479). 972. DAVIES, J. Tyssul. The religion of Krishnamurti, without rite, without church. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1930, p. 12-20). An address delivered to the Theistic Church at the Aeolian Hall, Bond Street, London, on Sunday, November 17th, 1929. 973*. De notre correspondant d’Adyar. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 2, February 1922, p. 29-30).

ARICLES IN PERIODICALS

101

A description of the ceremonies and speeches on the emotional occasion of Krishnamurti’s and Nityananda’s return to Adyar after an absence of 10 years. 974*. DECROIX, J. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. La crise de la S.T. et son remède. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1930). 975*. DEGIVES, M. Krishnamurti. (In L’Eglantine, July 1930). This issue of 32 pages is devoted entirely to Krishnamurti. Text in French. 976*. DELFIN, Georges. Etre en révolution. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 78-82). 977*. DESCOEUDRES, Eric. Du “message de Menton” au message de Krishnamurti. (In L’Essor, no. 15, November 15, 1971, p. 1-2). 978*. DESECK, B. L’art et la libération. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 4, April 1932, p. 78-88). 979*. Deux essais sur Krishnamurti: 1 Une présentation, 2 Un essai subjec­ tif. (In Cahier de l’Etoile, no. 11, September-October 1929, p. 629-657). 980. DHANAPALA, D.B. Eminent Indians: Jiddu Krishnamurti. (In Nalanda 1947, p. 77-86). 981. DHANAPALA, D.B. A might-have-been Messiah. (In The Times of Ceylon, December 28, 1949). 982. DHARMADHIKARI, Dada. Krishnamurti and life in freedom. (In Chetana, vol. 5, no. 7, July 1960, p. 120-121). 983. D1JKGRAAF, C.W. Holland’s privilege. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 1, January 1, 1925, p. 9-10). The establishment in Eerde of the European headquarters of the Order of the Star in the East is a matter of joy to Dutch members but the idea of nation­ ality should not enter at all into this matter. 984*. D1JKGRAAF, C.W. La Société Théosophique et ses rapports avec l’Ordre de l’Etoile. Conférence donnée le 11 Février 1928 à la S.T., Paris. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 4, April 1928, p. 68-86). 985. Discussions near Sydney. (In Voyage, vol. 2, no. 3, August 1948, p. 8-10). Contents: We cannot love by effort — The significance of separateness — Thought as self-protection — Immediate transformation? Brief notes on four discussion-group gatherings during April-July, 1948.

102

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

986. DOBBINS, Dorothy. Courage. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 12, December 1928, p. 39-41). 987*. DU MAS, Vivian. Le réformateur hindou. Une entrevue avec M. Krishnamurti au Camp d’Ommen. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1928, p. 176178). 988*. DU MAS, Vivian. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1930). 989*. DUBOC, E. Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 5, May 1926, p. 121-122). A report of the famous meeting on December 28, 1925. 990. The durable avatar. (In Time, June 7, 1971, p. 24). “The truly religious person”, remarked Krishnamurti, “is not concerned with reform. He is seeking what is true, and that very search has a transform­ ing effect on society”. 991. DURANTEAU, Josane. Krishnamurti revient à Paris. Un homme libre. (In Combat, no. 7690, April 5 and 6, 1969, p. 8-9). 992*. DYKGRAAF, C. Les Maîtres et la Société Théosophique. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1933, p. 148-156). 993. E.A.W. Thoughts arising out of Krishnamurti’s talks. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May 1930, p. 30-31). 994. E.L. The third Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, Holland, 1924. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9. September 1924, p. 362-363). 995*. Echos des branches. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1923, p. 46-48). An attack on Blavatsky, Besant and Krishnamurti by a priest together with the author’s reply to* these criticisms. 996. Editorial: a week at Eerde. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 10, November 1928, p. 13-14). Change is the very essence of Krishnamurti’s philosophy. 997*. En approchant du terrorisme burlesque. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 34, Winter 1950, p. 3-8). 998*. ENGELSON, Suzanne. J. Krishnamurti: l’homme et son image. (In Rencontre Orient Occident, no. 6, April-June 1966, p. 22-24).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

103

9 9 9 . ENGLISH, Spencer. The importance of understanding. {In Voyage, vol. 2, no. 3, August 1948, p. 1-2). 1 0 0 0 . ERICKSON, Lars. The World Teacher. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 45). 1 0 0 1 * . EUTHYS. Catholicisme et théosophie. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 1, January 1932, p. 13-20). 1 0 0 2 * . EYDOUX, Emmanuel. Le point de vue d’Israël. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 138-140). 1 0 0 3 . F.G. Krishnamurti in America: several lectures and a widely broadcast radio talk. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1930, p. 29-32). 1 0 0 4 * . FAUCHERRE, G. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. La crise de la S.T. et son remède. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1930). 1 0 0 5 * . FERRUS, Paule. Le cérémonial et la Société Théosophique. {In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 11, December 1928, p. 25-28).

1006*. FERRUS, Paule. Le mur séculaire. {In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 16, May 1929, p. 184-187). 1 0 0 7 * . FIDLER, Paul. Le point de vue de l’église orthodoxe. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 134-137). 1 0 0 8 . F1ELITZ-CONIAR, Axel von. A member’s impressions. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 411-413). The greatest revelation of the Star Congress of 1924 held at Arnhem and Ommen was the infinite love and tenderness poured out by Krishnamurti. 1 0 0 9 * . FISCHER, Paul. Fédération des branches Théosophiques du Centre. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1932, p. 139-142). 1 0 1 0 . FOENANDER, Marcus. A mirror. {In The Ceylon Daily News, January 17, 1957). 1 0 1 1 . FOUÊRE, René. The complete act - viewed statically. {In The Vedanta Kesari, vol. 34, no. 4, August 1947, p, 150-156). 1 0 1 2 . FOUERE, René. The complete act - viewed dialectically. {In The Vedanta Kesari, vol. 34, no. 5, September 1947, p. 172-174). 1 0 1 3 * . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti: l’homme et sa pensée. {In Spiritualité, no. 41-42, Âpril-May 1948, p. 264-285).

104

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1 0 1 4 * . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti: l’homme et sa pensée. (In Revue Palladienne, no. 4, September-October 1948, p. 162-173, no. 5, November-December 1948, p. 228-233, no. 6, February-March 1949, p. 296301, no. 7, April-May 1949, p. 375-384, no. 8, June-July 1949, p. 429-438). 1 0 1 5 * . FOUERE, René. Sur l’existentialisme de Sartre. (In Spiritualité, no. 56-57, July-August, 1949, p. 141-148, no. 58-59 September-October 1949, p. 175-178). 1 0 1 6 * . FOUERE, René. La pensée de Krishnamurti. (In Spiritualité, no. 74-75-76-77, May-September 1951, p. 85-104, no. 7879-80 October 1951-January 1952, p. 121-133). 1 0 1 7 * . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti et le problème de l’immortalité. (In Spiritualité, no. 81-82-83, February-April 1952, p. 3-12). 1 0 1 8 . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and the problem of immortality. (In Chetana, voi. 4, no. 9, September 1959, p. 3, 8). 1 0 1 9 * . FOUERE, René. Lucidité, analyse et jugement. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 146-153). 1 0 2 0 * . FOUERE, René. Pour ne pas être disciple. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 165-168). 1 0 2 1 * . FOUERE, René. Une révolution du réel. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 57-59).

1022*. FOUERE, Fÿené. La spiritualité devant le fait sexuel. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 38, Summer 1952, p. 126-130). 1023*. FOUERE, René. La pensée contemporaine et Krishnamurti. (In Synthèses, no. 119-120, April-May 1956, p. 53-57). 1 0 2 4 * . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti: poète du présent et du silence. (In La Voix des Poètes, no. 10, Autumn, October-November-December 1961, p. 25-32). 1 0 2 5 * . FOUERE, René. Entretiens sur les relations humaines: René Fouéré à Beauquinés. (In Etre Libre, no. 196-197-198, April-May-June 1962, p. 1-7). 1 0 2 6 * . FOUERE, René. Entretiens de Beauquinés 1962. (In Etre Libre, no. 199-200-201, July-August-September 1962, p. 8-16). 1 0 2 7 * . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti et la pensée contemporaine. (In La Santé Spirituelle, no. 27, July-September 1962, p. 914-931). 1 0 2 8 * . FOUERE, René. De l’évolution formelle à l’évolution réelle. (In Etre Libre, no. 208-210, April-June 1963, p. 14-19, no. 220, JulyAugust-September 1964, p. 1-10).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

105

1 0 2 9 * . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti y el pensamiento contemporáneo. (In Conocimiento de la Nueva Era, no. 34, October 1963, p. 19-26). 1 0 3 0 * . FOUERE. René. Krishnamurti el liberalismo y el racionalismo. (In Conocimiento de la Nueva Era, no. 311, November 1963, p. 31-34, 41). 1 0 3 1 * . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti y el Marxismo. (In Conocimiento de la Nueva Era, no. 312, December 1963, p. 15-22). 1 0 3 2 . FOUERE, René. Krishnamurti and modern thought. (In Chetana, vol. 10, no. 2, February 1965, p. 31-35).

1033*. FOUERE, René. Distinction entre plaisir et bonheur. (In Etre Libre, no. 232, July-September 1967, p. 1-3). 1 0 3 4 * . FOUERE, René. Signification des prières que nous faisons pour les nôtres. (In Etre Libre, no. 233, October-December 1967, p. 10-11).

1035*. FOUERE, René, La revolución de lo real. (In Conocimiento de la Nueva Era, no. 394, October 1970, p. 13-18, 30). 1036*. FOUERE, René. El mensaje de Krishnamurti. (In Conocimiento de la Nueva Era, no. 395, November 1970, p. 6-9, 38). 1037. FOUERE, René. Le problème de l’immortalité. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 117: 123). 1 0 3 8 . The freedom of the way. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, October 1929, p. 22-24). A translation of the leading article which appeared in the Algemeen Handelsblad of Amsterdam on September 1, 1929. 1 0 3 9 * . FREEMAN, Peter. Saint Sylvestre 1925. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1926, p. 52-53). A report of the famous meeting on December 28, 1925. 1 0 4 0 * . From early boyhood . . . . (In Triveni, January-February 1935).

From our Indian correspondent. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 6, June 1, 1925, p. 214). A report on the theme of Krishnamurti’s Indian talks.

T Q 41.

1 0 4 2 * . FRYDMAN, Maurice. Krishnamurti. (In The Ojai, June 18, 1953). Originally published in The Times o f India and entitled “Krishnamurti: he aims to free you from your past”.

106

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1 0 4 3 . FRYDMAN, Maurice. Mind and truth. (In Chetana, vol. 7, no. 4, April 1962, p. 57-60). 1 0 4 4 . GEIRT, Van. Le “Moi”. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 87-93). 1 0 4 5 . GERMER, Fenn. Creative self-denial. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 3, March 1, 1927, p. 99-100). The true gift is that which a lover offers to his beloved: feeling utterly at one with the being he loves, he gives with no thought whatsoever of his own narrow self. 1 0 4 6 . GERMER, Fenn. News and notes. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1929, p. 28-29). 1 0 4 7 * . GIRAUD, Daniel. Les idées de Krishnamurti. (In Défense de l’Homme, no. 242, January 1969, p. 32-33). 1 0 4 8 * . GONZALEZ, Ruben Feldman. La libera infano. (In Oomoto, no. 327-328, September-October 1967, p. 147-149), Text in Esperanto. 1 0 4 9 . GRANQUIST, Robyn. Learning to meet life. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 14, Summer 1972, p. 5-10). A perceptive and vivid description of life at Brockwood Park by a senior student. 1 0 5 0 * . GREINDL, -Denise. Rencontre d’Henry Miller avec le zen. (In Etre Libre, no. 236, July-September 1968, p. 3-8). 1 0 5 1 * . GROFFIER, Jean. Le chrétien en face du message de Krishnam­ urti. (In Les Cahiers de la Tour de Babel, no. 6, 1949, 40 p.). This special issue is entirely devoted to Krishnamurti. 1 0 5 2 * . GROFFIER, Jean. Manifeste de la vérité: à l’occasion de la venue de Krishnamurti à Paris en avril 1950. (In Les Cahiers de la Tour de Babel, no. 8, January 1950, 24 p.).

1053*. GRUTZMACHER, H.H. Krishnamurtis Botschaft. (In Der Stern, no. 3, March 1932, p. 20-25). 1 0 5 4 . H.A.C.W. Krishnamurti at Eerde. (In Star Bulletin, no. 3, March 1931, p. 18-19).

1055. H.A.C.W. Krishnamurti in northern Europe. (In Star Bulletin, no. 5, May 1931, p. 29-31). 1056. HALL, F.W. Meditation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 9, no. 12, December 1, 1920, p. 510-515).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

107

1 0 5 7 . HALL, Gladys. Krishnamurti weighs Hollywood. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October 1928, p. 48-49). (In International Star Bulletin, no. 10, November 1928, p. 25-26 entitled “At random”). Points arising from an interview with Krishnamurti that was originally published in Motion Picture Magazine, September 1928 and entitled “The Second Christ weighs Hollywood”. 1 0 5 8 . HAMPTON, Charles. The coming of the World Teacher. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 12, December 1, 1926, p. 514-517). A description of certain important events in the spiritual life of Krishnam­ urti. 1 0 5 9 . HANDY, E.S. Craighill. Modern monasteries? (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December 1929, p. 28-30). 1 0 6 0 * . HANRIOT, Charles. Autour de Krishnamurti. Esquisse d’une philosophie de l’éducation. (In Spiritualité, no. 78-79-80, October 1951-January 1952, p. 135-136). 1 0 6 1 . HEBER, Lilly. Members’ impressions: the Star Congress, 1924. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 10, October 1, 1924, p. 421-422). Krishnamurti helped to gather the wood for the camp fire and he lived the simple camp life, washing his plate and knife as the rest of the campers. The words he spoke were so simple and yet so full of wisdom that if one lived up to them practically every problem of the whole world would be solved.

1062. HENRY-WAETJEN, R. The Star and the world. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 12, December 1, 1926, p. 511). 1063*. HERBERT, Jean. Hommage à Krishnamurti. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 60-61). 1 0 6 4 * . HERDNER, Pierre. Les deux sources de la joie. (In Etre Libre, no. 196-197-198, April-May-June 1962, p. 14-18). 1 0 6 5 . HODSON, Geoffrey. Members’ impressions: the Star Congress, 1924. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 10, October 1, 1924, p. 422-424). 1 0 6 6 . HODSON, Geoffrey. Camp Fire gleams. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 403-408). A description of the events which made the Camp Fire gatherings of 1927 so happy and inspiring. 1 0 6 7 . HOLMES, Adeline B. The shadow and the reality of the spiritual life. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 3, March 1, 1923, p. 142-143).

108

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

1 0 6 8 * . Des hommes répondent. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 157-164). Comments on the letters written by the following: Philippe Dereux — René Guénon — André Marissel — Jacques-Henry Levesque — Jean Heeckeren — Andrée Pichon — Marthe Boissier — Charles Hanriot — Georges Noblet — Louis Pouilliart — Paule Ferrus — Manuel de Diéguez. 1 0 6 9 . HOTCHENER, Henry. Krishnaji’s activities: news from Ojai: Krishnaji’s arrival in California. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June 1928, p. 26-27). 1 0 7 0 . HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. Truth and the personality. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 29-31).

1071. HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. Re-educating the personality. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 4, April 1928, p. 33-36). 1 0 7 2 . HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. Psychology of the Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 5, May 1928, p. 32-34).

1073. HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. The culture of the Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 6, June 1928, p. 33-39). 1 0 7 4 . HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. International Ojai Star Camp Congress, Ojai, California, May 21 to 28, 1928. (In The Star, voi. \, no. 7, July 1928, p. 19-20).

1075. HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. The editor’s telescope. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 60-61). Contains some of the highlights of Krishnamurti’s lecture on “Happiness through liberation” at the Hollywood Bowl. 1 0 7 6 . HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. The melting pot (impressions of the Camp). (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 35-37). 1 0 7 7 . HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. The contagion of emotion. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 9, September 1928, p. 14-19).

1078. HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. The age of the mind. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October 1928, p. 37-40). 1 0 7 9 . HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. The Ommen Star Camp of 1928. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 11, November 1928, p. 19-21). 1 0 8 0 . HOTCHENER, Marie Russak. Of what are you afraid? (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 12, December 1928, p. 30-34). 1 0 8 1 . HUMBERT, Monique von. Der Jet Set - Gott von Gstaad. (In Sie + Er, August 1971, p. 34-35).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

109

1 0 8 2 * . HUMEAU, Edmond. Un homme prend feu. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 71-77). 1 0 8 3 * . HUMEAU, Edmond. Abstraction faite. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 51, Autumn 1956, p. 3-7). 1 0 8 4 * . HUMEAU, Edmond. Ne pensez qu’aux vivants. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 73, April 1962, p. 76-83, no. 93, March 1967, p. 146148). 1 0 8 5 * . HUMEAU, Edmond. Pour défendre “Planète”. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 82, June 1964, p. 82-83). 1 0 8 6 * . HUMEAU, Edmond. Un geste d’accueil à l’infini. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 90-91, June 1966, p. 113-118). 1 0 8 7 . Impressions of the Congress, by a member. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 10, no. 9, September 1, 1921, p. 243-245). There are references to Krishnamurti’s closing address to the International Congress of the Order of the Star in the East, at Paris, July 27 and 28, 1921. 1 0 8 8 * . Informations diverses. C. W . Leadbeater. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1934, p. 164-166). Krishnamurti was present at the funeral of Leadbeater but he stayed outside the church during the service. 1 0 8 9 . INGELMAN, John A. Order of the Star. ' (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 27-28). 1 0 9 0 . INGELMAN, John A. Order of the Star. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 17-18). 1 0 9 1 . INGELMAN, John A. Spiritual perception. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 4, April 1928, p. 30-31). 1 0 9 2 . INGELMAN, John A. The Star Camp spirit. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 5, May 1928, p. 28-29). 1 0 9 3 . INGELMAN, John A. Understanding. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 6, June 1928, p. 30-32). 1 0 9 4 . INGELMAN, John A. [A talk at the International Ojai Star Camp Congress, Ojai, California, May 21 to 28, 1928]. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July 1928, p. 30-31). 1 0 9 5 . INGELMAN, John A. Our Star Camp Congress in Ojai. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 25-26). 1 0 9 6 . INGELMAN, John A. The spoken word. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 9, September 1928, p. 12-13).

110

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1097. INGELMAN, John A. “You must first establish your goal”. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October 1928, p. 33-35). 1098. INGELMAN, John A. The joy of Christmas. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 12, December 1928, p. 27-29). Quotations from Krishnamurti and others are used to illustrate the idea that the message of the World Teachers is the same in essence though their language varies.

1099. INGRAM-SMITH, Donald. Krishnamurti. (In Delos, August 23, 1970, p. 5). 1100. INGRAM-SMITH, Donald. The quest for total freedom - Jiddu Krishnamurti. (In Sydney, vol. 2, no. 1, Summer 1971, p. 32-33). 1101. IRVINE, Alexander. Krishnamurti and the Star Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 26-29). 1102. ISMAIL, Razia. The unconventional sage. (In Indian Express, November 25, 1967).

1103. J. A letter from India. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1929, p. 18-20). 1104. J. Krishnaji in America: a letter from Ojai. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May 1929, p. 17-19). In Chicago Krishnamurti remarked: “You can find everything only by giving up everything”. 1105. J. Before the Ojai Camp: Krishnaji’s talks [1929]. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1929, p. 35-40). This article contains “some choice bits from his talks taken from jottings in my scrapbook” - J. 1106*. J.D. Quelques reflexions. (In Bulletin Theosophique, no. 5, May 1932, p. 103-106). 1107*. J.D. Krishnamurti a Paris. (In Le Monde, April 27-28, 1969, p. 16). 1108. J.F.M. An outsider looks at Krishnamurti. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, November 1929, p. 25-27). Krishnamurti seems to seek to awaken in men a “new faculty beyond the rationative” to which most persons look for the extension of their knowledge. 1109. J. Krishnamurti. (In Chetana, vol. 4, no. 3, March 1959, p. 3, 6).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

111

1 1 1 0 . J. Krishnamurti at Bangalore. (In Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 2, 1971, p. 11-12). 1 1 1 1 * . JALAMBIC, M. L’enseignement de Krishnamurti. (In Le Lotus Bleu, no. 11, January 1931, p. 412-424). Krishnamurti’s reasons for the dissolution of the Order of the Star are explained. 1 1 1 2 * . Les jeunes théosophes. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1933, p. 64). 1 1 1 3 . JINARAJADASA, C. A World-Teacher. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 1, January 11, 1914, p. 27-34). 1 1 1 4 . JINARAJADASA, C. J. Nityananda: an appreciation. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 1, January 1, 1926, p. 5). Nityananda was born as Krishnamurti’s brother but he won the right to be so close to his brother by the constant support given to Krishnamurti in all the difficulties which faced the two of them from the time that they were brought into Theosophical circles. 1 1 1 5 . JINARAJADASA, C. The face of the Lord. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 1, January 1, 1927, p. 2-3). The writer was the tutor and companion of Krishnamurti and his brother for nearly two years in the 1920s (his close association with Krishnaji began in 1911). Herein are described several occasions from those early years when “Krishnaji’s face was not Krishnaji’s, but the Face of the Lord”. 1 1 1 6 . JINARAJADASA, C. Within you is the kingdom. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 395-396). 1 1 1 7 . JINARAJADASA, C. Krishnaji. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 7). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 29). 1 1 1 8 * . JINARAJADASA, C. Lettre trimestrielle du Vice-Président. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1928, p. 51-53). 1 1 1 9 . JINARAJADASA, C. The direct and indirect paths. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May 1928, p. 24-26). 1 1 2 0 . JINARAJADASA, C. [A talk at the International Ojai Star Camp Congress, Ojai, California, May 21 to 28, 1928], (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July 1928, p. 34-36). 1 1 2 1 . JINARAJADASA, C. The ideal listener. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January 1929, p. 15-16). An introduction to one of Krishnamurti’s question-and-answer meetings at the Ojai Star Camp, 1928. Unrevised by the author.

112

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNA MU RTI

1122. JINARAJADASA, C. The significance of Krishnamurti. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July 1928, p. 60-63, 66-71). 1123. JINARAJADASA, C. A public lecture delivered in London, October 3rd, 1928. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 12, December 1928, p. 432-444). 1124. JINARAJADASA, C. Krishnamurti and organisation: extracts from a lecture on the teachings of Krishnamurti. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December 1929, p. 27). Krishnamurti is emphatic, as are all great teachers, that the spiritual life must be sought for by each for himself as well as directly. Organisations are necessary for work but not to bring about changes in the life of the individ­ ual. 1125*. JINARAJADASA, C. A propos de Krishnamurti. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1930, p. 137-140). 1126*. JINARAJADASA, C. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. La crise de la S.T. et son remède. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1930). 1127*. JINARAJADASA, C. Impression du Camp de l’Etoile à Ommen 1930. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1930, p. 198-200). 1128*. JINARAJADASA, C. L’enseignement et l’Instructeur. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 9, November 1932, p. 187-190). 1129*. JINARAJADASA, C. La théosophie est-elle incompatible avec les enseignements de Krishnamurti? (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 9, November 1932, p. 191-193). 1130. JINARAJADASA, C. A chain of causation. (In Star Bulletin, no. 2, March-April 1933, p. 47-48). This “chain of causation”, to use a Buddhist phrase, appeared to shape itself in the mind of the author as he listened to an answer of Krishnamurti. It is only his impression, and is in no way endorsed as correct by Krishnamurti. 1131*. JINARAJADASA, C. Le Dieu intérieur et le Dieu extérieur. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 1, January 1934, p. 12-17). An address to the Theosophical Society in Paris on November 8, 1933. 1132. K.H.K. Ojai Star Camp, 1928. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1928, p. 25). An extract from a statement of Krishnamurti is included. 1133. KAMENSKY, Anna. The new age. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 447-448).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

113

1 1 3 4 . KEMP, Katherine. A criticism. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 3, March 1, 1926, p. 126). 1 1 3 5 * . KHOWSKY, Iwan. Amitié, confidence et extraversión. (In Etre Libre, no. 219, April-June 1964, p. 15-17).

1136*. KHOWSKY, Iwan. Le silence se conquiert-il? (In Etre Libre, no. 232, July-September 1967, p. 3-5). 1 1 3 7 . KNUDSEN, A.F. Star-Day: Adyar December 28, 1927. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 15-16). 1 1 3 8 . KNUDSEN, A.F. As he passed by. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 6, June 1928, p. 66). 1 1 3 9 . KOLLERSTROM, Oscar. [A Camp Fire talk, Ommen Star Congress, August 11, 1925], (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 10, October 1, 1925, p. 357-358). Krishnamurti has been compared to a pure flame of devotion and selfsacrifice, a flame which will consume all that is useless and impure. He always stands as the great human symbol for the simplicity and directness of the way to God. 1 1 4 0 . KOLLERSTROM, Oscar. Address delivered by the Rev. Oscar Kbllerstrom the same day [Ommen Star Congress, August 11, 1925]. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 9, September 1, 1925, p. 312-314). 1 1 4 1 . KOLLERSTROM, Oscar. Krishnaji. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 6, June 1, 1926, p. 250-252). Krishnamurti’s dignity and simplicity are due to the interaction of the mystical and the artistic aspects of his character. Since he is an instrument of the Divine he cannot himself be a creator in any particular art: Life is his medium of expression. 1 1 4 2 . KRETSER, B. de. The teachings of Krishnamurti. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 21, 1957). 1 1 4 3 . Krishnaji’s activities: three impressions of his lecture in London on March 31 [1928], (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, May 1928, p. 27-29). Vivid descriptions of Krishnamurti’s first public lecture in England. 1 1 4 4 . Krishnaji’s message. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926 p. 406). 1 1 4 5 . Krishnamurti. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 6, 1957). 1 1 4 6 . Krishnamurti á Paris. (In Le Monde, 27-28 April 1969).

s

114

WORKS ABOUT KR1SHNAMURTI

1 1 4 7 . Krishnamurti: a sketch of his life and ideas. (In Star Bulletin, no. 1, January 1931, p. 25-34). 1 1 4 8 . Krishnamurti and an Indian family. {In Star Bulletin, no. 4, July-August 1933, p. 168-171). Extracts from an article that originally appeared in the Birmingham Post. 1 1 4 9 * . Krishnamurti denove vizitis europon. {In La Praktiko, no. 12 (218), December 1955, p. 184-185, 193). Text in Esperanto. 1 1 5 0 . Krishnamurti, der grosse Guru von Saanen. {In Berner Tagblatt, July 29-30, 1972). 1 1 5 1 * . Krishnamurti in Saanen. {In Hotcha, vol. 1, 1968). Text in German. 1 1 5 2 . Krishnamurti, J. (In Yoga & Health, vol. 2, no. 10, December 1972, p. 8-11). A commentary on the life, personality and teachings of Krishnamurti. 1 1 5 3 . Krishnamurti: l'homme et son message. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970). This special issue which is almost entirely devoted to Krishnamurti, consists of extracts from his works together with an anthology of articles on him by various authors. 1 1 5 4 . Krishnamurti minced no words. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 14, 1957). 1 1 5 5 . Krishnamurti: pour un nouvel accès à la vie. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, 212 p.). This special issue is almost entirely devoted to Krishnamurti. There are a few extracts from his works together with an anthology of articles on him by various authors. 1 1 5 6 . Krishnamurti today. No longer a Messiah, but a seeker after truth. (In The Illustrated Weekly of India, December 21, 1947, p. 13). 1 1 5 7 . Krishnamurti’s visit. Philosophical teacher. No longer a “Messiah”. Disclaimer of authority. (In The New Zealand Herald, March 28, 1934). An article about Krishnamurti on the occasion of his first visit to New Zealand. 1 1 5 8 * . L.A. Informations diverses - Marseille. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1934, p. 69-71). 1 1 5 9 . LANDAU, Rom. La rupture. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 24). An extract from Dieu et mon aventure.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

115

1 1 6 0 . LANS BURY, George. The kingdom of God is within you. The wisdom of the East that may redeem the world. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 8, August 1, 1923, p. 347-348). Extract from the Daily Herald, July 7th. Lansbury left the House of Commons for an hour to listen to Krishnamurti’s talk at Mortimer Hall on June 21st and was deeply impressed. 1 1 6 1 . LANSBURY, George. After the Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 15-18). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. I, January 1928, p. 20-24). 1 1 6 2 . LANSBURY, George. Ommen, 1927-1929. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, September 1929, p. 22-25). The redemption of mankind must be through the individual action of each person. 1 1 6 3 * . LAURENT, Jean. Nous les noirs. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 72, December 1961, p. 6-22). 1 1 6 4 . LEADBEATER, C.W. True education. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 2, February 11, 1914, p. 93-95). Krishnamurti’s Education as service is recommended to all who are interested in the subject. 1 1 6 5 . LEADBEATER, C.W. The coming of the Christ. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 6, June 1, 1926, p. 221-223). An address delivered in reply to the question: “When we are asked if the World-Teacher has come, what shall we answer?” 1 1 6 6 * . LEADBEATER, C.W. Réponses à quelques questions (Paris 24 juin 1930). (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1930, p. 200213). 1 1 6 7 . LEEUW, J .J . van der. The abode of reality. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, November 1927, p. 14-16). 1 1 6 8 . LEEUW, J.J. van der. Renunciation and ceremonial. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 11, November 1, 1927, p. 420-423). 1 1 6 9 . LEEUW, J.J. van der. Bishop Leadbeater. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1928, p. 11-12). A tribute to the spirituality of Leadbeater together with several references to Krishnamurti. 1 1 7 0 . LEEUW, J .J . van der. Why the coming of the World-Teacher is so often disappointing to those who have expected Him. In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July 1928, p. 54-57, 65-66). A lecture at the International Ojai Star Camp Congress, Ojai, California, May 21 to 28, 1928.

116

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1171. LEEUW, J .J . van der. Why the coming of the World-Teacher is disappointing. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 9, September-October 1928, p. 35-39). Some extracts from a lecture at the Ojai Star Camp, 1928: “Why the coming of the World-Teacher is so often disappointing to those who have expected Him”. 1 1 7 2 . LEEUW, J .J . van der. Ojai Star Camp — impressions: the first Ojai Camp. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1928, p. 13-14). 1 1 7 3 . LEEUW, J .J . van der. Why the Order of the Star should be abolished and what should take its place. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1929, p. 25-29). 1 1 7 4 . LEEUW, J .J . van der. Life, the only teacher. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, August 1929, p. 29-31). Krishnamurti’s teaching is not primarily in words. 1 1 7 5 * . LEEUW, J .J . van der. La crise de la S.T. et son remède. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 5, May 1930, p. 104-112). 1 1 7 6 * . LEEUW, J.J. van der. Quelques idées sur le travail théosophique. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1931, p. 79-88, no. 4, April 1931, p. 102-111). 1 1 7 7 * . LENOSSOS, Marc. Krishnamurti à Strasbourg. (In Les Dernières Nouvelles de Strasbourg, October 14, 1930; October 16, 1930). 1 1 7 8 * . LENOSSOS, Marc. J. Krishnamurti “Prophète des temps nouveaux” parla, hier soir, devant une salle archi-comble. (In Les Dernières Nouvelles de Strasbourg, October 17, 1930). 1 1 7 9 . LEO, Bessie. The astrologer’s creed. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 9, September 1, 1927, p. 356-359). 1 1 8 0 . LESTER. G. J. Krishnamurti and the West. (In Hindustan Times Magazine, December 22, 1968). 1 1 8 1 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Qu’est-ce que le Nirvânâ? (In Spiritualité, no. 16, March 15, 1946, p. 91-96). 1 1 8 2 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti. (In Spiritualité, no. 23, October 15, 1946 p. 245-253, no. 24, November 15, 1946, p. 258-260). Text in French. 1 1 8 3 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti et le problème de l’amour. (In Spiritualité, no. 24, November 15, 1946, p. 260-263).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

117

1 1 8 4 * . LINSSEN, Robert. La spontanéité de la vie. (In Spiritualité, no. 28-29, March-April 1947, p. 53-56). 1 1 8 5 * . LISSEN, Robert. Violence et utopie. (In Spiritualité, no. 31, June 1947, p. 113-115). 1 1 8 6 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Le problème de la mort. (In Spiritualité, no. 33-34-35, August-September-October 1947, p. 163166). 1 1 8 7 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Que nous apporte l’Orient? (In Spiritualité, no. 41-42, April-May 1948, p. 259-263). 1 1 8 8 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Pourquoi le monde? Questions et réponses. Camp de Chapareillan 1949. (In Spiritualité, no. 56-57, July-August 1949, p. 133-139). 1 1 8 9 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti à Londres. (In Spiritualité, no. 58-59, September-October 1949, p. 160-163).

1190*. LINSSEN, Robert. Le rôle de la pensée selon Krishnamurti. (In Spiritualité, no. 60-61-62, November-December 1949, p. 6-13). 1 1 9 1 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti à Paris. (In Spiritualité, no. 63-64-65-66, March-April-May-June 1950, p. 29-31).

1192*. LINSSEN, Robert. Que nous enseigne Krishnamurti? (In Spiritualité, no. 63-64-65-66, March-April-May-June 1950, p. 31-36). 1193*. LINSSEN, Robert. La pensée de Sri Aurobindo. (In Synthèses, no. 57, February 1951, p. 86-91). 1 1 9 4 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Divergences entre C.G. Jung et Krishnamurti. (In Spiritualité, no. 71-72-73, February-April 1951, p. 49-65). 1 1 9 5 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti, les religions, et le chaos mondial. (In Spiritualité, no. 78-79-80, October 1951-January 1952, p. 142-151).

1196*. LINSSEN, Robert. Originalité de l’oeuvre de Krishnamurti. (In Spiritualité, no. 78-79-80, October 1951-January 1952, p. 140-142). 1197*. LINSSEN, Robert. Que nous apporte Krishnamurti? (In Spiritualité, no, 81-82-83, February-April 1952, p. 13-19). 1 1 9 8 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Limites de l’analyse en physique et en psychol­ ogie, par Ram Linssen. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 108-117).

118

WORKS ABOUT KR1SHNAMURTI

1 1 9 9 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Quelques aspects de la pensée Krishnamurtienne. (In Synthèses, no. 119-120, April-May 1956, p. 37-52). 1 2 0 0 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Psychologie de l’état créateur. {In La Voix des Poètes, no. 10, Autumn,October-November-December 1961, p. 37-40). 1 2 0 1 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Comment et pourquoi pensons-nous? Qui pense? {In Etre Libre, no. 196-197-198, April-May-June 1962, p. 8-13). 1 2 0 2 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Intelligence de l’énergie. {In Etre Libre, no. 205-207, January-March 1963, p. 1-16). 1 2 0 3 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Dualité fondamentale du monde physique. {In Etre Libre, no. 208-210, April-June 1963, p. 1-13). 1 2 0 4 * . LINSSEN, Robert. J. Krishnamurti “Saanen 1963”. {In Etre Libre, no. 213, July-September 1963, p. 7-9). Text in French. 1 2 0 5 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti à Adyar (janvier 1964). {In Etre Libre, no. 215-217, October-December 1963, p. 23-25). 1 2 0 6 * . LINSSEN, Robert. La notion d’énergie amorisante de Teilhard de Chardin et le bhakti yoga de Vivekananda. {In Etre Libre, no. 215-217, October-December 1963, p. 13-20). 1 2 0 7 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti. Saanen 1964. {In Etre Libre, no. 219, April-June 1964, p. 12-15). Text in French. 1 2 0 8 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Les relations au niveau psychologique. {In Etre Libre, no. 219, April-June 1964, p. 1-9). 1 2 0 9 * . LINSSEN, Robert. L’Ecole de la Lumière Intérieure du Bouddhisme “Le Ch’an Tsung”. {In Etre Libre, no. 225, October-December 1965, p. 2-11, no. 226, JanuaryMarch 1966, p. 8-12). 1 2 1 0 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Importance de la sémantique dans les relations humaines. {In Etre Libre, no. 226, January-March 1966, p. 1-7). 1 2 1 1 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Dialogue sur l’absolu. {In Etre Libre, no. 227, April-June 1966, p. 4-11, no. 228, July-September 1966, p. 7-8). 1 2 1 2 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Dialogue sur la vie, l’amour et la philosophie. {In Etre Libre, no. 228, July-September 1966, p. 1-5).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

119

1 2 1 3 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Le problème de la réincarnation. (In Etre Libre, no. 229, October-December 1966, p. 12-16). 1 2 1 4 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Le mystère de la personne. (In Etre Libre, no. 230, January-March 1967, p. 12-14). 1 2 1 5 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Sommes-nous libres ou esclaves? (In Etre Libre, no. 231, April-June 1967, p. 4-11). 1 2 1 6 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Le problème du temps. (In Etre Libre, no. 232, July-September 1967, p. 5-10). 1 2 1 7 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Eveil spirituel et silence mental. (In Etre Libre, no. 233, October-December 1967, p. 12-19, no. 235, AprilJune 1968, p. 13-16). 1 2 1 8 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Progrès technique et impasses psychologiques. (In Etre Libre, no. 234, January-March 1968, p. 9-15). 1 2 1 9 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Les mythes qui font dévier l’amour. (In Etre Libre, no. 239, April-June 1969, p. 21-22).

1220*. LINSSEN, Robert. L’éducation selon Krishnamurti. (In Etre Libre, no. 240, July-September 1969, p. 13-19, no. 241, OctoberDecember 1969, p. 11-16, no. 243, April-June 1970, p. 12-16, no. 244, JulySeptember 1970, p. 12-13). 1 2 2 1 * . LINSSEN, Robert. Problème de la souffrance de l’angoisse et de la mort. (In Etre Libre, no. 243, April-June 1970, p. 22-24). 1 2 2 2 . LINSSEN, Robert. Amour et sexe. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 71-75).

1223. LINSSEN, Robert. Krishnamurti et le zen. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 107-112). 1 2 2 4 . LINSSEN, Robert. Bouddhisme, zen et yoga. (In Yoga, March 1971).

1225*. LINSSEN, Robert. Técnica de la mutación espiritual. (In Conocimiento de la Nueva Era, no. 414, June 1972, p. 12-20, 23). 1 2 2 6 . LINSSEN, Robert. Pas de succession après Krishnamurti. (In Etre Libre, no. 252, July-September 1972, p. 23). 1 2 2 7 . LINSSEN, Robert. Séminaire d’études spirituelles à Saanenmoser (Juillet 1972). (In Etre Libre, no. 252, July-September 1972, p. 24-28).

120

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

1 2 2 8 * . LINSSEN, Madame Robert. L’école modèle de la “Happy Valley” à Ojai. (In Spiritualité, no. 63-64-65-66, March-April-May-June 1950, p. 40-46). 1 2 2 9 . LONG, Mae van Norman. Impressions of the first Star Congress in America. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1928, p. 16-20). 1 2 3 0 . LONG, Mae van Norman. Krishnaji’s message. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 9, September 1928, p. 41-42). 1 2 3 1 . LUTYENS, Barbara. Servants of the Star. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 1, January 11, 1914 p. 46-48). The Servants of the Star was started by some of the younger members of the Order of the Star in the East in order to spread the news of the coming of a great World-Teacher among young people. 1 2 3 2 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. My conception of a World-Teacher. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 1, January 11, 1914, p. 21-22). 1 2 3 3 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. In the Starlight. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 7, no. 3, March 1918, p. 115-116). 1 2 3 4 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Impressions of the Star Congress. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 9, September 1, 1923, p. 367). Some observations on the Star Congress, Vienna, July, 1923. 1 2 3 5 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Ehrwald. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 10, October 1, 1923, p. 402-403). 1 2 3 6 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The place of the old in the new era. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 9, September 1, 1924, p. 399-403). A talk given on August 15, 1924. 1 2 3 7 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Our responsibilities. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 1, January 1, 1925, p. 13). Many have offered their lives to Krishnaji in complete dedication and surrender, knowing that his life in its turn is completely consecrated to the service of the Great Ones. 1 2 3 8 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. A letter from India. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 5, May 1, 1925, p. 148-149). Krishnamurti’s sincerity and directness, his uncompromising methods, his innate humility, yet the authority with which he speaks, have deeply impressed those who have listened to him. His special work at the present time, both as regards individuals and society in general, is the purging process.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

121

1 2 3 9 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. [A Camp Fire talk, Ommen Star Congress, August 11, 1925], {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 10, October 1, 1925, p. 354-357). She played a role somewhat of a mother towards Krishnaji in those difficult years when he was separated from his true mother. In all those years she knew him, never for a second did she falter in her knowledge of, and belief in, his great destiny. 1 2 4 0 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The Star Camp, 1925. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 9, September 1, 1925, p. 342-343). In the teachings of Krishnamurti there is an all embracing tolerance and an insistence that prejudice and narrow mindedness would blind us to the truth when it comes our way. 1 2 4 1 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. As he lived he lives. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 1, January 1, 1926, p. 6-7). Nityananda thought little of himself and everything of Krishnaji. 1 2 4 2 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. A further letter from India. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 2, February 1, 1926, p. 72-73). After laying the foundation stone of the new World Star Headquarters on December 28, 1925, Krishnamurti said: “Every stone of this building will be laid with love, every coolie who works here will be well fed, well clothed, clean and happy. Every person who has a share in the raising of this building will be happy, and every person who shall later work here will be happy”. 1 2 4 3 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The nations and .the coming. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 4, April 1, 1926, p. 157, vol. 15, no. 5, May 1, 1926, p. 190). An extract from The Liverpool Echo to which paper Lady Lutyens gave an interview upon her return from India. Krishnamurti combines the spirit of youth with the wisdom of age. He has an enormous capacity for understand­ ing the human heart. 1 2 4 4 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The passion of the World Saviour. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 391-393). The Truth is so simple that men cannot grasp it. It is with our lack of comprehension that we crucify. The touching words of Krishnamurti are quoted: “Take my heart, my mind and all there is of me and eat it, and drink it, and you will not hurt me in the least because I can always find it again. I have so much and you have so little”. 1 2 4 5 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The Christ of prophecy. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 6, June 1, 1927, p. 226-232). A lecture delivered at the Hollywood Women’s Club on December 19, 1926. 1 2 4 6 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The work of the three Star centres, Adyar, Ommen, Ojai. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 2, February 1, 1927, p. 46-48).

122

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1 2 4 7 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The new gospel of joy. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 3, March 1, 1927, p. 86-90). Written in a moving style and characterised by a spirit of deep devotion, this article includes significant biographical information in the section entitled “The Messenger” (J. Krishnamurti) together with reflections on his teachings in the section entitled “The Message”. 1 2 4 8 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. A Star League of Parents. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 4, April 1, 1927, p. 150-151). 1 2 4 9 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. To do, to know, to be. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 4, April 1, 1927, p. 128-130). Krishnamurti has gone to the Source and his life is derived from there. He is all the time alive mentally and emotionally as he draws his being from the heights. “Krishnaji dwells forever on the mountain peaks of being and from there he directs his life” — Emily Lutyens. 1 2 5 0 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. May 11, 1927. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 5, May 1, 1927, p. 8). 1 2 5 1 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The symbolism of a Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 24-25). (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 7, July 1, 1927, p. 265-266). 1 2 5 2 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The archetypal Star Camp. (In The Herald of tl)e Star, vol. 16, no. 8, August 1, 1927, p. 291-292). 1 2 5 3 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. [Radio talk]. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 9, September 1, 1927, p. 348-350). Krishnamurti can point the way to liberation because he himself is liberated. 1 2 5 4 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Ideal. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 392-394). Thé Teachers come to guide us to the mountain top but we must walk there upon our own feet. 1 2 5 5 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The Camp at Ommen. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, November 1927, p. 8-9). The 1927 Camp was the most momentous in the history of the Order because it was here that Krishnamurti first spoke of himself as the Teacher. 1 2 5 6 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Krishnaji in relation to the present age. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 11-14). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 14-19). 1 2 5 7 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The mission of the World-Teacher. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 9-11). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 5, May 1928, p. 164-167).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

123

1 2 5 8 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The month of offering. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March 1928, p. 11-12). In 1925 it was decided to dedicate the month of May, this being Krishnamurti’s birth month, as a Self Denial month in which members would raise funds for the International Work of the Order. The money so raised made possible the development of the International Centres at Ommen, Ojai and Adyar, the establishment of the Star Publishing Trust, etc. 1 2 5 9 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. What the world needs. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 5, May 1928, p. 15-18). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 6, June 1928, p. 201-204). 1 2 6 0 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The thieves of time. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October 1928, p. 18-25). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, September 1928, p. 322-330). 1 2 6 1 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The time has come. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 9, September-October 1928, p. 14-17). The words “the time has come” represent the keynote of the 1928 Camp. 1 2 6 2 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. The future of The Star Review in England. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, December 1928, p. 12-14). 1 2 6 3 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Expectation and fulfilment. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1929, p. 15-17). The beliefs about the coming Teacher that prevailed during the days of expectation are compared and contrasted with what the Teacher actually is in the present. 1 2 6 4 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Editorial: thoughts from Eerde. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March 1929, p. 17-18). 1 2 6 5 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. News of Krishnaji’s activities: Krishnajiin East London. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1929, p. 17). A description of the atmosphere of a meeting addressed by Krishnamurti at Bow Baths Hall on February 24, 1929. 1 2 6 6 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily and RAJAGOPAL, D. False rumours. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, October 1929, p. 25). 1 2 6 7 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Ommen 1930. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 10, October 1930, p. 36-37). In losing all we find all. 1 2 6 8 . LUTYENS, Lady Emily. Truth and comfort. (In Star Bulletin, no. 8, August 1931, p. 27-33). Krishnaji is a true Teacher who is not afraid to wound, who panders in no

124

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

sense to human weakness or credulity, who offers neither bribes nor rewards. “Truth offers no consolations”, remarked Krishnamurti in one of his lectures. Consolations abound in the various religions and philosophies but if we want Truth then the longing for comfort has to be cast aside. 1269*. M.B. Lettres d’Adyar. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 2, February 1926, p. 35-42). 1270. M.B.H. The great peace. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 450-451). After listening to Krishnaji many went into the woods alone, to marvel on what they had seen and heard, and to try to find “ourselves” again. 1271. M.E.L. Krishnaji. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 8, August 1, 1927, p. 292). 1272*. M.J. and K.L. La théosophie, voie de libération. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 10, December 1928, p. 216-218). 1273. M.M. The life beyond forms. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926. p. 451). 1274. M.M. Mrs Annie Besant: a spiritual pilgrimage. {In The Age (Melbourne), September 1, 1933). 1275. M.M.F. News of Krishnaji’s activities: a letter from Ojai. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June 1929, p. 16-17). A report on the week-end meetings that Krishnamurti held, prior to the Ojai Camp, at Starland in Ojai. 1276. M.R. Ojai, California. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 10, October 1, 1924, p. 448-449). 1277. MACKAY, Kenneth. Adyar - an impression. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 6, June 1928, p. 29-31). Extract from an article in the Theosophist, February, 1928. 1278*. MACREZ, Gérard. Inconnaissance de Krishnamurti. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 154-156). 1279. MAKIN, Amelia. Through English eyes. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 7, July 1928, p. 257-258). 1280. Man against man. {In The Ceylon Observer, January 14, 1957). 1281*. MANZIARLY, Irma de. Ommen 1927. {In Bulletin Internajional de l’Etoile, no. 4, October 1927, p. 16-17).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

125

1 2 8 2 . MANZIARLY, Irma de and SUARES, Carlo. Manifesto. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 93-99). 1 2 8 3 . MANZIARLY, Irma de. Krishnamurti: a critical study. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December 1929, p. 15-23, no. 1, January 1930, p. 16-20). 1 2 8 4 * . MANZIARLY, Marcelle de. Adyar pendant la Convention. {In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. 2, April 1926, p. 20-27). There is a reference to Krishnamurti’s celebrated speech on December 28, 1925. 1 2 8 5 . MANZIARLY, Marcelle de. Beauty and happiness: the new way. {In The Herald of the Star, voi. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 393-394). The immensity of Krishnaji’s teaching is that it has no shape: it is too universal to be put in a mould. 1 2 8 6 * . MANZIARLY, Marcelle de. Ommen 1926. {In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. 6, October 1926, p. 38-40). 1 2 8 7 . MANZIARLY-PORTER, Mima de. The man Krishnaji. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 4, April 1, 1926, p. 163-166). In this analysis of Krishnamurti’s personality, he is regarded, among other things, as a very rare and beautiful human being, an almost perfect example of what we should make of ourselves. 1 2 8 8 . MANZIARLY-PORTER, Mima de. We wonder . . . . {In The Herald of the Star, voi. 16, no. 8, August 1, 1927, p. 295-296).

1289*. MARATRAY, R. de. Krishnamurti poète. {In Cahier de l’Etoile, no. 1, January-February 1928, p. 56-58). 1 2 9 0 * . MARCAULT, J. Emile. Le Messie de la Théosophie. {In Le Lotus Bleu, no. 12, February 1926, p. 441-459). 1 2 9 1 . MARCAULT, J. Emile. Impressions of the Star Congress. {In The Herald of the Star, voi. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 386-388).

1292*. MARCAULT, J. Emile. La nouvelle ecclèsia. {In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. 6, October 1926, p. 35-38). 1293. MARCAULT, J. Emile. Psychology and the Star. {In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 1, January 1, 1927, p. 4-9). 1294. MARCAULT, J. Emile. [Radio talk], {In The Herald of the Star, voi. 16, no. 9, September 1, 1927, p. 350-352). Text in French. 1295. MARCAULT, J. Emile. Krishnaji’s message. (/« The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 8-10). {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 10-13).

126

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

1296. MARCAULT, J. Emile. Education. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 104-108). 1297. MARCAULT, J. Emile. Liberation - old and new. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 4, April 1928, p. 142-145). 1298. MARCAULT, J. Emile. Modem atheism. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 7, July 1928, p. 253-256). 1299. MARCAULT, J. Emile. Self-realisation and evolution. {In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 297-301). 1300. MARCAULT, J. Emile. The time experience. {In The Star Review, vol. 2, no. 2, February 1929, p. 74-80). 1301*. MARCAULT, J. Emile. L’orthodoxie théosophique. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 1, January 1935, p. 7-14). 1302*. MARCAULT, J. Emile. L’absolu et le relatif. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 2, February 1935, p. 37-41). 1303*. MARCAULT, J. Emile. Théorie et pratique de l’évolution. {In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 2, February 1937, p. 45-50). 1304*. MARIA, Roger. Ritualisme, art de vivre et spiritualité. {In La Santé Spirituelle, no. 21, January-March 1961, p. 709-713). 1305* MARIA, Roger. Krishnamurti et les deux libertés: exploration dialoguée. {In La Santé Spirituelle, no. 34, July 1964 — no. 44, no. 47-no. 48, March 1968). 1306*. MARIA, Roger. Au coeur de la pensée hindoue et du bouddhisme zen: un art de vivre et non une religion. {In Le Courrier Rationaliste, no. 3, March 1969, p. 69-73). A radio talk on February 23, 1969. 1307. MARIA, Roger. Les deux libertés. {In Planète Plus, no/ 19, December 1970, p. 79-85). 1308*. MARSAN, René. L’expérience du Divin selon Sri Aurobindo et Krishnamurti. {In L’Age Nouveau, no. 110, July-September 1960, p. 24-35). 1309* MARTEL, André. Aluit. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 118-119). 1310. MARTIN, Katherine M. Krishnaji in London. {In The Star, vol. 1, no. 11, November 1928, p. 37-38).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

127

A vivid description of Krishnaji at a meeting which was also attended by Annie Besant. 1311*. MEAUTIS, G. Le message de Krishnamurti. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1929, p. 134-138). 1312. A member’s diary — American press cuttings. (/«T he Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 11, November 1, 1926, p. 498-502). These extracts from newspapers deal with Krishnamurti’s visit to the United States. 1 3 1 3 * . MERTENS STIENON, Marguerite. Krishnaji et la psychologie nouvelle. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 6, May 1928, p. 148-151). 1 3 1 4 * . MEYOR, J.J. Krishnamurti. (In Smidsc (Arnhem), Jaarg. 1, 1926, p. 351-360).

1315*. MIATLEV, Adrian. Un nouvel accès de vie. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 49-54). 1316* MIATLEV, Adrian. La poésie et son double. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 170-193). 1 3 1 7 * MIATLEV, Adrian. Précisions à propos de géanthropie. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 43, September 1954, p. 140-142). 1 3 1 8 * . MIATLEV, Adrian. Voulez-vous ne pas jouer avec-moi. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 51, Autumn 1956, p. 112-130). 1 3 1 9 * . MIATLEV, Adrian. Qu’elle était noire ma légende. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 60, December 1958, p. 65-82). 1 3 2 0 * . MIATLEV, Adrian. Alphabrupts et Omegasques. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 63-64, December 1959, p. 164-166). 1 3 2 1 * . MIATLEV, Adrian. Finistère de l’inducation régionale. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 76, December 1962, p. 70-77). 1 3 2 2 * . MIATLEV, Adrian and BOUJUT, Pierre. Jacques Edouard Le Roux. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 82, June 1964, p. 58-59).

1323* MIATLEV, Adrian. Extrait d’une lettre à Marcel Clebant. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 90-91, June 1966, p. 78). 1324*. MIATLEV, Adrian. L’instinct fraternel. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 90-91, June 1966, p. 45-48).

128

WORKS ABOUT KR1SH NAM URTI

1325*. MIATLEV, Adrian. Je paie ma poésie. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 90-91, June 1966, p. 48-50). 1326*. MIATLEV, Adrian. Lettre à Roger Petit. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 90-91, June 1966, p. 73-74). 1327* MIATLEV, Adrian. Mon âme en colère. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 90-91, June 1966, p. 50-51). 1328*. MIATLEV, Adrian. Adrian Miatlev nous écrit. {In La Tour de Feu, no. 107, September 1970, p. 8-9, 13, 16, no. 110(3), June 1971, p. 4-5). 1329*. MIATLEV, Adrian. Miatlev répond toujours — lettre à Pierre Boujut. {In La Tour de Feu, no. Il l , September 1971, p. 21-29). 1330. MILLEN, Gilmore. Krishnamurti tells world panacea. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 56-57). Excerpts from the Los Angeles Evening Herald. 1331. MILLER, W.D. The new conscience. (In The Herald of the Star, voi. 16, no. 1, January 1, 1927, p. 25-26). The head of the Order of the Star in the East is the destined channel for the revelation and direction of the new civilisation now being born. 1332. MILLS, H. Edward. Krishnamurti: a friendly appraisal. (In The Star, voi. \\ no. 8, August 1928, p. 61-62). Excerpt from the Pasadena Star-News. A Sunday morning speech at the Church of Truth. 1333*. MIOMANDRE, Francis de. Ici et maintenant. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 143-145). 1334. MIRZA, Nadarbeg K. One of many. (In The Herald of the Star, voi. 13, no. 7, July 1, 1924, p. 289-292). Certain sentences in “At the feet of the master” are similar to some of the verses in the Quaran. 1335*. MONOD-HERZEN, G.E. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. La crise de la S.T. et son remède. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1930). 1336. MOTWANI, Kewal. Krishnamurti - the man and his message. (In The Ceylon Observer, December 4, 1955). 1337. MOTWANI, Kewal. Voyage of self-discovery. (In The Ceylon Observer, December 11, 1955).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

129

1338. Motwani, Kewal. The impact of the teachings of Krishnamurti on the world. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 20, 1957). 1339*. MURRIAUX, Geneviève. Pour la deuxième fois en vingt cinq ans Krishnamurti sera à Paris au printemps prochain. (In Combat, January 19, 1950). 1340*. MURRIAUX, Geneviève. De Rilke à Krishnamurti. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 128-133). 1341. NAGARAJAN, T.S. Jiddu Krishnamurti. (In Illustrated Weekly of India, January 31, 1971, p. 42-43). 1342. “Nationalism in way of peace”: views of Mr J. Krishnamurti. (In The Advertiser (Adelaide), April 17, 1939). The complete destruction of nationalism and the ultimate creation of a world state is seen as the only hope of achieving peace. Within the walls of nationalism with its tariff barriers, racial pride and greed for power and domination, peace was not possible. Nationalism was the new world religion with dictators for its high priests and military parades for ritual. 1343*. NEBEL, C. Krishnamurti in Deutschland. (In Der Stern, no. 2, February 1932, p. 20-24). 1344. NELIDOVA, E. What the head of the Order wants us to be. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 448-449). All our knowledge and goodness are as nothing as long as we have not pulled down the walls between Him and us. 1345. NELSON, Joanne. Krishnamurti talks on life’s dire problems. (In The Ojai Valley News, June 2, 1960). 1346. NEWCOMER, pseudonym. A thought from Ojai. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 53). 1347. News letter. (In Star Bulletin, no. 2, March-April 1933, p. 73-75). 1348*. NIEL, André. Réflexions et aphorismes. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 27). 1349*. NIEL, André. Pour l’existence d’une non-dualité. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 39, Winter-Spring 1953, p. 20-24). 1350*. NIEL, André. Krishnamurti et la synthèse de l’avenir. (In Synthèses, no. 119-120 April-May 1956 p. 18-36). An address to L’Association France-Indes, in Paris on March 26, 1955.

130

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1 3 5 1 * . NIEL, André. Déclin ou éveil de la sagesse? (In Critique, no. 96, May 1955, p. 447-458).

1352*. NIEL, André. Le bouddhisme zen et la réforme de la psychologie. (In Synthèses, no. 126-127, November-December 1956, p. 32-54). 1353*. NIEL, André. Simone Weil pèlerine de l’absolu. (In Critique, vol. 14, no. 114, November 1956, p. 968-977). 1 3 5 4 * . NIEL, André. La transformation du problème mystique de Simone Weil à Roger Godel et à Krishnamurti. (In Synthèses, no. 142, March 1958, p. 267-282).

1355*. NIEL, André. Le moi et l’amour. (In Critique, vol. 14, no. 138, November 1958, p. 976-987). 1 3 5 6 * . NIEL, André. Vers un humanisme de libération. (In L’Age Nouveau, no. 106, July-September 1959, p. 50-62). 1 3 5 7 * . NIEL, André. Aux sources de la conscience malheureuse. (In L’Age Nouveau, no. 110, July-September 1969, p. 101-110). 1 3 5 8 * . NIEL, Mathilde. Boris Pasternak à la recherche d’un humanisme ouvert. (In L’Age Nouveau, no. 106, July-September 1959, p. 65-73).

1359*. NIEL, Mathilde. L’échec de l’amour. (In Synthèses, no. 181-182, June-July 1961, p. 37-67). 1 3 6 0 . NORMANN, Kai. About understanding. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January 1929, p. 21-23). 1 3 6 1 . ODIER, Daniel. Bilan. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 27-35). 1 3 6 2 . Ojai Camp still thronged: disciples yet gathering to learn of Krishnamurti; teacher expounds philosophy of sorrow. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1928, p. 31). Extract from the Los Angeles Times, May 26, 1928. 1 3 6 3 . The Ommen Star Congress. Additional addresses and talks around the Camp Fire - 11th August, 1925. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 10, October 1, 1925, p. 354-360). Several of Krishnaji’s nearest friends spoke about things they knew and remembered of their own personal contact with him. The speakers were Lady Emily Lutyens, Oscar G. Kôllerstrôm, George S. Arundale and Annie Besant. 1 3 6 4 . “One government for the whole world”: ideal of Indian teacher and philosopher.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

131

(In The Advertiser (Adelaide), April 12, 1939). Krishnamurti looks forward to the day when the world will be entirely without nationalism, which would make possible one Government, and would remove the root cause of all wars. This can only come about with a new outlook. 1365. Opening of the tour. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 12, December 1930, p. 26-27). 1366. Order of Star Convention means much to the county. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 57-58). Excerpts from Ventura County Star. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1928, p. 29-30). Excerpts from Ventura Star, May 24, 1928. 1367. ORDER OF THE STAR. Information for inquirers, August 1928. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 9, September-October 1928, p. 40-47). This revision of Information f o r inquirers supersedes the publication issued in 1927. Contents: The Order of the Star objects - the great expectation — the great fulfilment - organization - international centres - international magazines, etc. 1368. “Padre”. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 4, April 1, 1926, p. 130). An appreciation of the late H. Baillie-Weaver, a member of the Order since its inception, whose devotion and loyalty to'Krishnaji never wavered. He lived to know that all his hopes for Krishnaji had been realised. 1369. PALLANDT VAN EERDE, Philip Van. Mr Rajagopal’s American tour. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March 1929, p. 25-26). 1370. PARK, Joseph M. New teacher walks hills: camp of Krishnamurti in Ojai country recalls tales of ancient days in Palestine. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 55-56). Excerpts from the Los Angeles Times. 1371. PARTHE. Some impressions of the Ojai Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 30-31). (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1928, p. 14-16). 1372. PARTLOW, Leo L. The World-Teacher (as he seems to one who has never seen him). (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 11, November 1928, p. 27-29). 1373. PATHIRANA, Jayatissa. Krishnamurti. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 17, 1957).

132

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1374. PATWARDHAN, V.C. Impressions of the Star Congress in Vienna. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 10, October 1, 1923, p. 399-401). 1375. PATWARDHAN, V.C. The Star Congress through Indian eyes: a retrospect. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 11, November 1, 1924, p. 486-489). The keynote of the year’s Star Congress was self-preparation or self-purifi­ cation. This theme of Krishnamurti bore that intensity of earnestness which springs from an inner conviction of reality which no argument can really touch. At Arnhem Krishnaji said: “Let each one of us, from this day onwards, watch the change in ourselves from day to day”. 1376. PEARCE, F.G. Krishnamurti, visiting Ceylon this Christmas, is the wisest man I have ever met. (In The Ceylon Observer, October 30, 1949). Extracts from this article appeared in Voyage, vol. 3, no. 1, July 1950, p. 16. 1377*. PENA GIL, A de la. 6eme Congrès de l’Ordre de l’Etoile. Notes de Camp. (In L’Aube Nouvelle, no. 1, January 25, 1928, p. 5-7). 1378. PERRY, Whitall N. Anti-theology and the riddles of Alcyone. (In Studies in comparative religion, vol. 6, no. 3, Summer 1972, p. 176192). A criticism of Krishnamurti. 1379*. POORTMAN, J.J. Krishnamurti en de Wijsbegeerte. (In Algemeen Nederlands Tijdschrift voor Wijsbegeerte en Psychologie, No. 3, March 1951). 1380. POUSHKINE, Barbara. The choice. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 10, October 1, 1926, p. 449-450). 1381. POUSHKINE, Barbara. Adventures in lecturing. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1929, p. 21-24). Herein are recorded the impressions of one who lectured on Krishnamurti to groups of Russians outside Russia. 1382*. POWELL, Robert. La grâce. (In Etre Libre, no. 199-200-201, July-August-September 1962, p. 18-20). 1383. POWERS, Justin. To what do we pray. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 11, November 1928, p. 44-47). 1384. PRASAD, Yadunandan. Krishnaji. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 1, January 1, 1923, p. 33). A character-sketch of Krishnamurti that is full of praise and devotion.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

133

1385. PRASAD, Yadunandan. Form. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 390-392). 1386. PRASAD, Yadunandan. The new happiness. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 19-21). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 1, January 1928, p. 25-28). 1387. PRASAD, Yadunandan. Krishnaji’s activities: news from Adyar. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1928, p. 14-18). The essence of a talk at Eerde on Krishnamurti’s tour in India by Yadunandan Prasad, private secretary to Krishnamurti. 1388. PRASAD, Yadunandan. [Talks at the International Ojai Star Camp Congress, Ojai, California, May 21 to 28, 1928], (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July 1928, p. 24, 36-37). 1389. PRASAD, Yadunandan. Krishnaji and India. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1929, p. 12-14). 1390. PRASAD, Yadunandan. Krishnamurti in 1929. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, September 1929, p. 26-27). 1391. PRASAD, Yadunandan. Cable news of the Benares Camp. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 5, December 1929, p. 3). The article is dated November 20, 1929. 1392. PRASAD, Yadunandan. News letter frorp Benares. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January 1930, p. 21-24). 1393. PRASAD, Yadunandan. Cable news from Adyar. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1930, p. 32). 1394. PRASAD, Yadunandan. News letter from Adyar. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March 1930, p. 31-32). 1395. PREBLE, Donna. Post impressions of the Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 43-44). 1396. PRELLE, Reginald de. Le message de Krishnamurti. (In Construire, no. 19, May 12, 1971). 1397*. PRELLE, Reginald de. Krishnamurti: une grande idée, une difficile application. (In L’Efficient, no. 6, July-August 1972, p. 3-5). 1398*. QUE ANT, Gilles. De la dualité à l’harmonie. (In Plaisir de France, no. 171, June 1952, p. 29-30). 1399. R.L. J. Nityananda. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 11, November 1, 1925).

134

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

A tribute to Nityananda, the brother of Krishnamurti, who died in Califor­ nia: their association, mutual esteem and affection were of no ordinary kind. 1 4 0 0 . RADCLIFFE, Herbert. Peace - through politics. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 5, May 1928, p. 40-42). 1 4 0 1 . RADCLIFFE, Herbert. From the center of life. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 31-34). 1 4 0 2 . RADCLIFFE, Herbert. Krishnamurti and Emerson. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 12, December 1928, p. 43-46). By juxtaposing selected quotations from Krishnamurti and Ralph Waldo Emerson many interesting points of agreement between them are illustrated. 1 4 0 3 . RAJAGOPAL, D. From the General Secretary. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 3, March 1, 1926, p. 83-85). The work of the Order took on a new aspect since the great day of December 28, 1925 when at the end of Krishnamurti’s address to members, he suddenly stopped and a new voice spoke through him. The World Teacher himself was once more speaking to men. “That moment not only marked a new era in the life of the Order, but a new era for the world” - Rajagopal. 1 4 0 4 . RAJAGOPAL, D. Self-denial month: a statement from the General Secretary-Treasurer of the Order of the Star in the East. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 3, March 1, 1927, p. 98-99). Krishnamurti suggested that the month of May 1927 should be dedicated to self-denial by members of the Star all over the world. 1 4 0 5 . RAJAGOPAL, D. The Order of the Star in the East, Ojai, Califor­ nia. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 5, May 1, 1927, p. 188-189). An announcement concerning a new magazine entitled Ananda for the International Self-Preparation Group. 1 4 0 6 . RAJAGOPAL, D. The Order and allied activities. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 386-387). An address to a meeting of the International League for the Protection of Animals on August 10, 1927. 1 4 0 7 . RAJAGOPAL, D. What shall we say? (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 11, November 1, 1927, p. 416-420). At a meeting of Star Lecturers on August 11, 1927, Rajagopal spoke and answered questions. Lady Emily Lutyens answered the question: Can one literally accept Krishnaji as the vehicle of the Lord on the authority of Dr. Besant in case one does not know for oneself? 1 4 0 8 . RAJAGOPAL, D. Life. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 10, October 1, 1927, p. 388-390).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

135

1 4 0 9 . RAJAGOPAL, D. The new realisation. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1928, p. 13-15). Excerpts from an address to the Order of the Star, in Berlin on November 27, 1927. 1 4 1 0 . RAJAGOPAL, D. Krishnamurti will visit Denmark: interview with Mr. Rajagopal who tells about Krishnamurti and his visit ro Denmark. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 2, December 1927, p. 11). 1 4 1 1 . RAJAGOPAL, D. Krishnaji at Ojai: an informal talk given at Eerde, 24 June 1928. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1928, p. 8-12). 1 4 1 2 . RAJAGOPAL, D. Oak Grove, Star Camp, Ojai. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1928, p. 21).

1413. RAJAGOPAL, D. Editorial. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 8, August 1928, p. 25-26). A statement concerning the objects of the Order of the Star. 1 4 1 4 . RAJAGOPAL, D. Some problems in the Order of the Star. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, December 1928, p. 33-36).

1415. RAJAGOPAL, D. The sinews of life. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1929, p. 23-26). 1 4 1 6 . RAJAGOPAL, D. A new ideal for organization. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 7, July 1929, p. 22-24), 1 4 1 7 . RAJAGOPAL, D. Dissolution of the Order. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, August 1929, p. 3-6). 1 4 1 8 . RAJAGOPAL, D. New scheme of work. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, August 1929, p. 7-8, no. 2, Septem­ ber 1929, p. 35-36). 1 4 1 9 . RAJAGOPAL, D. Changes in Ommen. (In Star Bulletin, no. 5, May 1931, p. 12-15). The Estate of Eerde (Ommen, Holland) which in 1924 was given to the Eerde Foundation by Baron Philip van Pallandt van Eerde for Krishnamurti’s work, was by mutual agreement returned to the Baron. 1 4 2 0 . RAMA RAO, N.S. Members’ impressions: the Star Congress, 1924. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 13, no. 10, October 1, 1924, p. 424-425). 1 4 2 1 . RANSOM, Josephine. Peace and the “colour” problem. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 5, May 1928, p. 180-184).

136

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1

1422*. RAVETON, Roland. Aujourd’hui pour tout. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 36-39). Une réadaptation des principes vitaux de la S.T. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1929, p. 154-158). 1423*.

1 4 2 4 * . REHAULT, Ludowic. Le passage de Krishnaji à Paris: la vérité qui est vie. {In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 5, April 1928, p. 121-124). 1 4 2 5 * . REHAULT, Ludowic. L’éternelle libération. {In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 8, July 1928, p. 223-227). 1 4 2 6 * . REHAULT, Ludowic. Le seigneur des religions du monde. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 12, January 1929, p. 57-62). 1 4 2 7 * . REHAULT, Ludowic. A califourchon sur le mur de l’Audelà. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 1, January 1931, p. 6-7). 1 4 2 8 * . REHAULT, Ludowic. Informations diverses. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1932, p. 114-115). 1 4 2 9 . Religious teacher to visit Adelaide. (In The News (Adelaide), February 8, 1934). 1 4 3 0 * . RETUERTO, Marcial. Krishnamurti est-il un monstre de sincéri­ té? (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 99-104). 1 4 3 1 * . REVEL, Gaston. Alcyone. (In Le Théosophe, no. 37, June 16, 1911, p. 1). 1 4 3 2 * . RICHARDET, Georges. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1930). 1 4 3 3 . Ring out the old, ring in the new. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16, no. 12, December 1, 1927, p. 446-455). A brief history of The Herald o f the Star, a magazine devoted to the herald­ ing of the coming Teacher. 1 4 3 4 . Rishi Valley School. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 15, Autumn 1972, p. 6-7). 1 4 3 5 . Rival Krishnamurti groups locked in suit. (In Ojai Valley News, April 2, 1972). 1 4 3 6 * . RIVIERE. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1930).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

137

1 4 3 7 . ROBERTS, Ruth. Ommen, 1928. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, September 1928, p. 334-335). 1 4 3 8 . ROCKE, Mary E. The greatest game in the world for children. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 3, March 11, 1914, p. 167-171). The game is no other than “help others” which Alcyone mentions several times in At the feet o f the master. 1 4 3 9 . ROCKE, Mary E. The gospel of joy. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 9, September 1, 1926, p. 388-389). 1 4 4 0 . ROCKE, Mary E. The ant-hill. {In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, April 1928, p. 21-22). 1 4 4 1 * . RUCART, Marc. Les origines et l’aboutissement d’une doctrine à la plus grande gloire de l’homme. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1929, p. 166-168). 1 4 4 2 * . RUCART, Marc. Après le discours de Krishnamurti. Les origines et l’aboutissement d’une doctrine à la plus grande gloire de l’homme. (In Le Quotidien, September 3, 1929, p. 1). 1 4 4 3 * . RUSU, Silvius. L’ancien et le nouveau. La réponse de Silvius Rusu. (In L’Essor, no. 15, November 16, 1970, p. 3-4). 1 4 4 4 * . RUSU, Silvius. Sic cogito. (In L’Essor, no. 15, November 15, 1971, p. 1-2). 1 4 4 5 * . SALES, Michel. Premières difficultés. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 47, Autumn 1955, p. 65). 1 4 4 6 . SAMUELS, Henry C. The Jew and the World Teacher. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 14, no. 12, December 1, 1925, p. 466-469). 1 4 4 7 . SANJ1VA RAU. B. Introducing Krishnamurti. (In India, February 22, 1948, p. 8, 17). 1 4 4 8 . SANJIVA RAU, B. Krishnamurti’s life and message. (In Voyage, vol. 2, no. 4, August 1949, p. 11-14). Extracts from an article in the Sunday Observer (Madras). 1 4 4 9 . SARDONYX. Philosophy without tears. (In The Ceylon Daily News, January 19, 1957). 1 4 5 0 * . SCHMIDT, Erich. Eine Studie iiber Krishnamurti und seine Wirkung. (In Der Stern, no. 9, November-December 1932, p. 49-68).

138

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1 4 5 1 * . SCHMIDT, Erich. Das Leben selbst sei unser Lehrmeister. (In Die Andere Welt, June 1966, heft 6). 1 4 5 2 * . SCHMIDT, Erich. Religiöse Revolution: Eine Betrachtung über Krishnamurti. (In Form und Geist, November 1966, heft 294). 1 4 5 3 * . SCHMIDT-BEIL, Ada. Krishnamurtis Stellung im modern — wissenschaftlichen Weltbild. (In Der Stern, no. 4, April 1932, p. 19-29, no. 5, May-June 1932, p. 11-28, no. 6, July-August 1932, p. 27-40). 1 4 5 4 . SCHWANKOVSKY, Frederick J. de St V. The new art and the Star. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 9, September 1928, p. 31-33). 1 4 5 5 . SEDGWICK, Peter. Youth and Starlight: a message to the young members of the Order. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, October 1928, p. 375-376). 1 4 5 6 . SHAW, George Bernard. Ban on broadcasting: Mr. Bernard Shaw’s view: “an ignorant mistake”. (In The New Zealand Herald, March 28, 1934). Shaw criticised the refusal to allow Krishnamurti to broadcast in New Zealand: “He is a religious teacher of the greatest distinction, who is listened to with profit and assent by members of all Churches and sects, and the prohibition is an ignorant mistake. The authorities are evidently ignorant of his standing and his admirably catholic doctrine, and class him just as an Indian heathen. When he becomes known in New Zealand, they will be sorry for it” - G.B. Shaw.

1457. SILVA, P.G. de. His role. (In The Ceylon Daily News, January 18, 1957). 1 4 5 8 * . SIMONI, Henri. Mme Annie Besant parlera aujourd’hui ä Paris du “Grand Instructeur Krishnamurti”. (In L’Oeuvre, July 1, 1926, p. 1). 1 4 5 9 * . SIMONI, Henri. Krishnamurti: le Grand Instructeur du Monde donne sa formule du bonheur. (In L’Oeuvre, June 24, 1928, p. 1-2). 1 4 6 0 * . SIMONI, Henri. Krishnaji ä Paris. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 8, July 1928, p. 227-230). 1 4 6 1 . SMEDT, Marc de. Krishnamurti parce que. (In Planete Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 9-10).

1462. SOLNESS, T.T. Letter from India. (In Voyage, vol. 2, no. 4, August 1949, p. 3-5, vol. 3, no. 1, July 1950, p. 10- 12). Impressions of Krishnamurti’s visit to India in 1948.

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

139

1 4 6 3 . SOOTY BANDA. Think it over. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 20, 1957). 1 4 6 4 . SPEIGHT, Irene. Life is the teacher. (In Voyage, vol. 2, no. 4, August 1949, p. 8-9). 1 4 6 5 . A Star meeting called at Ojai on January 11th, 1927. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 16. no. 4, April 1, 1927, p. 131-133). The speeches of Lady Emily Lutyens and Annie Besant at this meeting of the Order of the Star are reported. Lady Lutyens said that the Order was founded with three definite objects: to proclaim to the world the coming of a great spiritual Teacher, to serve Him when he comes and to carry on His work when He has gone. When members appealed to Krishnaji to allow them to have a ritual in the Order he never gave that permission. Krishnaji never uses the jargon of any religion, society or sect. His similes are drawn from nature. Mrs Besant surveyed the spiritual evolution of Krishnaji. 1 4 6 6 . SUARES, Carlo. The storm. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3. October 1929, p. 24). Krishnamurti is compared to a terrible storm: the question is whether to remain afraid or to ride the storm and be of the elements set free by destroy­ ing all unessential things. 1 4 6 7 * . SUARES, Carlo. La tempête. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 2, November 1929, p. 96-97). 1 4 6 8 * . SUARES, Carlo. Il y a. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 32-35). 1 4 6 9 * . SUARES, Carlo. Krishnamurti et l’unité humaine. (In La Voix des Poètes, no. 9, July-August-September 1961, p. 94-95). 1 4 7 0 * . SUARES, Carlo. De création en art: discours à un homme seul. (In La Voix des Poètes, no. 10, October-November-December 1961, p. 3336). 1 4 7 1 . SUNETRA. Listen. (In The Ceylon Observer, January 20, 1957). 1 4 7 2 . SUNETRA. Babel is in us. (In The Observer (Ceylon), January 27, 1957). 1 4 7 3 * . T. Contradictions. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 8, August-September-October 1927, p. 148149). An article on the differences between Krishnamurti and Mrs Besant that were revealed in their speeches at the Ommen Camp of 1927. 1 4 7 4 * . T. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1930).

140

WORKS ABOUT KR1SHNAMURT1

1 4 7 5 * . TA1LLARD, Magdeleine. Causerie de Magdeleine Taillard le 30 Décembre 1928 à Toulon. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 14, March 1929, p. 120-127). 1 4 7 6 . TETTEMER, John. Ommen, 1928. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, September 1928, p. 331-333). 1 4 7 7 . The Theosophical Society in India. (In The Times, May 8, 1913, p. 7). A report of the suit in the Madras High Court by Krishnamurti’s father against Mrs Besant for the custody of his two sons who were then studying in England, together with Mr Justice Bakewell’s judgment in favour of the plaintiff. The Times commented on this judgment in a leader entitled “Theosophy in India” p. 9. 1 4 7 8 * . THORIN, Paul. L’avenir de la Société Théosophique et le Congrès de Genève. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 1, January 1931, p. 23-32).

1479*. THORIN, Paul. Lettre à M. Blech . . . (réponse à M. Bory). (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 3, March 1931, p. 88-89). 1 4 8 0 * . TOURRET, Fernand. Fonction de l’annonciateur. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 67-70). 1 4 8 1 * . TREMEL, Jeanne. Krishnaji et l’histoire. (In Bulletin International de l’Etoile, no. 6, May 1928, p. 154-156). 1 4 8 2 * . TRIPET, G. Théosophie et Société Théosophique. (In Revue Théosophique Le Lotus Bleu, no. 9-10, September-October 1951, p. 281-302). 1 4 8 3 * . TRISTAN, Frederick. Miller ou la passion de l’esprit. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 47, Autumn 1955, p. 98-101). 1 4 8 4 . TUTTLE, Addie M. A Christmas thought. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 12, December 11, 1914, p. 669). 1 4 8 5 . TUTTLE, Marjorie. On whom the Star shines in America. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 3, no. 5, May 11, 1914, p. 289-291). A message from the head of the Order of the Star in the East to the American members of the Order is quoted. 1 4 8 6 . TYLER, Richard G. An adventure in understanding. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 29-31).

1487. V.C.P. A letter from India: news of Krishnaji’s activities. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 11, December 1928, p. 19-21).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

141

1 4 8 8 * . V.P. Les groupes de préparation individuelle. Conférence faite à l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient le 11 Janvier 1924 à Paris. (In Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, no. 2, April 1924, p. 13-22). 1 4 8 9 * . VALENTIN, Marcelle. De la Seine à la lumière. (In Couleurs, no. 40, 1961, p. 10, 11). This article was written on the occasion of an exhibition of paintings in Paris by the author. The paintings were inspired by Valéry and Krishnamurti. 1 4 9 0 . VARMA, R.P. The philosophy of J. Krishnamurti. (In Political Science Review, vol. 3, October 1964, p. 107-112). 1 4 9 1 . VARMA, R.P. J. Krishnamurti’s concept of choiceless awareness. (In Darshana International, April 5, 1965, p. 66-71). 1 4 9 2 . VAS, Luis S.R. Path to inner peace. (In Sunday Standard, April 30, 1967).

1493. VENKATACHALAM, G. Profiles: Jiddu Krishnamurti. (In Nalanda, 1949, p. 38-53). Vie d’Annie Besant. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 9, November 1933, p. 195-204). An obituary. 1494*.

1 4 9 5 * . VIEUX THEOSOPHE, pseudonym. Alcyone “Aux pieds du Maître”. (In Le Théosophe, no. 34, May 1, 1911, p. 2). 1 4 9 6 . VILLARD, Henri. Les réunions de Saanen. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 37-38). 1 4 9 7 . VITELLESCHI, Carla. Past and present (dedicated to Krishnam­ urti, the World-Teacher). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 2, February 1928, p. 61-67). 1 4 9 8 . VOLKMAN, Hervé. La notion du temps chez Krishnamurti. (In Planète Plus, no. 19, December 1970, p. 95-105). 1 4 9 9 . VOLZ, Fred. Rare conversation with Krishnamurti about the Ojai Valley. (In Ojai Valley News, April 12, 1972). Krishnamurti spoke about the extraordinary charm of the Ojai Valley, a place he has long been associated with since his first visit there, with his brother, in 1922. Without spoiling and destroying this valley it was necessary to maintain its atmosphere, quietness, beauty and sense of otherness. He asked: “Can people treat this valley as a sacred place . . . not as a commercial center?”

142

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1500. WARRINGTON, A.P. [Talks at the International Ojai Star Camp Congress, Ojai, California, May 21 to 28, 1928]. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 7, July 1928, p. 23, 40-43). 1 5 0 1 * . WARRINGTON, A.P. Convention d’Adyar. Allocution du VicePrésident. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 4, April 1933, p. 73-91). 1 5 0 2 . WATTS, Alan W. Krishnamurti: the Messiah who became a sage. (In Tomorrow, vol. 1, no. 4, November 18, 1939, p. 79-80).

1503. WEDGWOOD, J.I. The meaning and reality of the spiritual life. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 15, no. 11, November 1, 1926, p. 470-479). 1 5 0 4 . Weekend in Libbey - two talks by Krishnamurti. (In Ojai Valley News, April 5, 1972). 1 5 0 5 . WEERAPERUMA, Susunaga. Krishnamurti: a sage who speaks from direct experience. (In The Ceylon Daily News, December 31, 1956). 1 5 0 6 . WEERAPERUMA, Susunaga. Krishnamurti - spiritual genius. (In The Ceylon Observer, December 31, 1956).

1507*. WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Un surviveur: Krishnamurti. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 27, Summer 1948, p. 100-102). 1508*. WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Un nouvel accès à la vie. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 28, Winter 1948-1949, p. 80-82). 1509* WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Pour en finir avec l’Apocalypse. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 28, Winter 1948-49, p. 25-29). 1 5 1 0 * . WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Lettre aux astrologues. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 31, Autumn 1949, p. 8-12). 1 5 1 1 * . WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Ne repoussez pas la psychanalyse. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 32-33, Spring-Summer, 1950 p. 84-85). 1 5 1 2 * . WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Pâques 1950 avec Krishnamurti. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 32-33, Spring- Summer 1950, p. 94).

1513*. WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Avons-nous besoin de Krishnamurti? (In La Tour de Feu, no. 35, Spring-Summer 1951, p. 54-56). 1514*. WELTHEIM, Jérôme de. Lawrence, Krishnamurti, Davis. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 120-127). 1515. What’s J.K? (In The Sunday Times of Ceylon, January 20, 1957).

ARTICLES IN PERIODICALS

143

1516. WILKINSON, J.R. I try to be aware. (In Voyage, vol. 2, no. 3, August 1948, p. 3-7). 1517. WILKINSON, J.R. Awareness again. (In Voyage, vol. 3, no. 2, October 1950, p. 11-15). 1518. WILLIAMS, Herbrand. Krishnamurti in central Europe. (In Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1931, p. 32-33). 1519. WODEHOUSË, E.A. The new Krishnaji: a note. (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 4, April 1928, p. 128-134). 1520. WODEHOUSE, E.A. The new Krishnamurti: a note. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 4, April 1928, p. 7-12). 1521. WODEHOUSE, E.A. The right to interpret. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October 1928, p. 26-30). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, October 1928, p. 354-358). A criticism of Bishop Arundale’s views on interpretation. 1522. WODEHOUSE, E.A. Authority and the empirical method. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 11, November 1928, p. 11-15). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 11, November 1928, p. 398-403). 1523. WODEHOUSE, E.A. A conversation with Krishnamurti. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 3, March 1930, p. 19-26). (In Chetana, vol. 10, no. 2, February 1965, p. 25-30, 36). 1524. WODEHOUSE, E.A. Experience. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 8, August 1930, p. 32-38). 1525. WODEHOUSE, E.A. Life and the ego: notes of talks with Krishnamurti. (In Star Bulletin, no. 2, February 1931, p. 16-25). Ehrwald, Austria, September 3 to 20, 1930. 1526. WODEHOUSE, E.A. Man, nature, reality, in the teachings of Krishnamurti. (In Star Bulletin, no. 3, March 1931, p. 20-33, no. 4, April 1931, p. 15-29, no. 7, July 1931, p. 19-33). 1527. WOOD, Ernest. Growth from within. (In The Herald of the Star, vol. 12, no. 11, November 1, 1923, p. 446-447). 1528*. WOOD, Ernest. A propos de l’article de Van der Leeuw. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 7, July 1930). 1529*. WOOD, Ernest. Si j’étais Président. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 2, February 1934, p. 52-57).

144

WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

1530*. WOODHOUSE, Cyril. A propos de l’article de VanderLeeuw. La crise de la S.T. et son remède. (In Bulletin Théosophique, no. 6, June 1930). 1531. ZALK, Louis. Ojai Star Camp, 1929. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, January 1929, p. 30). 1532. ZALK, Louis. The Ojai Camp of 1930. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 4, November 1929, p. 32).

POEMS (1533-1559) 1533. ARUNDALE, George S. 1 sit at your feet, Krishna . . . . (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 6, June 1928, p. 212). 1534. BAILEY, Katherine Price. The gift. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October 1928, p. 40). 1535*. BOUJUT, Pierre. 7 poèmes. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 9-12). 1536*. BOURGUIGNON, Fred. Je suis né voleur. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 40). 1537. BOWEN, Seranus Henry. To a picture of Krishnaji. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 2, February 1928, p. 21). 1538*. BRYEN, Camille. Pensée sans homme. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 54). 1539. C.v.U. Until the dawn (to Krishnaji). (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 10, October 1928, p. 45). 1540*. CHABERT, Pierre. Il suffit. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 35). 1541. DASHIELL, Nellie E. The Ojai Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 50). 1542. DUNROBIN, Lionel. Krishnaji. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 5, May 1928, p. 46). 1543. F.F. The master musician: to Krishnaji. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 34). 1544. FOX, Elsie Hiland. Impressions (Hollywood Bowl, May 15th, 1928). (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 62). 1545*. GALTIER, Charles. Ahou! (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 28-31). A poem in Provençal together with the poet’s own translation of it in French. 1546. IRWIN, Beatrice. Krishnamurti in Camp. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 29).

146

WORKS ABOUT KR1SHNAMURT1

1547. JONES, Eva. The word. (In Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 6, Spring 1970, p. 8). 1548*. KLEIN, Françoise. Sur une route. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 42). 1549*. KLEIN, Françoise. Tu es. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 66). 1550. LELAND, Elsa Tudor. To Krishnaji. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 4, April 1928, p. 44). 1551. M.E.R. The liberator. (In International Star Bulletin, no. 1, November 1927, p. 16). 1552*. MIATLEV, Adrian. Un nouvel accès de vie. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 49-54). Two poems on Krishnamurti supplement this article. 1553*. MIATLEV, Adrian. Réponse à Krishnamurti. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 36-37, Spring 1952, p. 95-98, no. 93, March 1967, p. 160-161). 1554*. MIATLEV, Adrian. Il est une fois. (In La Tour de Feu, no. 107, September 1970, p. 11). A sonnet. 1555. NELLIS, Herbert F. The voice unveiled. (In The Star, vol. I, no. 11, November 1928, p. 48-50). 1556*. NIEL, André. Krishnamurti. (In Synthèses, no. 119-120, April-May 1956, p. 58). Text in French. 1557. ROCKE, Mary E. I am what you are. (In The Herald of the Star, voi. 16, no. 12, December 1, 1927, p. 469). 1558. SCHOFIELD, Rose Holway. Krishnaji. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 8, August 1928, p. 24). 1559. WODEHOUSE, E.A. One week. (In The Star, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 11-12). (In The Star Review, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1928, p. 88-89). This poem was written on the occasion of leaving Adyar on November 8, 1927.

APPENDIX (Films, Gramophone Records, Periodicals) FILMS Krishnamurti — a dialogue with Huston Smith. This 16 mm Eastmancolor film of a discussion with Huston Smith (Profes­ sor of Philosophy, Massachusetts Institute of Technology) was made in 1968 for the Blaisdell Institute by the students of Claremont College School of Theology. (63 minutes) Krishnamurti at Claremont A 16 mm colour film that was televised by NBC at Claremont College, California in November 1968. (30 minutes) Interview with Krishnamurti A 16 mm film made by the Australian Broadcasting Commission on November 26, 1970. (28 minutes) Doubts and certainties — Krishnamurti A 16 mm B.B.C. colour film of an interview with Krishnamurti by Mr Oliver Hunkin, filmed at Brockwood Park and televised during December 1970. (30 minutes) Can you live this way? A 16 mm colour film in which Krishnamurti talks to the students at Brockwood Park in 1971. (45 minutes) Real revolution series The following 8 films of talks by Krishnamurti were produced by the National Educational Television (NET): 1. 2. 3. 4.

Where are we going? Observing ourselves Freedom from fear Meditation

5. 6. 7. 8.

What is love? Questioning Living and death The end of conflict (30 minutes each film)

147

148

APPENDIX

GRAMOPHONE RECORDS A short talk on the ending of sorrow 33'/ 3 r.p.m. micro-groove high-fidelity recording, together with a supple­ mentary and printed transcript of this talk which is entitled “The ending of sorrow”, [1966]. (K.W.I. records) An open-air public discourse on the religious mind 3 3 '/3 r.p.m. recording of a talk in India, January 1965. (K.W.I. records LP-A) An informal talk on space, time, experience 33'/3 r.p.m. recording of a talk in London, May 1965. (K.W.I. records LP-B) An informal talk on love, death & creation 3373 r.p.m. recording of a talk in Paris, May 1965. (K.W.I. records LP-C) A discourse on meditation 3373 r.p.m. recording of a talk. (K.W.I.records LP-D) An open-air public discourse on action without conflict 3373 r.p.m. recording of a talk in India, March 1966. (K.W.I. records LP-E) A discourse on unconditioning and simplicity 3373 recording of a talk in India. (K.W.I. records LP-F) True revolution 3373 r.p.m. recording of a talk at Berkeley, California, February 6, 1969. (A Pacifica Archive record) This light in oneself 3373 r.p.m. recording of a talk at the Congress Centrum, Amsterdam, May 19, 1968. (K.F. records LP 1)

APPENDIX

149

Thought breeds fear 331/ 3 r.p.m. recording of a talk at the Wimbledon Town Hall, London, March 16, 1969. (K.F. records LP 2) Mjnd in meditation 331/ 3 r.p.m. recording of a talk in Bangalore, January 31, 1971. (K.F. records LP 3) PERIODICALS Articles relating to Krishnamurti have frequently appeared in the follow­ ing periodicals: Ananda (magazine of the International Self-Preparation Group). May 1927 Bulletin de l’Etoile, 1931-1933 Bulletin de l’Ordre de l’Etoile d’Orient, 1921-1926 Bulletin International de l’Etoile, 1927-1930 Bulletin Théosophique, 1922-1940 Cahier de l’Etoile, 1928-1930 Carta de Noticias (Instituiçao Cultural Krishnamurti) Chetana Contact (special issue January 1961) Etre Libre The Herald of the Star, January 11, 1912 - December 1927 The official organ of the Order of the Star for 16 years ( a quarterly until January 1914 when it became a monthly). It was succeeded by the Star and the International Star Bulletin. International Star Bulletin, December 1927-December 1930 It succeeded the Herald o f the Star and was intended to contain news about the work of theOrderof theStar.lt was followed by the Star Bulletin. Krishnamurti Foundation Bulletin, no. 1, Autumn 1968Krishnamurti Foundation India Bulletin, no. 1 + 2, 1970Planète Planète Plus (special issue no. 19, December 1970) Revue Théosophique Le Lotus Bleu, 1926Le Signe de l’Homme Spiritualité The Star, 1928-1929. It succeeded the Herald o f the Star and was designed to meet the eye of the public. Star Bulletin, January 1931- 1933. It succeeded the International Star Bulletin

150

APPENDIX

The Star Review, 1928-1929 Synthèses, 1951La Tour de Feu, 1948- (special issue, no. 36-37, Spring 1952) Voyage, April, 1946-

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI A c t io n (1 9 4 9 ), 1 8 7 ,4 6 9 A c t io n ( 1 9 7 0 ), 4 8 6 A c t io n a n d r e la tio n s h ip 4 1 , 187 A d y a r: a g r e a t sp ir itu a l c e n tr e 7 A d y a r , th e h o m e o f th e T h e o s o p h ic a l S o c ie t y 3 A h , c o m e sit b e sid e m e b y th e se a , o p e n a n d free . . . 330 A p h o r is m s 59 A p p e a l to m e m b e r s o f th e O r d e r 3 9 5 A r tific ia l a n d r ea l f lo w e r 4 7 0 A s o u t o f th e d e e p w o m b o f a m o u n ­ ta in . . . 309 As th e p o tte r ’s v e s s e ls b re a k to p ie c e s . . . 326 A t th e fe e t o f th e m a ste r 1, 2 A t ta in m e n t o f tr u th 4 4 5 A w a it m e , O fr ie n d . . . 322 Be happy! 386 B e sile n t y e t u n d e r s ta n d in g 4 0 3 B e g g a r a t th e sh r in e 2 8 2 B e lo v e d in a ll 2 9 6 B e y o n d v io le n c e 6 2 (A ) B u ild o n u n d e r s ta n d in g 4 3 3 B y w h a t a u th o r ity ? 2 2 , 28 C a u se o f so r r o w 451 C e s s a tio n o f fe a r 4 5 8 C h a n g e s in th e O r d e r o f th e S ta r 4 4 6 C itiz e n a s a d iv in e a g e n t 10 C lé s d e n o tr e te m p s 4 7 3 C o lle c tiv e m e d ita tio n 4 3 7 C om e aw ay 28, 275, 276 C o m in g d a w n 4 3 6 C o m m e n ta r ie s o n liv in g 4 4 , 4 5 , 4 6 ,4 7 , 352, 353, 354, 355, 356 C o n s e ils d e b o n h e u r 3 9 4 C o n v e r s a tio n s 54 C u ltiv a t io n o f s e n s itiv ity

354

D e p e n d in g o n a u th o r itie s 4 2 7 D e s ir e is life , a n d th e fr e e d o m o f life . . . 320 D e s ir e is life . The fu lfilm e n t o f life . . . 308 D is c ip le s h ip 384 D is c r im in a t io n 4 4 2 D is s o lu tio n o f th e O r d e r o f th e S ta r 3 0 , 3 1 , 128 D o e s th e r a in d r o p h o ld in its f u ll­ n e ss . . . 312

D o o r o f lib e r a tio n 3 9 7 D o o r o f th e e te r n a l 4 4 3 D o u b t is a p r e c io u s o i n t m e n t . . . 31 5 D r e a m c o m e s th r o u g h a m u ltitu d e o f d e sir e s . . . 304 E a r ly w r itin g s 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 E d ito r ia l n o te s (a r tic le ) 3 88 E d ito r ia l n o te s ( b o o k ) 4 E d u c a tio n a n d in te g r a tio n 3 5 2 E d u c a tio n a n d th e sig n ific a n c e o f life 347 E d u c a tio n a s se r v ic e 3 40 E ig h t c o n v e r s a tio n s 50 E n d in g o f s o r r o w 48, 475 E n q u ê te su r l’in q u ié tu d e c o n t e m p o ­ r a in e 461 E s se n c e o f c o - o p e r a t io n 488 E s ta b lis h y o u r p u r p o s e 4 1 0 E x p e r ie n c e a n d c o n d u c t 32 E x p lo it a tio n o f r a c e s 3 77 F in d th y s o u l, O fr ie n d 2 85 F ir st a n d la st fr e e d o m 42, 43 F irst ste p is th e la st ste p 4 9 0 F iv e c o n v e r s a tio n s 4 9 F la m e 4 3 4 F lig h t o f th e e a g le 51 F o r th e y o u n g 363 F r e e d o m fr o m th e k n o w n 52 F r e e d o m is o r d e r 4 9 3 F r o m th e n o t e b o o k o f K r ish n a m u r ti (1 9 6 8 ) 4 7 9 F r o m th e n o t e b o o k o f K r ish n a m u r ti (1 9 6 9 ) 481 G ard en 484 G a r d e n o f m y h e a r t 2 8 , 2 7 5 , 2 77 G edanken zum L eben 47 G o a ls 4 2 8 H a p p in e s s a n d lib e r a tio n 4 1 5 H a r m o n io u s liv in g 4 53 H a r m o n iz in g o f th e b o d ie s 421 H a r v e s t-tid e o f life 4 3 0 H o m m e e t le s p r o b lè m e s d e la v ie 35 H o w t o w id e n o u r id e a o f th e w o r k o f th e S ta r 391 H ym n 8 , 2 69 I a m a ll 2 9 7 I a m w ith th e e

281

152

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

I c a n n o t te a c h y o u t o p ra y 298 I h a v e liv e d m a n y liv e s o n e a r th 4 6 7 I h a v e liv e d th e g o o d a n d e v il o f m en . . . 336 I have no n a m e . . . 310 I lo o k to n o n e b e s id e th e e 283 I te ll th e e . . . 3 3 3 I w a lk e d o n a p a th th r o u g h th e j u n g le . . . 335 I w ill e s ta b lis h p e a c e w h e r e v e r I g o 413 I m m o r ta l fr ie n d 300 I m p o s s ib le q u e s t io n 55 In m y g a r d e n th e r e is life a n d d e a th . . . 305 In s o litu d e g a th e r str e n g th 4 0 8 In th e c h o ic e s t o f v a lle y s . . . 318 In th e c o r r u p tio n o f th e k n o w n . . . 316 In th e S ta r lig h t (a d d r e ss o f w e l­ c o m e ) 368 In th e S ta r lig h t: le tte r fr o m th e h e a d to In d ia n m e m b e r s . . . 3 7 0 In th e stilln e ss o f a n e v e n in g . . . 321 I n te llig e n c e a n d in sta n t a c tio n 4 9 4 In te llig e n t r e v o lt 398 In te r n a tio n a l p r e p a r a tio n 375 I n te r n a tio n a l S e lf-P r e p a r a tio n G r o u p

11 I n te r n a tio n a l S ta r B u lle tin 4 1 2 In te r v ie w w ith K r ish n a ji - o n cu rren t p r o b le m s 341 I n to th e lig h t 411 I n tr o d u c tio n ( t o G .S . A r u n d a le ’s a r­ tic le ) 3 6 9 I n tr o d u c tio n t o th e ta lk s o f J . K rish n a m u r ti 38 I n tu itio n a n d in d iv id u a lity 4 6 6 I n v e s tig a tio n in to c o n s c io u s n e s s 471 J. K rish n a m u rti: a n in tr o d u c tio n to his ta lk s 36 K in g d o m o f h a p p in e s s 19 K n o w y o u r s e lf 3 8 2 K n o w le d g e a n d in te llig e n c e 3 6 6 K rish n a ji a n d S ta r la n d s 4 0 5 K r ish n a m u r ti a t B r o c k w o o d P a r k 361 L ake 477 L a w a n d sp ir itu a lity 4 4 8 L e t u n d e r s ta n d in g b e th e la w 25 L ib e r a tio n : th e fin a l g o a l 3 9 9 L ife a h e a d 357

L ife in f r e e d o m 26 L ife th e g o a l 27 L ife ’s p r o b le m s (q u e s t io n s a n d a n s ­ w e r s) 4 55 L ife ’s p r o b le m s: s o m e q u e s tio n s a n d a n sw e r s 4 6 4 L iste n ! . . . 324 L iv e in th e e te r n a l 4 5 4 . L iv in g a n d d y in g 4 85 L o v e n o t th e s h a p e ly b r a n c h . . . L o v e , s e x , a n d th e r e lig io u s life

331 480

M ad u ra 2 88 M a k e o f th y d e sir e th e d e sir e o f th e w o r ld . . . 31 7 M a n a n d th e m o o n 4 2 0 M a s te r sin g e r o f life 2 5 , 301 M e a n in g o f life 385 M e d ita tio n a n d c o n t e m p la t io n 4 0 0 M e d ita tio n s : b e in g s e le c tio n s fr o m “ A t th e fe e t o f th e M a s te r ” 2 M e d ita tio n s (1 9 6 9 ) 53 M e e tin g o f E a s t a n d W e s t 21 M essa g e 478 M e s s a g e to I n d ia 4 1 9 M o n t h o f o ffe r in g , M a y 1928 4 1 8 M o u n ta in c o m e s d o w n to th e d a n c in g w a ters. . . 334 M o u n ta in t o p 401 M o u n ta in s lo o k o n th e t o w n . . . 291 M o u n ta in s w ere f u ll o f s o l i t u d e . . . 487 M y b e lo v e d a n d 1 are o n e 271 M y h e a r t d a n c e s w ith th y lo v e 2 8 4 M y h e a r t is h e a v y w ith th y lo v e 28 9 N a t io n a l p r e p a r a tio n 3 78 N e c e s s it y fo r c h a n g e 4 1 4 N e ith e r tim e . . . 450 N e w a p p r o a c h to life . . . 40 N it y a 2 72 N o b le life 4 5 7 N o is y ch ild a n d th e sile n t m in d N ow 29 O fr ie n d . . . 3 25 O , lo v e life . . . 3 06 O h , fr ie n d . . . 3 23 O h , r e j o ic e ! . . . 3 13 O n le a r n in g 351 O n m e d ita tio n 4 8 3 O n v io le n c e a n d c o m m itm e n t O nce u pon a t im e . . . 290 O n ly r e v o lu tio n 56 O r ig in o f th o u g h t 4 9 9

35 5

489

153

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS BY KR1SHNAMURT1 P a th 8, 373 P a th le s s r e a lity 33 P ea ce and w ar 392 P e n g u in K r ish n a m u r ti r e a d e r 5 7 , 3 6 3 P la c e n o t th y lo v e in th e sc e n t o f a d e c a y ­ in g v io le t . . . 3 1 9 P la c e o f th e y o u n g in th e n e w er a P o o l o f w is d o m P o tte r 293 P r é fa c e 4 6 0

376

2 0 , 28

P r e p a r a tio n a n d th e W o r ld T e a c h e r 389 P r o b le m a n d its r e s o lu tio n 4 7 4 P r o b lè m e s d u m o n d e e t l’in d iv id u 4 6 8 P r o b le m s o f y o u th 4 7 6 P rop agan d a 435 P r o p o s t a d iv e r s a d a ll’I n d ia 4 9 2 P u r p o s e o f e d u c a tio n 342 P u r p o s e o f th e C a m p 4 4 4 P u r p o s e o f th e O r d e r o f th e S ta r 4 2 6 R e la t io n s h ip 187 R e le a s e o f life 4 6 2 R e n u n c ia tio n a n d c o m p r o m is e R ig h t b a sis o f life 4 4 0 R iv e r (1 9 2 8 ), 4 1 7 R iv e r ( 1 9 7 1 ), 4 9 5 R iv e r o f life 441

449

S a y in g s o f K r ish n a m u r ti 4 6 3 Search 280 S e a r c h o f th e b e lo v e d 295 S e e k p e a c e a n d e s ta b lis h it 4 0 9 S e le c t io n s fr o m K r is h n a j i. . . 367 S e lf -d e n ia l 3 9 3 S e lf -k n o w le d g e 43 S e lf-p r e p a r a tio n (a sp e e c h in 1 9 2 3 ), 6, 372 S e lf-p r e p a r a tio n (a sp e e c h in 1 9 2 4 ), 379 S e lf-p r e p a r a tio n (1 9 2 6 ), 3 9 0 S e lf-p r e p a r a tio n (m e s s a g e s to th e In ter­ n a tio n a l S e lf-P r e p a r a tio n G r o u p ), 13 S ile n c e a n d e n e r g y 4 7 2 S im p le u n io n 2 8 , 2 7 5 , 2 7 8 , 2 7 9 S le e p 491 S o m e b u s in e s s d is c u s s e d 3 8 0 S o n g o f life 3 3 9 S p a r k a n d th e fla m e 4 2 9 S p ir itu a l r e a lis a tio n 459 S ta r C o u n c il. W e lc o m e b y K rish n a ji ( J u ly 2 9 th , 1 9 2 7 ) 4 0 4 S ta t e m e n t b y K r ish n a m u r ti 3 6 5 S tr a n g e r s 2 9 4

T e ll m e , w h ic h is th e real? 2 86 T e m p le ta lk s 12 T e th e r e d m in d 4 9 8 T h e o s o p h y a n d in te r n a tio n a lis m 5 T h e r e is a little to w n . . . 311 T h e r e is a m o u n t a i n . . . 3 0 2 , 3 03 T h e r e is o r d e r in th e fr e e d o m o f life . . . 3 27 T here w as, o n ce on a t im e . . . 314 T h in k o n th e se th in g s 3 58 T h is m a tte r o f c u ltu r e 3 5 9 T h o u c a n st n o t b in d tr u th 2 99 T h o u g h ts o n life [fr o m K r ish n a m u r ti’s n o te b o o k ] 4 6 5 T h o u s a n d e y e s w ith th o u s a n d v ie w s . . . 328 T h r o u g h th e v e il o f fo r m . . . 3 29 T im e 4 3 2 T o a m a n o f tru e p u r p o s e . . . 332 T o m e e t a g a in 4 0 7 T o m e m b e r s o f th e O r d e r o f th e S ta r in th e E a st 371 T o w a r d s d is c ip le s h ip 9 T oys 273, 274 T r a d itio n a n d r e v o lu tio n 58 T r a d itio n w h ic h h a s lo s t its s o u l 37 T rue en em y o f freed o m 452 T r u th in lim ita tio n 4 4 7 T r u th is n e ith e r e v il n o r g o o d . . . 3 07 T r u th o r lo y a lty 4 2 5 T r u th th a t is lib e r a tio n a n d h a p p i­ n e ss . . . 422 U n b u r d e n e d m in d 4 8 2 U n d e r s ta n d in g 431 U n iv e r s a l g o a l 4 0 2 U r g e n c y o f c h a n g e 60 V a lu e o f in d iv id u a lity

438

V a n ity o f th e “ 1” str u c tu r e V is io n o f life 3 4 , 4 3 9

500

W a lk 270 W a lk b y th e lig h t o f m y lo v e . . . 287 W a r a b o lis h e d : o n e w a y t o p e r m a n e n t p e a c e 39 W a y o f liv in g 4 0 W a y o f m e d ita tio n 4 9 6 W ay o f p eace 40 W a y w ith in 4 2 3 W e a re a ll e x p e c t in g H im . . . 387 “W e h a v e s e e n th e S ta r a n d w e k n o w ” 374 W h a t is r e la tio n sh ip ? 4 9 7

154

■TITLE INDEX TO WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

W h a t is th e r e lig io u s m in d ? 61 W h a t is th e tru e fu n c tio n of a tea c h e r ? 353 W h o b r in g s th e tru th ? 2 3 , 2 8 , 4 1 6 W ho can sa y i f th y heart be c le a n ? . , . 3 3 7 W h o s h a ll g iv e th e e c o m fo r t? 2 9 2 W h y d o y o u serv e? 4 0 6 W is d o m o f e x p e r ie n c e 4 5 6

W ith o u t g o o d n e s s a n d lo v e , o n e is n o t e d u c a te d 3 56 W o r ld m o a n s a n d la n g u is h e s . . . 338 W o r ld p e a c e 2 1 , 2 4 , 39 6 W o r ld -T e a c h e r a n d th e O r d e r o f th e S ta r 4 2 4 Y o u a re th e w o r ld 62 Y o u n g T h e o s o p h is t 381

AUTHOR INDEX A .C . 826 A .E .L . 8 2 7 A .N . 501 A . O . 828 A chard, Y von 502, 503, 829, 830 A g a s h e , S .V . 831 A la in 832 M o n t, pseudonym . See P a n t , S .R . A n d r e a e -R a th e n a u , E d ith 833, 834 A n g k o r , P ie rre d ’ 5 0 4 , 5 0 5 , 5 0 6 , 5 0 7 , 835, 836 A n r ia s , D a v id 508, 509 A n t o n ie w ic z , H .B . 121 A r b itr e , pseudonym 837 A r m a n d , E m ile 838 A rq u e, G eo rg e 839 A r u n d a le , G e o r g e S . 5 1 0 , 5 1 1 , 7 5 9 , 840, 841, 842, 843, 844, 845, 846, 847, 848, 849, 850, 851, 852, 853, 854, 855, 8 5 6 , 8 5 7 , 1533 A r u n d a le , R u k m in i 8 5 8 A u b r a y , T h é r è se 859 A y r e s , F r a n c is c o 512 B. N. 5 1 3 ,5 1 4 B a c k e r e , J a c q u e s d e 8 6 0 , 861 B a d ia n i, N a r s h id a s 8 6 2 B aez, J o a n 515 B a ile y , K a th e r in e P r ic e 1534 B a illie -W e a v e r , H . 8 6 3 , 8 6 4 B a k e r , G la d y s 5 1 6 B a n d a , S o o t y See S o o t y B a n d a B a n g e r te r , M a r g u e r ite 8 6 5 , 8 6 6 B a u d o u y , M .A . 517 B e c k e tt, L .C . 518, 519, 520 B e e c h e r , M a r g u e r ite 521 B e e c h e r , W illa r d 521 B e il, A d a S c h m id t - See S c h m id t-B e il, Ada B e n d it, L a u r e n c e J. 5 2 2 , 523 B e n d it, P h o e b e D . 523 B e n ja m in , H a rry 5 2 4 B e n z im b r a , L é o n 867 B e r c o u , L y d ia 5 2 5 , 5 2 6 , 5 2 7 , 5 2 8 , 5 2 9 , 5 3 0 , 531 B erm on d , M . 868 B e rtin 5 3 2 B e sa n t, A n n ie 1 ,1 9 , 9 4 , 3 4 0 , 5 3 5 , 5 3 6 , 5 3 7 , 5 3 8 , 5 3 9 ,7 5 9 , 871, 872, 873, 874, 875, 876, 879, 880, 881, 882, 883, 884, 887, 888, 889, 890, 891, 892, 8 9 5 , 8 9 6 , 1465

533, 869, 877, 885, 893,

534, 870, 878, 886, 894,

B e ste r m a n , T h e o d o r e 540 B h a g a v a ta , R .S . 541 B h u s h a n , V .N . 8 97 B ie n fa it, J a c q u e s 121 B illin g h u r st, M .F . 8 98 B in d le y , J e a n 8 99 B le c h , C h a r le s 9 0 0 , 9 0 1 , 9 0 2 , 9 03 B le w e tt, D u n c a n B. 54 2 B o n d o n n e a u , M a r c e lle 9 0 4 B o r y , P ie rre 9 0 5 , 9 0 6 , 9 0 7 B o u ju t, P ie rre 9 0 8 , 9 0 9 , 9 1 0 , 9 1 1 ,9 1 2 , 9 1 3 , 13 2 2 , 1535 B o u r d e lle , A n t o in e 9 1 4 B o u r g u ig n o n , F red 9 1 5 , 9 1 6 , 1536 B ow en , S eran u s H enry 1537 B r a g d o n , C la u d e 5 4 3 , 5 4 4 , 5 4 5 , 5 4 6 , 5 4 7 , 9 1 7 , 9 18 B r e c h ig n a c , J. V in c e n t 9 1 9 , 9 2 0 B r e m o n d , M . 921 B r ig h t, E sth e r 5 4 8 , 5 4 9 , 9 2 2 , 9 23 B risy , S e r g e 9 2 4 , 9 2 5 , 9 2 6 , 9 2 7 , 9 2 8 B r o m a g e , B e rn ard 9 2 9 B r o w n , W .J . 9 3 0 B ry en , C a m ille 9 3 1 , 1538 C .B . 932 C .V . 9 3 3 C. v. U. 1539 C a m e r o n , C la r e 9 35 C an u d o, Jean n e 937, 938 C a rr, A u d r e y 43 C a rr, H a rry 9 39 C h a b e r t, P ie rre 9 4 1 , 9 4 2 , 9 4 3 , 1540 C h a le ix , P ie rre 9 4 4 C h e v r ie r , G . 9 45 C h ild , C .W . 946 C h r istie , D o u g la s 121 C h r istie , R .L . 121, 9 4 7 , 9 4 8 , 9 4 9 , 9 5 0 , 951 C h r istie , V io le t M . 9 5 2 C la r ita s 9 5 3 C la v ie r , A r m a n d o 550 C o c h iu s , P .M . 86 4 C o d d , C la r a 9 5 4 C o le m a n , J o h n E . 551 C o llig n o n , Ir m a 9 55 C o llin s , H a z e l G . 9 5 6 C o n ia r , A x e l v o n F ie litz - See F ie litz C o n ia r , A x e l v o n C ord es, J o h n 962 C o u s in s , J a m e s H . 9 63 C o u s in s , M a r g a r e t 121 C r e s p e lle , J a c q u e s 9 6 4

156

AUTHOR INDEX

C r o w th e r , E . 9 6 5 C r y s til 9 6 6 C u r te , A lid a d e 5 5 2 D ’A n g k o r , P ie rre See A n g k o r , P ie rre d ’ D a c q u in , V . 9 6 7 D a s h ie ll, N e llie E . 1541 D a s tu r , F .H . 553 D a t ta , H ir e n d r a n a th 554 D a u m a l, R e n é 5 5 5 , 9 6 8 D a v e n p o r t, H e le n 9 6 9 D a v id g e , J .L . 9 7 0 , 971 D a v ie s , J . T y s s u l 9 7 2 D e B a c k e r e , J a c q u e s See B a c k e re, Jacques de D e C u r te , A lid a See C u r te , A lid a d e D e K retser , B. See K retser, B. d e D e la P e n a G il, A . See P e n a G il, A . d e la D e M a n z ia r ly , Ir m a See M a n z ia r ly , Irm a d e D e M a n z ia r ly , M a r c e lle See M a n z ia r ly , M a r c e lle d e D e M a n z ia r ly -P o r te r , M im a See M a n z ia r ly -P o r te r , M im a d e D e M a r a tr a y , R . See M a r a tr a y , R . d e D e M io m a n d r e , F r a n c is See M io m a n d re, F r a n c is d e D e P r e lle , R e g in a ld See P r e lie , R e g in ­ a ld de D e S ilv a , P .G . See S ilv a , P .G . d e D e S m e d t, M a r c See Srriëdt, M a r c d e D e W e lth e im , J é r ô m e See W e lth e im , Jérôm e de D e c r o ix , J. 9 7 4 D e g iv e s , M , 9 7 5 D e lfin , G e o r g e s 9 7 6 D e lv ille , J e a n 556 D e s c o e u d r e s , E r ic 977 D e s e c k , B. 9 7 8 D e v i, In d ra See In d ra D e v i D h a n a p a la , D .B . 9 8 0 , 981 D h a r m a d h ik a r i, D a d a 9 8 2 D h o p e s h w a r k a r , A .D . 557, 558, 559, 560 D id e r ic h s e n , H e n n y 5 6 2 D ijk g r a a f, C .W . 9 8 3 , 9 8 4 D ir k s e n , E .M .. 5 6 3 D o b b in s , D o r o t h y 986 D u M a s , V iv ia n 9 8 7 , 9 8 8 D u b o c , E. 9 8 9 D u m o n t , F r a n c is 4 7 3 D u n r o b in , L io n e l 1542 D u r a n te a u , J o s a n e 991 D y k g r a a f, C . 9 9 2

E .A .W . 9 9 3 E . L. 994 E m e r s o n , R a lp h W a ld o E n g e ls o n , S u z a n n e 9 9 8 E n g lis h , S p e n c e r 9 9 9

1402

E r ic k s o n , L ars 1000 E u th y s 1001 E y d o u x , E m m anuel 1002 F . F. 1543 F .G . 1003 F aucherre, G . 1004 F erru s, P a u le 5 6 5 , 1 0 0 5 , 1006 F id le r , P a u l 1007 F ie litz -C o n ia r , A x e l v o n 1008 F ir c h o w , P e te r 5 6 6 F is c h e r , P a u l 1009 F oen an d er, M arcu s 1010 F ou éré, R en é 567, 568, 569, 570, 571, 572, 573, 574, 575, 576, 577, 578, 579, 580, 581, 582, 583, 584, 585, 663, 1011, 1012, 1013, 1 0 1 4 , 1015, 1016, 1017, 1 0 1 8 , 1 0 1 9 , 1 0 2 0 , 1 0 2 1 , 1022, 1023, 1024, 1 0 2 5 , 1 0 2 6 , 1 0 2 7 , 1028, 1029, 1030, 1031, 1032, 1 0 3 3 , 1034, 1035, 1 0 3 6 , 1037 F o x , E ls ie H ila n d 1544 F r a n c e s c h i, G J . 586 F r e e d la n d , N a t 5 87 F r e e m a n , P e te r 1039 F r y d m a n , M a u r ic e 5 8 8 , 5 8 9 , 5 9 0 , 5 9 1 , 5 9 2 , 5 9 3 , 1042, 1043 F u s s e ll, J o s e p h H . 5 9 4 , 5 9 5 , 5 9 6 G a illa r d , J e a n -P ie r r e 5 0 2 , 5 03 G a ltie r , C h a r le s 1545 G a r d n e r , A d e la id e 598, 599 G a r d n e r , E .L . 6 0 0 G e ir t, V a n 1044 G erm er, F en n 1 0 4 5 , 1046 G ib r a n , K h a lil 5 1 6 G il, A . d e la P e n a See P e n a G il, A . d e la G ir a u d , D a n ie l 1047 G o n z a le z , R u b e n F e ld m a n 1048 G r a h a m , D o r n A e lr e d 601 G r a n q u ist, R o b y n 1049 G r e in d l, D e n is e 1050 G r o ffie r , J e a n 1051, 1052 G r ü tz m a c h e r , H .H . 1053 H .A .C .W . 1 0 5 4 , 1055 H a ll, F .W . 1056 H a ll, G la d y s 1057 H a ll, M a n ly P. 6 0 2 H a m p to n , C h a r le s 1058

157

AUTHOR INDEX H a n d y , E .S . C r a ig h ill 1059 H a n r io t, C h a r le s 1060 H a ra ri, M a n y a 603 H a r r a c a , J .M . 6 0 4 H e b e r , L illy 6 0 5 , 6 0 6 , 6 0 7 , 6 0 8 , 1061 H e n d e r s o n , W illia m 609 H e n r y , S .A . 6 1 0 H e n r y -W a e tje n , R . 1062 H erb ert, J e a n 1063 H er d n e r , P ie rre 1064 H e r r m a n n , G e o r g 611 H e r z e n , G .E . M o n o d - S e e M o n o d -H e r z e n , G .E . H in n e lls , J o h n R . 6 1 2 H o d s o n , G e o ffr e y 6 1 3 , 1065, 1066 H o lm e s , A d e lin e B. 1067 H o s k in s , I a n th e H . 6 1 5 H o tc h e n e r , H e n r y 1069 H o tc h e n e r , M a r ie R u s s a k 1070, 1071, 1072, 1073, 1 0 7 4 , 1075, 10 7 6 , 10 7 7 , 1 0 7 8 , 10 7 9 , 1080 H u m b e r t, M o n iq u e v o n 1081 H um eau, E dm ond 10 8 2 , 1 0 8 3 , 1084, 10 8 5 , 1086 H u m p h r e y s , C h r istm a s 6 1 6 H u x le y , A ld o u s 4 2 , 6 1 7 . 6 1 8 , 6 1 9 H u x le y , L a u ra A r c h e r a 6 2 0 , 621 Ig u a la d a , M .G . 623 ln d r a D e v i 6 2 4 , 6 2 5 , 6 2 6 ln g e lm a n , J o h n A . 10 8 9 , 1090, 1091, 1092, 1093, 10 9 4 , 1 0 9 5 , 1 0 9 6 . 1097, 1098 ln g r a m -S m ith , D o n a ld 189, 627, 1099, 1100 Ir v in e , A le x a n d e r 1101 Ir w in , B e a tr ic e 1546 Ism a il, R a z ia 1102 J. 1 1 0 3 , 1104, 1105 J .D . 1106, 1107 J .F .M . 1108 J a g M o h a n L aw l 628 J a la m b ic , M . 6 2 9 ,1 1 1 1 J a s m in , B ern ard 6 3 0 J a y a k a r , P u p u l 58 J in a r a ja d a s a , C . 6 3 1 , 6 3 2 , 6 3 3 , 6 3 4 , 635, 636, 637, 638, 639, 759, 824, 1113, 1 1 1 4 , 11 1 5 , 1 1 1 6 , 1 1 1 7 , 1118, 1 1 1 9 , 1 1 2 0 , 1 1 2 1 , 1 1 2 2 , 1 1 2 3 , 11 2 4 , 1125, 11 2 6 , 1127, 11 2 8 , 11 2 9 , 1 1 3 0 , 1131. Joh n so n , R aynor C . J o n es, E va 1547

640

J o s h i, M .A . J u s tic e 5 6 4

641

K .H .K . 1132 K . L. 1272 K a m e n sk y , A n n a 1133 K annan, A . 642 K e m p , K a th e r in e 1134 K e y s e r lin g , H e r m a n n 6 43 K h a lil G ib r a n see G ib r a n , K h a lil K h o w s k y , Iw a n 1135, 1136 K in g , F r a n c is 6 4 4 K lein , F r a n ç o is e 1548, 1549 K n u d s e n , A .F . 1137, 1138 K ô lle r str ô m , O sc a r 1139, 1140, 1141 K retser, B. d e 1142 K u ip er, A .J .G . M e th o r s t- See M e th o r stK u ip e r , A .J .G . L. A. 1158 L andau, R om 6 4 6 , 6 4 7 , 6 4 8 , 1159 L a n n o y , R ic h a r d 6 4 9 L an sb ury, G eo rg e 1160, 1 1 6 1 , 1162 L a n tier, J a c q u e s 6 5 0 L a r se n , E g o n 651 L a u r e n t, J e a n 1163 L a w l, J a g M o h a n S e e J a g M o h a n L a w l L e a d b e a te r , C .W . 535, 537, 652, 653, 7 5 9 , 1 1 6 4 , 1165, 1166 L e e u w , J .J . v a n d e r 111, 6 5 4 , 1167, 1168, 1169, 1170, 1 1 7 1 , 1172, 1173, 1 1 7 4 , 1175, 1176 L e la n d , E lsa T u d o r 1550 L e n o sso s, M arc 1177, 1178 L e o , B e ssie 1179 L ester, G . 1180 L é v y , E u g è n e 655 L e y b o u r n e -W h ite , C h a r is 6 5 6 , 6 5 7 , 658, 960 L in s se n , R â m See L in s se n , R o b e r t L in s se n , R o b e r t 6 5 9 , 6 6 0 , 6 6 1 , 6 6 2 , 663, 664, 665, 666, 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672, 673, 674, 675, 676, 677, 1181, 1.182, 1183, 1184, 1185, 1186, 1187, 11 8 8, 1189, 1190, 1191, 1192, 1193, 1194, 1195, 1196, 1197, 1198, 1 1 9 9 , 12 0 0, 1201, 1202, 1203, 1204, 1 2 0 5 , 12 0 6, 1207, 1 2 0 8 , 1209, 1210, 1211, 1 2 1 2, 1213, 1 2 1 4 , , 1215, 1216, 1217, 1 2 1 8 , 1219, 1220, 1 2 2 1 , 1222, 1223, 1 2 2 4, 1225, 1 2 2 6 , 1227 L in sse n , R o b e r t, Madame 1228 L jtin g str o m , G e o r g 6 78 L on g, M ae van N orm an 1229, 1230 L u ty e n s, B a rb ara 1231

158

AUTHOR INDEX

L u ty e n s, E lis a b e th 6 7 9 L u ty e n s, Ladv E m ily 121, 6 8 0 , 12 3 2 , 12 3 3 , 1234; 12 3 5 , 1 2 3 6 , 1 2 3 7 , 1238, 1 2 3 9 , 12 4 0 , 12 4 1 , 12 4 2 , 1 2 4 3 , 1244, 12 4 5 , 1 2 4 6 , 1 2 4 7 , 12 4 8 , 1 2 4 9 , 1250, 1251, 1 2 5 2 , 1253, 12 5 4 , 1 2 5 5 , 12 5 6 , 12 5 7 , 1 2 5 8 , 1 2 5 9 , 1 2 6 0 , 1 2 6 1 , 1262, 12 6 3 , 1 2 6 4 , 1 2 6 5 , 1 2 6 6 , 1 2 6 7 , 1268, 14 0 7 , 1465 L u ty e n s, M a r y 4 9 , 5 0 , 5 2 , 5 3 , 5 6 . 5 7 , 60, 363, 681, 682 M .B . 1269 M .B .H . 1270 M .E .L . 1271 M .E .R . 1551 M .F . 6 8 3 M .J . 1272 M .M . 12 7 3 , 1274 M .M .E . 1275 M .R . 1276 M c C a r tn e y , J a m e s 6 8 4 M ackay, J o h n 685 M a c k a y , K e n n e th 1277 M a c r e z , G ér a r d 1278 M a d h a v a c h a r i, R . 1 7 5 , 176

th e im , J é r ô m e d e M ia tle v , A d r ia n 1 3 1 5 , 1316, 1317, 1318, 1 3 1 9 , 1 3 2 0 , 1 3 2 1 , 1 3 2 2 , 1323, 1324, 1 3 2 5 , 1 3 2 6 , 1 3 2 7 , 1 3 2 8 , 1329, 1552, 1553, 1554 M ille n , G ilm o r e 1330 M ille r , H e n r y 69 7 M ille r , W .D . 1331 M ills , H . E d w a r d 1332 M io m a n d r e , F r a n c is d e 1333 M ir z a , N a d a r b e g K . 1334 M o n o d -H e r z e n , G .E . 1335 M o tw a n i, K e w a l 6 9 8 , 6 9 9 , 1 3 3 6 , 1337, 1338 M o u ssa y , R. 517 M u r r ia u x , G e n e v iè v e 1339, 1340

M a g r e , M a u r ic e 6 8 6 M a k in , A m e lia 1279 M a llik , G u r d a y a l 6 8 7 M a n z ia r ly , Ir m a d e 6 8 8 , 1 2 8 1 , 1282, 1283 M a n z ia r ly , M a r c e lle d e 12 8 4 , 1285, 1286 M a n z ia r ly -P o r te r , M im a de 1287, 1288 M a r a tr a y , R . d e 1289 M a r c a u lt, J . E m ile 4 6 8 , 1 2 9 0 , 1291, 1 2 9 2 , 12 9 3 , 1 2 9 4 , 1 2 9 5 , 1 2 9 6 , 12 9 7 , 1298, 1299, 1 3 0 0 , 1 3 0 1 , 13 0 2 , 1303 M a r ia , R o g e r 1 3 0 4 , 1 3 0 5 , 13 0 6 , 1307 M arsan , R en é 1308 M a r s h a ll, A n n e 6 8 9 M a r te l, A n d r é 1309 M a r tin , K a th e r in e M 1310 M a s , V iv ia n d u See D u M a s , V iv ia n M a y o , K a th e r in e 6 9 0 M é a u tis , G . 1311 M e h ta , R o h it 6 9 1 , 6 9 2 M e r te n s S tie n o n , M a r g u e r ite

thor under another name see W el-

1313

M e th o r s t, H .W . 693, 694 M e th o r s t-K u ip e r , A .J .G . 695, 696 M e y o r , J .J . 1314 M ia tle v , A d r ia n . For works o f this

au-

N a g a r a ja n , T .S . 1341 N a h a l, C .L . 2 3 7 , 701 N e b e l, C . 1343 N e e d le m a n , J a c o b 702 N e ill, A .S . 703, 704, 705, 706 N e lid o v a , E . 1344 N e llis , H erb ert F . 1555 N e ls o n , J o a n n e 1345 N e th e r c o t, A r th u r H . 7 0 7 N e w c o m e r , pseudonym 1346 N ie l, A n d r é 7 0 8 , 7 0 9 , 7 1 0 , 1348, 1349, 1350, 1351, 1352, 1353, 1 3 5 4 , 1355, 1356, 1357, 1556 N ie l, M a th ild e 1358, 1359 N im ic k , J o h n A . 247 N orm a n n , K ai 1360 O ’M a lle y , L .S .S . 711 O d ie r , D a n ie l 1361 O r d e r o f th e S ta r 1367 O sb o r n , A r th u r W . 7 1 2 , 7 1 3 , 7 1 4 , 7 1 5 , 7 1 6 , 7 17 P a lla n d t v a n E e r d e , P h ilip v a n 1369 P a n t, A p a 7 18 P a n t, S .R . 719, 720, 721, 722, 723, 7 2 4 , 7 2 5 , 7 2 6 , 7 2 7 , 7 2 8 , 7 29 P ark, J o se p h M . 1370 P a r th e 1371 P a r tlo w , L e o L. 1372 P a th ir a n a , J a y a tis s a 1373 P a tw a r d h a n , S u n a n d a 58 P a tw a r d h a n , V .C . 1374, 1375 P a v r i, P . 7 3 0 , 7 3 1 , 7 3 2 , 733 P a y n e , M .A . 734, 735, 736 P e a r c e , F .G . 7 3 7 , 1376

AUTHOR INDEX P e n a G il, A . d e la 1377 P e r e z , J .R . G u ille n t 7 3 8 P e r r y , W h ita ll N . 1378 P e sta n ji T e m u lji P a v r i See P a v r i, P. P o m e n t a , E lo y S ilv io 7 3 9 P o o r tm a n , J .J . 7 4 0 , 1379 P o r te r , M im a d e M a n z ia r ly - See M a n z ia r ly -P o r te r , M im a d e P o u s h k in e , B a rb a ra 1 3 8 0 , 1381 P o w e ll, R o b e r t 7 4 1 , 7 4 2 , 7 4 3 , 7 4 4 , 7 4 5 , 7 4 6 , 7 4 7 , 7 4 8 , 7 4 9 , 1382 P o w e r s , J u s tin 1383 P r a k a sa , S r i See S ri P r a k a sa P r a sa d , Y a d u n a n d a n 1 1 1 , 121, 1384, 138 5 , 1 3 8 6 , 1 3 8 7 , 13 8 8 , 13 8 9 , 1390, 139 1 , 13 9 2 , 1393, 1394 P r e b le , D o n n a 1395 P r e lie , R e g in a ld d e 13 9 6 , 1397 P r o c h n o w , H erb ert V . 5 6 3 Q u e a n t, G ille s Q u is S e p a r a b it

1398

See P a n t, S .R .

R .L . 1399 R a d c liffe , H e r b e r t 1 4 0 0 , 1 4 0 1 , 1402 R a ja g o p a l, D . 4 4 , 4 5 , 4 6 , 9 4 , 111, 121, 352, 353, 354, 3 55, 356, 358, 359, 750, 12 6 6 , 1 4 0 3 , 1 4 0 4 , 1 4 0 5 , 1 4 0 6 , 1407, 14 0 8 , 1 4 0 9 , 14 1 0 , 1 4 1 1 , 1 4 1 2 , 14 1 3 , 14 1 4 , 1 4 1 5 , 1 4 1 6 , 1 4 1 7 , 14 1 8 , 1419 R a ju , P .T . 751 R a m , N . S r i See S r i R a m , N . R a m a R a o , N .S . 1420 R am ondt 121 R a n s o m , J o s e p h in e 1421 R a o , B. S a n jiv a See S a n jiv a R a u , B. R a o , N .S . R a m a See R a m a R a o , N .S . R a o , P .M . 752 R a th e n a u , E d ith A n d r e a e - See A n d r e a e R a th e n a u , E d ith R a u , B. S a n jiv a See S a n jiv a R a u , B. R a v e to n , R o la n d 1422 R e h a u lt, L u d o w ic 7 5 3 , 7 5 4 , 7 5 5 , 7 5 6 , 7 5 7 , 7 5 8 , 9 5 7 , 1 4 2 4 , 1 4 2 5 , 1 4 2 6 , 1427, 1428 R e tu e r to , M a r c ia l 1430 R e v e l, G a s to n 1431 R ic h a r d e t, G e o r g e s 1432 R iv ie r e 1436 R o b e r ts , R u th 1437 R o c k e , M a r y E . 7 5 9 , 14 3 8 , 1439, 14 4 0 , 1557 R o s s , N a n c y W ils o n 7 6 0 R u c a r t, M a r c 1 4 4 1 , 1442 R u s u , S ilv iu s

14 4 3 , 1444

159

S a in v ille , L e o n a r d 7 0 9 S a lé s , M ic h e l 1445 S a m u e ls , H e n r y C . 1446 S a n jiv a R a o , B. See S a n jiv a R a u , B. S a n jiv a R a u , B. 121, 7 6 1 , 7 6 2 , 1447, 1448 Sardonyx 1449 S a u n d e r s , N ic h o la s 763 S a v o ir , A lfr e d 7 6 4 , 765 S c h m id t, E r ic h 7 6 6 , 1 4 5 0 , 1451, 1452 S c h m id t-B e il, A d a 1453 S c h o fie ld , R o s e H o lw a y 1558 S ch w a n k o v sk y , F r e d e r ic k J. de S t.V . 1454 S c o t t, C y r il 7 67 S e d g w ic k , P e te r 1455 S e r r a n o , M ig u e l 7 68 S e r v e r , pseudonym 2 S h a r p e , E r ic J. 6 12 S h a w , G e o r g e B e rn ard 1456 S h earm an, H ugh 769 S ilv a , P .G . d e 1457 S im o n i, H e n r i 1 4 5 8 , 1 4 5 9 , 1460 S in g h a l, D .P . 7 7 0 S iv r a m a n , S . 771 S m e d t, M a r c d e 1461 S m ith , D o n a ld In g r a m - See In g r a m S m it h , D o n a ld S m ith , In g h r a m See I n g r a m -S m ith , D o n a ld S o h l, R o b e r t 43 S o ln e s s , T .T . 1462 S o m m e r , J .K . I ll S o o ty B anda 1463 S p e ig h t, Ir e n e 1464 S ri P r a k a sa 7 7 2 S ri R a m , N . 773, 774 S te v e n s , B arry 775 S tie n o n , M a r g u e r ite M e r te n s See M e r t­ e n s S tie n o n , M a r g u e r ite S to k o w s k i, L e o p o ld 123, 124 S tr a k a ty , E u g e n ie See In d r a D e v i S u a r è s, C a r lo 121, 150, 2 3 5 , 2 4 5 , 7 7 6 , 111 , 7 7 8 , 7 7 9 , 7 8 0 , 7 8 1 , 7 8 2 , 7 8 3 , 7 8 4 , 7 8 5 , 7 8 6 , 1282, 1466, 1467, 1468, 1469, 1470 S u n e tr a 1471, 1472 Sunya 787 S u ta r iy a , B a c u b h a i 788 T. 14 7 3 , 1474 T a illa r d , M a g d e le in e 1475 T a lc y a r k h a n , F e r o z a 7 89 T e tte m e r , J o h n 111, 1476

160

AUTHOR INDEX

T h a k a r , V im a la 7 9 0 , 7 9 1 , 7 9 2 T h o r in , P a u l 1 4 7 8 , 1479 T ir y , G éra rd 7 9 3 T o u r r e t, F e r n a n d 1480 T r e m e l, J e a n n e 1481 T r ip e t, G . 1482 T r is ta n , F r e d e r ic k 1483 T u ttle , A d d ie M . 1484 T u ttle , M a r jo r ie 1485 T y le r , R ic h a r d G . 1486

W a tts , A la n W . 8 0 3 , 8 0 4 , 8 0 5 , 8 0 6 , 8 0 7 , 1502 W e a v e r , H . B a illie - See B a illie -W e a v e r , H. W e b b , J a m e s 808 W e d g w o o d , J .I . 1503 W eerap erum a, S u su n a g a 1 5 0 5 , 1506 W ei W u W ei 8 0 9 , 8 1 0 W e is s, R ic h a r d 8 1 1 , 8 1 2 , 8 1 3 W e lls, G e o ffr e y H .

See W e st, G e o ffr e y ,

pseudonym V .C .P . 1487 V .P . 1488 V a le n tin , M a r c e lle 1489 V a n d e r L e e u w , J .J . See L e e u w , J .J . v a n d er V a n G e ir t See G e ir t, V a n V a n P a lla n d t v a n E e r d e , P h ilip See P a lla n d t v a n E e r d e , P h ilip v a n V a n Z e y s t, H e n r i See Z e y s t, H e n r i v a n V a r m a , R .P . 14 9 0 , 1491 V a s, L u is S . R , 794, 795, 796, 797, 798, 1492 V e n k a ta c h a la m , G . 1493 V e n k a te s a n a n d a , Sw am i 2 5 8 V e r ita s, pseudonym 799 V e r w e y e n , J .M . 8 0 0 V ie u x T h é o s o p h e , pseudonym 1495 V illa r d , H e n r i 1496 V itc lle s c h i, C a r la 8 0 1 , 1497 V o lk m a n , H e r v é 1498 V o lz , F red 1499 W a e tje n , R . H e n r y - See H e n r y -W a e tjc n , R. W a r r in g to n , A .P . I l l , 1 5 0 0 , 1501 W a ts o n , F r a n c is 8 0 2

W e lth e im , J é r ô m e d e . A d r ia n

See also M ia tle v ,

W e lth e im , J é r ô m e d e 9 0 9 , 1 5 0 7 , 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1 5 1 3 , 1514 W e lv a e r t, R e y n o ld 814 W e st, G e o ffr e y , pseudonym 815, 816 W h ite , C h a r is L e y b o u r n e - See L e y b o u r n e -W h ite , C h a r is W ilk in s o n , J .R . 1 5 1 6 , 1517 W illia m s , B e r th a 8 18 W illia m s , G e r tr u d e M . 8 1 9 W illia m s , H e r b r a n d 1518 W o d e h o u s e , E .A . 1 34, 4 6 3 , 7 5 9 , 8 2 0 , 8 2 1 , 8 2 2 , 1519, 1520, 1521, 1522, 1523, 1524, 1525, 1526, 1559 W o o d , E r n e st 111, 8 2 3 , 8 2 4 , 1527, 1528, 1529 W o o d h o u s e , C y r il 1530 Y a d u n a n d a n P r a sa d See P r a sa d . Y adunandan Y o u n g , D a v id E .S . 195 Z a e h n c r , R .C . 825 Z a lk , L o u is 1 1 1 ,1 5 3 1 ,1 5 3 2 Z e y s t, H en ri v a n 188

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1 A c a lif o u r c h o n su r le m u r . . . 1427 A p r o p o s d e K r ish n a m u r ti 1125 A p r o p o s d e l’a r t i c l e . . . ( D a c q u in , V .) 9 6 7 A p r o p o s d e l’a r tic le . . . ( D e c r o ix , J .) 974 A p r o p o s d e l’a r t i c l e . . . ( D u M a s , V iv ia n ) 9 8 8 A p r o p o s d e l’a r tic le . . . (F a u c h e r r e , G .) 1004 A p r o p o s d e l’a r tic le . . . (J in a r a ja d a sa , C .) 1126 A p r o p o s d e l’a r t i c l e . . . ( M o n o d - H e r z e n , G .E .) 1335 A p r o p o s d e l’a r tic le . . , (R ic h a r d e t, G eorges) 1432 A p r o p o s d e l’a r tic le . . . (R iv ie r e ) 1436 A p r o p o s d e l’a r tic le . . . (T .) 1474 A p ropos de l'a r t ic le ... (W o o d , E r n e st) 1528 A p r o p o s d e l’a r t i c l e . . . ( W o o d h o u s e , C y r il) 1530 A b o d e o f r e a lity 1167 A b o u t u n d e r s ta n d in g 1360 A b s o lu et le r e la tif 1302 A b s tr a c tio n fa ite 1083 A d d e n d u m to D a w n a n d J . K r ish n a ­ m u r ti. . . 726 A d d r e s s b y B is h o p A r u n d a le . . . 12th A u g u s t , 1925 8 4 7 A d d r e s s b y D r B e s a n t . . . 1 1th A u g u s t, 1925 8 7 3 A d d r e s s d e liv e r e d . . . O sc a r K ô lle r s tr ô m 1140 A d d ress to th e S e lf-P r e p a r a tio n G roups 849 A d e p ts o f th e fiv e e le m e n ts 5 0 8 A d o n is a n d th e a lp h a b e t 6 1 8 A d r ia n M ia tle v n o u s é c r it 1328 A d v a n c e s in u n d e r sta n d in g e d u c a tio n 734 A d v e n tu r e in u n d e r s ta n d in g 1486 A d v e n tu r e s in le c tu r in g 1381 A d y a r - a n im p r e ss io n 1277 A d y a r p e n d a n t la C o n v e n t io n 1284 A fte r th e C a m p 1161 A g e o f th e m in d 1078 A hou! 1545 A lc y o n e 1431 A lc y o n e “A u x p ie d s d u M a îtr e ” 1495

A lc y o n e et M iz a r 84 0 A ld o u s H u x le y 5 6 6 “ A ll a t o n c e ” o r J. K r ish n a m u r ti 7 24 A llo c u t io n p r o n o n c é e p a r le S e c r é ta ir e G én éral 900 A lp h a b r u p ts e t O m e g a s q u e s 1320 A lte r n a tiv e L o n d o n 76 3 A lu it 1309 A m a z in g d is c o v e r ie s o f J . K r ish n a m u r ­ ti 610 A m itié , c o n f id e n c e e t e x tr a v e r s ió n 1135 A m o u r et s e x e 1222 A m o u r s e x e et sp ir itu a lité 67 5 A m o u r v ra i et se c r e t d u b o n h e u r 5 25 A n a ly s e g r a p h o lo g iq u e 861 A n c ie n e t le n o u v e a u 1443 A n c ie n t o n e 5 48 A n n é e ju b ila ir e 8 5 4 A n n ie B e sa n t 9 23 A n n ie B esa n t: a s w o m a n a n d as le a d e r 7 7 2 A n n ie B e s a n t, e n m o d e r n e p io n e r 6 0 5 A n t-h ill 1440 A n ti-p r o p h è te 941 A n t i- t h e o lo g y and th e rid d le s of A lc y o n e 1378 A n t o in e B o u r d e lle 8 68 A p o lo g ie d e l’ir r esp ect 9 13 A p p r o a c h to K r ish n a m u r ti 7 44 A p p r o c h e d e l’é v é n e m e n t 7 93 A p r è s le d is c o u r s d e K r ish n a m u r ti 1442 A p r o x im a c ió n a K r ish n a m u r ti

550

A r c h e ty p a l S ta r C a m p 1252 A r t e t la lib é r a tio n 9 7 8 A s h e liv e d h e liv e s 1241 A s h e p a sse d b y 1138 A s p e c t in te r n a tio n a l d u C a m p d ’O m m en 924 A s tr o lo g e r ’s c ree d 1179 A u C a m p d e l’E to ile 9 3 7 A u c o e u r d e la p e n sé e h in d o u e . . . 1306 A u jo u r d ’h u i p o u r to u t 1422 A u ta r c h ie 7 77 A u th o r ity a n d th e e m p ir ic a l m e th ­ od 1522 A u t o u r d e K r ish n a m u r ti 1060 A u x s o u r c e s d e la c o n s c ie n c e

m a l­

h e u r e u se 1357 A v e n ir d e la S o c ié t é T h é o s o p h iq u e . . . 1478

162

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

A v e n ir d u m o n d e 6 6 2 A v o n s - n o u s b e s o in d e K r ish n a m u r ti? 1513 A w a r e n e s s a g a in 1517 A x is a n d th e rim

715

B a b e l is in u s 1472 B a n o n b r o a d c a stin g : M r. B ern a rd S h a w ’s v ie w 1456 B a s ic c h a lle n g e 7 9 2 B a s ic s e lf-k n o w le d g e 5 2 4 B a s ic tr u th 588 B e a u ty a n d h a p p in e ss: th e n e w w a y 1285 B e fo r e liftin g u p th e c u r ta in . . . 722 B e fo r e th e O ja i C a m p : K r ish n a ji’s ta lk s [1 9 2 9 ] 1105 B e y o n d s u c c e s s a n d fa ilu r e 521 B e y o n d t h e o lo g y 806 B ila n 1361 B is h o p L e a d b e a te r 1169 B o o k o n th e t a b o o a g a in s t k n o w in g w h o y o u a re 8 0 7 B o o k s in m y life 6 9 7 B o r is P a ste r n a k à la r e c h e r c h e . . . 1358 B o u d d h is m e e t z e n 6 7 0 B o u d d h is m e , t a o ïs m e e t z e n 677 B o u d d h is m e z e n e t la r é fo r m e d e la p s y c h o lo g ie 1352 B o u d d h is m e , z e n e t y o g a 1224 B o y a n d th e T e a c h e r 8 9 4 C .W . L e a d b e a te r 9 3 4 C a b le n e w s fr o m A d y a r 1393 C a b le n e w s o f th e B e n a r e s C a m p 1391 C am p at O m m en 1255 C a m p F ir e 9 3 6 C a m p F ir e g le a m s 1066 C a n illu m in a t io n b e tr a n sm itte d ? 745 C a n d le s in th e su n 6 8 0 C a t h o lic is m e e t la t h é o s o p h ie 505 C a t h o lic is m e e t t h é o s o p h ie (C h e v r ie r ) 945 C a t h o lic is m e

et

t h é o s o p h ie

(E u th y s )

1001 C a u se r ie d e M a g d e le in e T a illa r d . . . 1475 C e q u e j ’e n p e n s e 9 4 3 C e q u e j e d o is à K r ish n a m u r ti 5 7 3 C é r é m o n ia l e t la S o c ié t é T h é o s o p h iq u e 1005 C é r é m o n ie h in d o u e 9 4 0 C h a in o f c a u s a t io n 1130 C h a lle n g e 5 4 0 C h a n g e s in O m m e n 1419

C h a n t d u s ile n c e 9 6 4 C h e m in s d e l’in n o m é 8 37 C h e z [’“In s tr u c te u r d u M o n d e ” 9 3 8 C h o ic e 1380 C h r é tie n e n fa c e d u m e ss a g e d e K r ish ­ n a m u r ti 1051 C h r ist o f p r o p h e c y 1245 C h r istm a s th o u g h t 1484 C iv ilis a tio n c o n t e m p o r a in e 5 17 C la ir v o y a n t in v e s t ig a t io n s . . . 8 24 C la r ity 811 “C o m e in to m y h e a r t” 9 2 2 C o m é d ie p s y c h o lo g iq u e 7 79 C o m in g o f th e C h r ist 1165 C o m in g o f th e W o r ld -T e a c h e r (A r u n d a le , R u k m in i) 85 8 C o m in g o f th e W o r ld T e a c h e r ( H a m p ­ to n , C h a r le s ) 1058 C o m in g o f th e W o r ld -T e a c h e r a n d d e a t h , w a r a n d e v o lu t io n 7 59 C o m in g W o r ld -T e a c h e r 7 3 1 , 7 3 2 , 7 33 C o m m e n t e t p o u r q u o i p e n s o n s -n o u s ?

1201 C o m m e n t s u p p r im e r la s o u f f r a n c e . . . 52 6 C o m p le te a c t - v ie w e d d ia le c tic a lly 1012 C o m p le te a c t - v ie w e d s ta tic a lly 1011 C o m p te re n d u d e la c o n fé r e n c e d e L u ­ d o v ic R é h a u l t . . . 957 C o n c e p t io n a n d a d m in is tr a tio n o f th e E e r d e T r u st 8 44 C o n g r è s d ’O m m e n 901 C o n g r è s d e l’E t o ile d ’O r ie n t 9 5 8 C o n g r è s m o n d ia l d e C h ic a g o 9 5 9 C o n q u e s t o f illu s io n 654 C o n s c ie n c e , la n g a g e , v é r ité 8 6 0 C o n ta ct 960 C o n t a g io n o f e m o tio n 1077 C o n t r a d ic tio n s 1473 C o n v e n t io n d ’A d y a r 1501 C o n v e n t io n N a t io n a le d e la S o c ié t é T h é o s o p h iq u e d e F r a n c e 8 5 6 C o n v e n t io n N a t io n a le d e 1931 961 C o n v e r s a tio n w ith J. K r ish n a m u r ti 701 C o n v e r s a tio n w ith K r ish n a m u r ti 1523 C o s m ic w o m b 7 17 C ourage 986 C r e a tiv e e d u c a tio n C r e a tiv e se lf-d e n ia l

736 1045

C r is e d e la S .T . et s o n r e m è d e 1175 C r isis in c o n s c io u s n e s s 7 4 2 C r itic ism 1134 C r o q u is d e K r ish n a m u r ti p a r B o u r ­ d e lle

914

163

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1 C u ltu r e o f th e C a m p

1073

D a w n o f “a ll a t o n c e ” o r J . K rish n a m u r ti 7 2 5 D aybreak 515 D e c r é a tio n en a rt 1470 D e l’a m o u r h u m a in à l’a m o u r d iv in 6 6 4 , 665 D e l’é v o lu t io n fo r m e lle à l’é v o lu t io n r é e lle 1028 D e la d u a lité à l’h a r m o n ie 1398 D e la S e in e à la lu m iè r e 1489 D e n o tr e c o r r e s p o n d a n t d ’A d y a r 9 7 3 D e R ilk e à K r ish n a m u r ti 1340 D e S o c r a te à K r ish n a m u r ti 6 3 0 D é c lin o u é v e il d e la sa g e sse ? 1351 D e e p e r u n d e r s ta n d in g o f o u r s e lv e s 7 3 5 D e r n ie r c o u p 9 1 5 D e s tin d u X X e s iè c le 6 6 0 D e u x e s s a is su r K r ish n a m u r ti 9 7 9 D e u x lib e r té s 1307 D e u x m e ss a g e r s - B o u r d e lle d e v a n t K r ish n a m u r ti 9 1 9 D e u x s o u r c e s d e la j o ie 1064 D e v a n t u n p u b lic v e n u . . . 839 D ia lo g u e su r l’a b s o lu 1211 D ia lo g u e su r la v ie . . . 1212 D ic t io n a r y o f n a tio n a l b io g r a p h y 561 D ie u e t m o n a v e n tu r e 1159 D ie u in té r ie u r e t le D ie u e x té r ie u r 1131 D io s , e l se r, e l m is te r io 738 D ir e c t a n d in d ir e c t p a th s 1119 D is c ip lin e s , r itu a lis m e e t sp ir itu a lité 571 D is c u s s io n s n ea r S y d n e y 985 D is s o lu t io n d e l’O r d r e d e l’E to ile 9 0 2 D is s o lu t io n o f th e O r d e r 1417 D is t in c t io n e n tr e p la isir e t b o n h e u r 1033 D iv e r g e n c e s en tr e C .G . Jung et K r ish n a m u r ti 1194 D o n ’t p u s h th e riv er ( it f lo w s b y itse lf) 7 7 5 D o u t e lib é r a te u r 9 2 6 D r B e sa n t’s m e s s a g e . . . E e r d e n u m ­ b e r . . . H e r a ld o f th e S ta r 8 7 2 D r B e sa n t’s sp e e c h 877 D r u g s , m y s tic is m a n d m a k e -b e lie v e 8 2 5 D u “m e s s a g e d e M e n t o n ” a u m e ss a g e d c K r ish n a m u r ti 9 7 7 D u te m p o r e l à l’in te m p o r e l 5 7 2 D u a lité fo n d a m e n t a le d u m o n d e p h y ­ siq u e 1203 D u r a b le a v a ta r

990

E ccc h o m o 6 28 E c h e c d e l’a m o u r 1359 E c h o s d e s b r a n c h e s 9 95 E c o le d e la L u m iè r e In té r ie u r e . . . 1209 E c o le m o d è le d e la “ H a p p y V a lle y ” à O ja i 1228 E d it io n s A d y a r p r é s e n te n t “ K r ish n a ­ m u r ti” 7 8 0 E d ito r ia l (C h r istie , R .L .) 9 4 9 E d ito r ia l (R a ja g o p a l, D .) 1413 E d ito r ia l: a w e e k at E e r d e 9 9 o E d ito r ia l: t h o u g h ts fr o m E e r d e 1264 E d ito r ’s n o te 75 0 E d ito r ’s t e le s c o p e 1075 E d u c a tio n 1296 E d u c a tio n o f a n a m p h ib ia n 6 18 E d u c a tio n s e lo n K r ish n a m u r ti 1220 E h r w a ld 1235 E m in e n t In d ia n s: J id d u K r ish n a m u r ti 980 E n a p p r o c h a n t d u te r r o r is m e b u r le s­ que 997 E n c o r e q u e lq u e s im p r e s s io n s su r le C a m p d ’O m m e n 904 E n d o f r e lig io n 601 E n s e ig n e m e n t d e K r ish n a m u r ti 1111 E n s e ig n e m e n t e t l’In s tr u c te u r 1128 E n tr e tie n s d e B e a u q u in é s 1962 1026 E n tr e tie n s su r le s r e la tio n s h u m a in e s 1025 E s c a p is m a n d e s c a p e ; a n d , B u d d h ism a n d m y s tic is m 752 E s sa is su r le b o u d d h is m e . . . 6 6 6 E s se n c e o f K r ish n a m u r ti’s te a c h in g s 546 E s t-il c o n c e v a b le p o u r u n T h é o s o p h e . .•. 903 E te r n a l p o le s 5 44 E te r n e lle lib é r a tio n 1425 E th ik a ls T a t, G e s p r ä c h e um K r ish n a m u r ti 801 E tre en r é v o lu tio n 9 7 6 E tu d e s p s y c h o lo g iq u e s d e C .G . J u n g à J. K r ish n a m u r ti 661 E v e il sp ir itu e l e t sile n c e m e n ta l 1217 E v e il su p r ê m e , 6 6 7 , 6 6 8 E v e r b e y o n d th e m u c h ta lk e d s u b c o n s c io u s 721 E v id e n c e in té r ie u r e 8 59 E v o lu t io n o f M r s B e sa n t 5 6 4 E x p a n s io n o f a w a r e n e s s 71 3 E x p e c ta t io n a n d fu lfilm e n t E x p e r ie n c e 1524

1263

of

164

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

E x p é r ie n c e d u D iv in s e lo n S ri A u r o b in d o e t K r ish n a m u r ti 1308 E x p e r im e n t in r e la tio n s h ip 737 E x tr a it d ’u n e lettre à M a r c e l C le b a n t 1323

G r a n d e b e u v e r ie 555 G ran d e espéran ce . . . 83 2 G r a n d s a p p e ls d e l’h u m a n is m e c o n t e m ­ p o r a in 710 G r e a t b o o k s o n r e lig io n a n d e s o te r ic p h ilo s o p h y 602

F a c e o f th e L o r d 1115 F a ith s a n d f e llo w s h ip 6 4 8 F a ls e ru m o u r s 1266 F é d é r a tio n d e s b r a n c h e s T h é o s o p h iq u e s d u C e n tr e 1009

G reat p eace 1270 G reat w ork 885 G r e a te st g a m e in c h ild r e n 1438

F in g e r s p o in tin g to w a r d s th e m o o n 8 0 9 F in is tè r e d e l’in d u c a tio n r é g io n a le 1321 F ir st p r in c ip le s o f T h e o s o p h y 6 3 2 F la m e o f life 7 9 0 F lig h t fr o m r e a s o n 808 F o n c tio n d e l’a n n o n c ia te u r 1480 F o r e v e r y o u n g , fo r e v e r h e a lth y 6 2 4 F o r e w o r d ( H u x le y , A ld o u s ) 6 1 7 F orm 1385 F o r m e s et c é r é m o n ie s 8 9 6 F r e e c h ild 706 F r e e m in d (a r tic le ) 7 4 6 F r e e m in d ( b o o k ) 749 F r e e d o m o f th e w a y 1038 F r o m e a r ly b o y h o o d . . . 1040 F r o m lim ita tio n to lib e r a tio n 889 F r o m o u r In d ia n c o r r e s p o n d e n t 1041 F r o m th e c e n te r o f life 1401 F r o m th e G e n e r a l S e c r e ta r y 1403 F r o n tie r s o f b e in g 5 4 2 F u ite en a v a n t 7 6 4 F u r th e r le tte r fr o m I n d ia 1242 F u tu r e is n o w 714 F u tu r e o f th e O r d e r 891 F u tu r e o f The Star Review in E n g ­ la n d 1262 F u tu r e o f th e T h e o s o p h ic a l S o c ie t y 5 3 9 , 5 5 4 , 5 9 7 , 6 3 5 , 7 6 1 , 823 G e n e r a l s e m a n tic s a s an in tr o d u c tio n to K r ish n a m u r ti 795 G e s te d ’a c c u e il à l’in fin i 1086 G e stu r e o f c o - o p e r a t io n w ith K r ish n a j i ’s w o r k 719 G ift 1534 G o d is m y a d v e n tu r e 6 4 6 G o ld e n a p p le s 9 6 2 G o ld e n b o o k o f th e T h e o s o p h ic a l S o c ie t y 633 G o ld fis h b o w l 6 7 9 G o s p e l a c c o r d in g t o Z e n 43 G o sp el o f jo y 1439 G râce 1382

th e

w o r ld

fo r

G r o u p e s d e p r é p a r a tio n in d iv id u e lle 1488 G r o w th fr o m w ith in 1527 H a p p y V a lle y F o u n d a t io n 882 H e 7 65 H e a r ts n o t h e a d s in th e s c h o o l 7 0 4 H is m a ste r ’s v o ic e 54 0 H is r o le 1457 H o lla n d a n d its su ita b ility . . . 863 H o lla n d ’s p r iv ile g e 98 3 H o m m a g e à K r ish n a m u r ti 1063 H o m m e et la c o n n a is s a n c e 672 H o m m e e t le m o i 778 H o m m e et le s p r o b lè m e s d e la v ie 6 1 4 H o m m e p ren d fe u 1082 H o m m e s r é p o n d e n t 1068 H o r o s c o p e d e K r ish n a m u r ti 9 6 6 H o w a W o r ld T e a c h e r c o m e s . . . 5 3 6 H o w I u n d e r sta n d K r ish n a m u r ti 6 83 H u m a in e e s p é r a n c e 6 0 4 H u n tin g th e g u r u in In d ia 6 8 9 H v e m er d e n S to r e , v i ven ter? 5 6 2 H vem er K r ish n a m u r ti? H v a d vil K r ish n a m u r ti?

622

I am w h at y o u are 1557 I sit at y o u r fee t, K r ish n a . . . I try to be a w a r e 1516 Ici e t m a in te n a n t 1333 Id e a l 1254 Id e a l liste n e r 1121 Id é e s d e K r ish n a m u r ti 1047 II e s t u n e f o is 1554 Il su ffit 1540 11 y a 1468 Illu s io n a n d r e a lity

1533

81 3

Im p a c t o f th e t e a c h in g s o f K r ish n a m ­ u rti o n th e w o r ld 1338 Im p a c t o f T h e o s o p h y a n d s c ie n c e 6 4 2 I m p o r ta n c e d e la s é m a n t iq u e . . . 1210 Im p o r ta n c e o f u n d e r s ta n d in g 99 9 I m p o r ta n te s a llo c u tio n s d o n n é e s à O m m en 89 0

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURT1 Im p r e s s io n 833 Im p r e s s io n d ’O m m e n

Ir r é lig io n d e l’a v e n ir 8 3 6 Ité n é r a ir e d ’u n p è le r in d e l’a b s o lu 5 0 7

932

I m p r e s s io n d u C a m p d ’O m m e n 1926, 921 Im p r e s s io n d u C a m p d e l’E to ile à O m ­ in e n 1930 1127 I m p r e s s io n s 9 5 2 Im p r e s sio n s ( H o lly w o o d B o w l, M a y 1 5 th , 1928) 1544 I m p r e s s io n s o f th e C o n g r e s s 1087 I m p r e s s io n s o f th e fir st S ta r C o n g r e s s in A m e r ic a 1229 I m p r e s s io n s o f t h e S ta r C o n g r e s s (L u ty ­ e n s, Lady E m ily ) 1234 Im p r e s sio n s o f th e S ta r C o n g r e s s (M a r c a u lt, J . E m ile ) 1291 Im p r e s sio n s o f th e S ta r C o n g r e s s in V ie n n a 1374 In -b e tw e e n 727

J. J. J. J. J.

K r ish n a m u r ti (C h e ta n a ) 1109 K r ish n a m u r ti ( R a ju , P .T .) 751 K r ish n a m u r ti ( S h e a r m a n , H u g h ) 7 69 K rish n a m u r ti: a n in tr o d u c t io n 6 9 9 K r ish n a m u r ti a n c ie n t o r m o d e m ? 513 J . K r ish n a m u r ti a n d a w a r e n e s s in a c ­ tio n 5 5 9 J. K r ish n a m u r ti a n d m in d in r e v o lu tio n 560

J. J. J. J. J.

In th e S ta r lig h t ( A r u n d a le ,G e o r g e S ) 843 th e S ta r lig h t (L u ty e n s , Lady E m ily ) 1233 I n c o n n a is s a n c e d e K r ish n a m u r ti 1278 I n d é p e n d a n c e d e la S o c ié t é T h é o s o p h iq u e 855 In

In d ia a n d w o r ld c iv iliz a tio n 770 I n d ic a tio n s o f a n e w c u ltu r e 5 9 8 In fo r m a tio n fo r in q u ir e r s, A u gu st 1928 1367 I n fo r m a tio n s d iv e r s e s ( A .C .) 826 I n fo r m a tio n s d iv e r s e s ( L .A .) 1158 I n fo r m a tio n s d iv e r s e s (L e a d b e a te r , C .W .) 1088 I n fo r m a tio n s d iv e r s e s (R é h a u lt, L u d o w ic ) 1428 In itia te in th e d a rk c y c le 7 6 7 In s tin c t fr a te r n e l 1324 In s tr u c te u r d u M o n d e : K r ish n a m u r ti 755 I n te llig e n c e d e l’é n e r g ie 1202 I n te r n a tio n a l O ja i S ta r C a m p g r e s s . . . 1928 111 I n te r n a tio n a l O ja i S ta r C a m p

165

J. J. J. J.

K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e m a te r ia lis ts 589 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e W e st 1180 K r ish n a m u r ti at B a n g a lo r e 1110 K r ish n a m u r ti k o n a a h eta ? 541 K rish n a m u r ti: l’h o m m e et so n im a g e 9 98 K r ish n a m u r ti “ P r o p h è te d e s te m p s nouveaux” . . . 1178 K r ish n a m u r ti “S a a n e n 1963” 1204 K rish n a m u rti: th e m a n a n d his m in d 796 K rish n a m u r ti: th e m a n a n d his te a c h in g 743

J . K r ish n a m u r ti’s c o n c e p t o f c h o ic e le s s aw aren ess 1491 J . N ity a n a n d a 1399 J . N ity a n a n d a : a n a p p r e c ia tio n 1114 Jacq u es E douard Le R o u x 1322 J e p a ie m a p o é s ie 1325 J e r e p e n se à la n é b u le u s e 9 4 2 J e su is n é v o le u r 1536 J e t S e t - G o tt v o n G s ta a d 1081 J eu n es th éo so p h es 1112 J e w a n d th e W o r ld T e a c h e r 1446 J id d u K r ish n a m u r ti 1341 J o y o f C h r istm a s 1098

C on­ C on­

g r e s s . . . 1 9 2 8 ( H o tc h e n e r , M .R .) 1074 In te r v ie w ( D r B e sa n t in te r v ie w e d b y th e A s s o c ia t e d P r e ss ) 8 7 5 In te r v ie w w ith K r ish n a ji 951 I n tr o d u c in g K r ish n a m u r ti 7 6 2 , 1447 I n tr o d u c tio n (B e s a n t, A n n ie ) 5 3 4 I n tr o d u c tio n t o K r ish n a m u r ti 6 8 2 I n tr o d u c to r y stu d ie s in T h e o s o p h y 5 9 9 I n tu itio n , in str u m e n t d e n o tr e p r o g r è s s p ir itu e l 8 3 5

K in g d o m o f G o d is w ith in y o u . . . 1160 K n o w in g o u r s e lv e s 6 5 6 K n o w le d g e a n d u n d e r s ta n d in g 6 18 K rish n a ji ( B e s a n t, A n n ie ) 8 95 K rish n a ji ( D u n r o b in , L io n e l) 1542 K r ish n a ji (J in a r a ja d a sa , C .) 1117 K rish n a ji (K ô lle r s tr ô m , O sc a r ) 1141 K rish n a ji ( M .E .L .) 1271 K rish n a ji ( P r a s a d , Y a d u n a n d a n ) 1384 K rish n a ji ( S c h o f ie ld , R ose H o lw ay) 1558 K rish n a ji à P a r is 1460 K rish n a ji a n d I n d ia 1389

166

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

K r ish n a ji a t O ja i 1411 K r ish n a ji e t l’h is to ir e 1481 K r ish n a ji e t la p s y c h o lo g ie n o u v e lle 1313 K r ish n a ji in A m e r ic a 1104 K r ish n a ji in L o n d o n 1310 K r ish n a ji in r e la tio n t o th e p r e se n t age 1256 K rish n a ji: lig h t-b r in g e r 511 K r ish n a ji, th e m an and h is te a c h in g 7 4 3 K r ish n a ji’s a c t i v i t i e s . . . L on d on on M a r c h 31 [1 9 2 8 ] 1143 K r ish n a ji’s a c tiv itie s : new s fr o m A dyar 1387 K r ish n a ji’s a c tiv itie s : new s fr o m O ja i 1069 K r ish n a ji’s m e s s a g e (T h e H e r a ld o f th e S ta r ) 1144 K r ish n a ji’s m e s s a g e ( L o n g , M . v . N .) 1230 K rish n a ji’s m essa g e (M a r c a u lt, J. E m ile ) 1295 K r ish n a m u r ti (A y r e s , F r a n c is c o ) 5 1 2 K r ish n a m u r ti (B r a g d o n , C la u d e ) 9 1 8 K r ish n a m u r ti (C a r r , H a r r y ) 9 3 9 K r ish n a m u r ti ( C e y lo n O b se r v e r ) 1145 K r ish n a m u r ti (C u r te , A lid a d e ) 5 5 2 K r ish n a m u r ti ( D e g iv e s , M ) 9 7 5 K r ish n a m u r ti (F r y d m a n , M a u r ic e ) 1042 K r ish n a m u r ti ( I n g r a m -S m ith , D o n a ld ) 1099 K r ish n a m u r ti (L in s s e n , R o b e r t) 1182 K r ish n a m u r ti (M e th o r s t-K u ip e r , A .J .G .) 6 9 6 K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti 782 •

( M e y o r , J .J .) 1314 ( M ille r , H e n r y ) 6 9 7 ( N ie l, A n d r é ) 1556 ( P a th ir a n a , J .) 1373 (S e r r a n o , M ig u e l) 7 6 8 (S u a r è s , C a r lo ) 7 8 1 ,

K r ish n a m u r ti à A d y a r (ja n v ie r 1 9 6 4 ) 1205 K rish n a m u r ti: a c r itic a l s tu d y 6 8 8 , 1283 K rish n a m u r ti: a fr ie n d ly a p p r a is a l 1332 K r ish n a m u r ti à L o n d r e s 1189 K r ish n a m u r ti à P a r is ( J .D .) 1107 K r ish n a m u r ti à P a r is (L e M o n d e ) 1146 K r ish n a m u r ti à P a r is (L in s s e n , R .) 1191

K r ish n a m u r ti: a sa g e w h o sp e a k s fr o m d ir e c t e x p e r ie n c e 1505

K r ish n a m u r ti: a sk e tc h o f h is life a n d id e a s 1147 K r ish n a m u r ti à S tr a s b o u r g 1177 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d a n I n d ia n fa m ily 1148 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d E m e r s o n 1402 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d life in fr e e d o m 982 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d M a r x 7 09 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d m o d e r n th o u g h t 5 7 6 , 1032 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d o r g a n is a t io n 1124 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d r itu a lis m 577 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d s p ir itu a l h e r ita g e 5 78 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e e x p e r ie n c e o f t h e sile n t m in d 557 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e p r o b le m o f e ffo r t 5 79 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e p r o b le m o f im m o r ta lity 5 8 0 , 1018 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e p r o b le m o f lo v e 581 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e p r o b le m o f o p p o s it e s 58 2 K r ish n a m u r ti and th e se a r c h fo r lig h t 6 1 3 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e S ta r C a m p 1101 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e te x tu r e o f r e a li­ ty 5 58 K r ish n a m u r ti and th e u n ity of m an 784 K r ish n a m u r ti a n d th e w o r ld c r is is 6 08 K r ish n a m u r ti a s a p o e t 8 97 K r ish n a m u r ti a t E e r d e 1054 K r ish n a m u r ti c a n c e ls ta lk s d u e to ill­ n ess 969 K r ish n a m u r ti d e n o v e v iz itis e u r o p o n 1 149 K r ish n a m u r ti, d e r g r o s s e G u r u v o n Saan en 1150 K r ish n a m u r ti e l lib e r a lis m o y e l r a c io n a lis m o 1030 K r ish n a m u r ti, e l p o e t a d e l p r e s e n te y d e l s ile n c io 57 5 K r ish n a m u r ti e n d e W ijsb e g e e r te 1379 K r ish n a m u r ti e s t-il u n m o n s tr e d e sin c é r ité ? 1430 K r ish n a m u r ti e t l’a n ti-r e lig io n 5 0 4 K r ish n a m u r ti e t l’e x is te n t ia lis m e 5 6 8 , 663 K r ish n a m u r ti e t l’in d iv id u a lis m e 7 5 6 K r ish n a m u r ti e t l’u n ité h u m a in e (a r ti­ cle ) 1469 K r ish n a m u r ti et l’u n ité h u m a in e ( b o o k ) 7 8 3 , 7 85

167

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI K r ish n a m u r ti e t la lib é r a tio n 527 K r ish n a m u r ti e t la p e n s é e c o n t e m p o ­ ra in e 1027 K r ish n a m u r ti e t la p e n sé e o c c id e n ­ ta le 6 6 3 K r ish n a m u r ti e t la r é v o lte 7 0 8 K r ish n a m u r ti e t la r é v o lu tio n 757 K r ish n a m u r ti et la sy n th è s e d e l’a v e ­ n ir 1350 K r ish n a m u r ti e t la t h é o s o p h ie 5 0 6 K r ish n a m u r ti e t le p r o b lè m e d e l’a ­ m our 1183 K r ish n a m u r ti et le p r o b lè m e de l’im m o r ta lité 1017 K r ish n a m u r ti e t le p r o b lè m e s o c ia l 7 5 3 K r ish n a m u r ti e t le S w a m i S id d h e s w a ra n a n d a 955 K r ish n a m u r ti e t le z e n 1223 K r ish n a m u r ti e t le s d e u x 1305 K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti K r ish n a m u r ti

lib e r té s

e t le s r e lig io n s 7 5 4 e t s o n e n s e ig n e m e n t 5 2 8 in A m e r ic a 1003 in C a m p 1546 in c e n tr a l E u r o p e 1518 in D e u ts c h la n d 1343 in n o r th e r n E u r o p e

1055 K r ish n a m u r ti in 1929 1390 K r ish n a m u r ti in r e la tio n t o th e W o r ld T ea ch er 645 K r ish n a m u r ti in S a a n e n 1151 K r ish n a m u r ti, J . 1152 K r ish n a m u r ti l’h o m m e e t sa p en sée' (b o o k ) 567 K rish n a m u r ti: l’h o m m e e t sa p e n s é e ( R e ­ v u e P a lla d ie n n e ) 1014 K rish n a m u r ti: l’h o m m e e t sa p e n sé e ( S p ir itu a lité ) 1013 K rish n a m u r ti: l’h o m m e e t s o n m e s­ sa g e 1153 K rish n a m u r ti: le G r a n d In s tr u c te u r d u M o n d e ... 1459 K rish n a m u r ti: le m ir o ir d e s h o m m e s 502 K r ish n a m u r ti, le s r e lig io n s , e t le c h a o s m o n d ia l 1195 K r ish n a m u r ti - L o n d r e s 3 a u 3 0 O c t o ­ b re 1 9 4 9 9 3 5 K rish n a m u r ti: “m an is h is ow n lib e r a to r ” 7 5 8 K r ish n a m u r ti m in c e d n o w o r d s 1154 K rish n a m u r ti: m o n v o y a g e à B r u x e l­ le s. . . 529

K r ish n a m u r ti. N eue S e lb s tb e fr e iu n g 611

W ege

K r ish n a m u r ti o g v â r tid s k r ise

zu r 607

K r ish n a m u r ti o u la r é v o lu tio n d u réel 5 7 4 K r ish n a m u r ti p a r c e q u e 1461 K r ish n a m u r ti p o è t e 1289 K rish n a m u rti: p o è t e d u p r é se n t et d u sile n c e 1024 K rish n a m u rti: p o r t r e t . . . 695 K rish n a m u rti: p o u r un n o u v e l a c c è s à la v ie 1155 K rish n a m u r ti: p rophet of a n ew age 929 K r ish n a m u r ti p s y c h o lo g u e d e l’E tre N o u v e lle 6 7 6 K r ish n a m u r ti r e v ie n t à P a r is 991 K rish n a m u r ti: sa v ie , sa p a r o le 531 K r ish n a m u r ti. S a a n e n 1964 1207 K rish n a m u rti: s c ie n c e e t sp ir itu a lité 5 3 0 K r ish n a m u r ti - s p ir itu a l g e n iu s 1506 K r ish n a m u r ti ta lk s on life ’s d ire p r o b le m s 1345 K r ish n a m u r ti - te a c h e r o f th e d ir e c t p a th 687 K r ish n a m u r ti te lls w o r ld p a n a c e a 1330 K r ish n a m u rti: th e m a n a n d h is m e ss a g e (H e b e r , L ) 6 0 6 K r ish n a m u r ti - th e m a n a n d h is m e ss a g e ( M o tw a n i, K ) 1336 K rish n a m u rti: th e m an and h is te a c h in g 5 70 K rish n a m u rti: th e m a n in r e v o lt 7 09 K r ish n a m u rti: th e M e s s ia h w h o b e c a m e a sa g e 150 2 K r is h n a m u r ti. . . th e w is e s t m a n I h a v e ever m et 1376 K r ish n a m u r ti th e w o r ld m a n 5 90 K r ish n a m u r ti t o d a y 1156 K rish n a m u rti: u n e g r a n d e id é e . . . 1397 K r ish n a m u r ti w e ig h s H o lly w o o d 1057 K r ish n a m u r ti - w h o is he? 5 16 K r ish n a m u r ti w ill v is it D e n m a r k 1410 K r ish n a m u r ti y e l M a r x is m o 1031 K r ish n a m u r ti y el p e n s a m ie n to co n tem p o ra n eo 1029 K r ish n a m u r tis B o ts c h a ft 1053 K r ish n a m u r ti’s life a n d m e ss a g e 1448 K r ish n a m u r ti’s m e s s a g e 6 3 4 K r ish n a m u r tis S te llu n g . . . 1453 K r ish n a m u r ti's te a c h in g 9 3 0 K r ish n a m u r ti’s v isit 1157

168

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

L a n g a g e d e K r ish n a m u r ti 5 0 3 L a n g u a g e o f K r ish n a m u r ti 583 L a st f o u r liv e s o f A n n ie B e sa n t 7 0 7 L a w r e n c e , K r ish n a m u r ti, D a v is 1514 L e a r n in g to m e e t life 1049 L eben se lb s t se i u n se r L ehrm e iste r 1451 L e tter fr o m In d ia (J .) 1103 L e tte r fr o m In d ia (L u ty e n s , Lady E m ily ) 1238 L e tte r f r o m In d ia ( S o ln e s s , T .T .) 1462 L e tte r fr o m In d ia ( V .C .P .) 1487 L e tte r to K r ish n a m u r ti 8 1 4 L e tte r s o f A ld o u s H u x le y 6 1 9 L e ttr e à M . B le c h . . . 9 0 7 L e ttre à M . B lec h . . .(r é p o n s e à M . B ory) 1479 L e ttre à R o g e r P e tit 1326 L e ttr e a u x a s t r o lo g u e s 1510 L e ttr e d e K r ish n a m u r ti 865 L e ttre t r im e s t r ie lle . . . 1118 L e ttr e s d ’A d y a r 1269 L ib é r a in fa n o 1048 L ib e r a tio n - o ld a n d n e w 1297 L ib e r a to r 1551 L ife 1408 L ife a n d fo r m s 9 2 5 L ife a n d th e eg o : n o te s o f t a lk s w ith K r ish n a m u r ti 1525 L ife b e y o n d fo r m s 1273 L ife is th e te a c h e r 1464 L ife o f A n n ie B e sa n t 8 1 6 L ife, th e o n ly te a c h e r 1174 L ife’s d e e p e r a s p e c ts 773 L ig h t o f th e S ta r 8 6 9 L im ite s d e l'a n a ly se e n p h y s iq u e e t en p s y c h o lo g ie 1198 L is te n 1471 L is te n in g t o K r ish n a ji 9 5 0 L iv e s o f A lc y o n e 5 3 5 L iv in g o n a sta r 818 L iv in g Z e n 669 L u c id ité , a n a ly s e et ju g e m e n t Lui 764

1019

M a g ic ie n s e t illu m in é s 6 8 6 M a îtr e s e t la S o c ié t é T h é o s o p h iq u e 9 9 2 M a n a g a in s t m a n 1280 M a n K r ish n a ji 1287 M a n , n a tu r e , r e a lity , in th e t e a c h in g s o f K r ish n a m u r ti 8 2 2 , 1526 M a n ife s te d e la v é r ité 1052 M a n ife s to 1 2 8 2 M a r c u s e , la p siq u ia tr ía y la lib e r a c ió n 739

M a s a llá d e l d o lo r (A r m a n d , E m ile ) 8 38 M as a llá d el d o lo r ( I g u a la d a , M .G .) 6 23 M a ster : m e d ita tio n s in v e r se 6 3 6 M a s te r m u sic ia n : to K r ish n a ji 1543 M a s te r s a n d th e p a th 6 53 M a u v a is e a c tio n d ’u n p o è t e 9 08 M a y I I , 1927 1250 M e a n in g an d r e a lity o f th e sp ir itu a l life 1503 M e a n in g o f h a p p in e s s 803 M e a n in g o f p e r s o n a l e x is te n c e . . . 7 1 6 M e d ita tio n 1056 M e ltin g pot (im p r e s s io n s of th e C am p) 1076 M e m b e r ’s d ia r y 1312 M e m b e r ’s im p r e s s io n s 1008 M e m b e r s ’ im p r e ss io n s : th e S ta r C o n ­ g r e s s, 1924 (H e b e r , L illy ) 1061 M e m b e r s ’ im p r e ss io n s : th e S ta r C o n ­ g r e ss, 1924 ( H o d s o n , G e o ffr e y ) 1065 M e m b e r s ’ im p r e ss io n s : th e S ta r C o n ­ g r e s s, 1924 ( R a m a R a o , N .S .) 1420 M e m o ir s , 1 9 0 6 -1 9 6 9 6 03 M e n s a je d e K r ish n a m u r ti 1036 M e s s a g e d e K r ish n a m u r ti (M é a u tis , G .) 1311 M e s s a g e d e K r ish n a m u r ti (P r e lle , R e ­ g in a ld d e ) 1396 M e s s a g e o f th e S ta r 7 3 1 , 7 3 2 , 733 M e s s ie d e la T h é o s o p h ie 1290 M ia tle v r é p o n d to u jo u r s . . . 1329 M ig h t-h a v e -b e e n M e s s ia h 981 M ille r o u la p a s s io n d e l’e s p r it 1483 M in d a n d in te llig e n c e 591 M in d an d tru th 1043 M in d o f J . K r ish n a m u r ti 7 9 4 M in d o f m a n 6 57 M ir r o r 1010 M is s io n o f th e W o r ld -T e a c h e r 1257 Mme A n n ie B e sa n t p arlera a u jo u r d ’h u i . . . 1458 M o d e r n a th e is m 1298 M o d e r n In d ia a n d th e W e s t 711 M o d e r n m o n a s te r ie s? 1059 M odern T h eosop h y 76 9 “ M o i” 1044 M o i e t l’a m o u r 1355 M o n â m e en c o lè r e 1327 M o n th o f o ffe r in g 1258 M r K r ish n a m u r ti 9 6 5 M r K r ish n a m u r ti’s h an d : a r e a d in g 9 4 6 M r R a ja g o p a l’s A m e r ic a n to u r 1369

169

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI M rs A n n ie B e sa n t 8 1 5 M rs A n n ie B esa n t: a m o d e m p ro p het 540 M rs A n n ie B esa n t: a sk e tc h o f her life . . . 700 M rs A n n ie B esa n t: a s p ir itu a l p ilg r i­ m age 1274 M r s A n n ie B e sa n t a n d th e L e a d b e a te r a d v ic e 595 M rs B e sa n t a n d th e A lc y o n e c a s e 7 9 9 M rs B e sa n t a n d th e p r e se n t cri­ s is ... 655 M rs B e sa n t’s c lo s in g a d d r e ss 8 7 0 M rs B e sa n t’s p o lic y 596 M u k ta m a n i j iv a n s a u r a b h 788 M u r d e s J é r é m ia d e s sera t-il-d é p a s sé? 9 0 9 M u r sé c u la ir e 1006 M u s iq u e d ’u n e â m e 9 4 4 M y c o n c e p t io n o f a W o r ld -T e a c h e r 1232 M y s tè r e d e la p e r s o n n e 1214 M y th e s q u i f o n t d é v ie r l’a m o u r

1219

N a k in tc h a n a m o u r ti 9 6 8 “ N a t io n a lis m in w a y o f p e a c e ” 1342 N a t io n s a n d th e c o m in g 1243 N a tu r e o f m y stic ism 638 N e p e n s e z q u ’a u x v iv a n ts 1084 Ne

rep o u ssez

pas

la

p s y c h a n a ly s e

1511 N e e d s o f th e O r d e r 9 4 8 N e ti, n e ti ( n o t th is , n o t th a t) 519 N e u e M e n s c h u n d se in e Z ie le 8 0 0 N ew age 1133 N e w art a n d th e S ta r 1454 N e w c o n s c ie n c e 1331 N ew go sp el o f jo y 1247 N ew h a p p in e s s 1386 N ew id e a l fo r o r g a n iz a tio n 1416 N e w im a g e 543 N e w K r ish n a ji 821 N ew K rish n a ji: a n o te 1519 N e w K rish n a m u rti: a n o te 1520 N ew m an 787 N e w r e a lis a tio n 1409 N e w r e a lm s o f s e lf-d is c o v e r y 9 5 3 N e w r e lig io n s 702 N e w s c h e m e o f w o r k 1418 N e w te a c h e r w a lk s h ills 1370 N e w s a n d n o te s 1046 N e w s le tte r 1347 N e w s le tte r fr o m A d y a r 1394 N e w s le tte r fr o m B e n a r e s 1392

N e w s le tte r o f M r K r ish n a m u r ti’s v isit to A u str a lia . . . 1934 6 85 N e w s o f K rish n a ji’s a c tiv itie s : a le tte r fr o m O ja i 1275 N e w s o f K r ish n a ji’s a c tiv itie s : K rish n a ji in E a st L o n d o n 1265 N ity a 8 4 8 N o s tr a d a m u s . . . 6 78 N o t e o n K r ish n a m u r ti 7 02 N o t e s o n th e S ta r C o n fe r e n c e in t h e S y d ­ n e y A m p h ith e a tr e 9 7 0 N o t io n d ’é n e r g ie a m o r is a n te . . . 6 7 1 , 1206 N o t io n d u te m p s c h e z K r ish n a m u r ti 1498 N o t r e r é v o lu tio n 911 N o u s le s n o ir s 1163 N o u v e l a c c è s à la v ie 1508 N o u v e l a c c è s d e v ie 1 3 1 5 ,1 5 5 2 N o u v e lle d ’A d y a r 8 76 N o u v e lle e c c lé s ia 1292 O a k G r o v e , S ta r C a m p , O ja i 1412 O c c u lt e x p lo s io n 5 87 O c c u lt in v e s tig a tio n s 6 3 9 O f w h a t a r e y o u afra id ? 1080 O ja i, C a lifo r n ia 1276 O ja i C a m p 1541 O ja i C a m p o f 1930 1532 O ja i C a m p still th r o n g e d 1362 O ja i S ta r C a m p - im p r e ss io n s : th e first O ja i C a m p 1 172 O ja i S ta r C a m p , 1928 1132 O ja i S ta r C a m p , 1929 1531 O ld m e m o r ie s a n d le tte r s o f A n n ie B e sa n t 5 49 O m m en 1926 1286 O m m e n 1927 1281 O m m e n , 1 9 2 7 -1 9 2 9 1162 O m m e n , 1928 (B in d le y , J e a n ) 8 99 O m m e n , 1928 ( R o b e r ts , R u th ) 1437 O m m e n , 1928 (T e tte m e r , J o h n ) 1476 O m m en 1930 1267 O m m e n S ta r C a m p o f 1928 1079 O m m e n S ta r C o n g r e s s . . . 11th A u g u s t, 1925 1363 O n a n e te r n a l v o y a g e 791 O n b e in g a w a r e 805 O n w h o m th e S ta r sh in e s in A m e r i­ ca 1485 “O n e governm ent w o r ld ” 1364 O ne o f m any 1334 O ne w eek 1559

fo r

th e

w h o le

170

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KRISHNAMURTI

O p e n in g o f th e t o u r 1365 O r d e r a n d a llie d a c tiv itie s 1406 O r d e r o f S ta r C o n v e n t io n m e a n s m u c h to th e c o u n ty 1366

P o é s ie e t s o n d o u b le P o in t d e v u e d ’Isr a ë l P o in t de vue de doxe 1007

O r d e r o f th e S ta r 1 0 8 9 ,1 0 9 0 O r d e r o f th e S ta r in th e E a s t, O ja i, C a lifo r n ia 1405 O r d r e d e l’E t o ile d ’O r ie n t 9 8 9 O r g a n is a tio n a n d a c tiv itie s o f the O rder. . . 841 O r ig in a lité d e l'o e u v r e d e K r ish n a m u r ti 1196 O r ig in e s et l’a b o u tis s e m e n t d ’u n e

P o s t im p r e s s io n s o f th e C a m p P o u r d é fe n d r e “ P la n è t e ” 1085

d o c t r in e ... 1441 O r t h o d o x ie t h é o s a p h iq u e 1301 O u r G e n e r a l S e c r e ta r y 8 4 5 O u r r e s p o n s ib ilitie s 1237 O u r S ta r C a m p C o n g r e s s in O ja i 1095 O u tlin e o f th e p r o p o s e d c o m m u n it y at E e rd e 8 6 4 O u ts id e r lo o k s a t K r ish n a m u r ti 1108 “ P adre” 1368 P â q u e s 1950 a v e c K r ish n a m u r ti 1512 P arcou rs 829 P a s d e s u c c e s s io n a p r è s K r ish n a m u r ­ ti 1226 P a s s a g e d e K r ish n a ji à P a r is 1424 P a s s io n o f th e W o r ld S a v io u r 1244 P a s s io n a t e p ilg r im 819 P a st an d p resen t 1497 P a th o f s e r v ic e 8 4 2 P a th t o in n e r p e a c e 1492 P e a c e a n d th e “c o lo u r ” p r o b le m 1421 P e a c e - th r o u g h p o litic s 1400 P e e p in to K r ish n a m u r ti’s p h ilo s o p h y 641 P e n s é e c o n t e m p o r a in e et K r ish n a m u r ­ ti 1023 P e n s é e d e K r ish n a m u r ti (a r tic le ) 1016 P e n s é e d e K r ish n a m u r ti ( b o o k ) 569 P e n s é e d e S r i A u r o b in d o 1193 P en sée sa n s h o m m e 1538 P e r h a p s, th e c o n s u m m a tin g fr a g ­ m en t . . . 729 P e tit h o m m e im m e n s e 9 1 0 P e u t- o n d é fin ir le “ M o i”? 9 2 8 P h ilo s o p h ic a l t r a d itio n s o f In d ia 751 P h ilo s o p h y o f J. K r ish n a m u r ti 1490 P h ilo s o p h y , T h e o s o p h y , p a r a p s y c h o lo ­

gy 7 4 0 P h ilo s o p h y w it h o u t te a r s 1449 P la c e o f th e o ld in th e n e w er a P la y o f th e in fin ite 691

1236

1316 1002 l’é g lis e

P o u r e n fin ir a v e c l’A p o c a ly p s e Pour l’e x is te n c e d ’u n e d u a lité 1349 P o u r la d e u x iè m e f o i s . . . 1339 P o u r n e p a s ê tr e d is c ip le 1020 P o u r q u o i le m o n d e ? 1188

o rth o ­ 1395 1509 non-

P r é c is io n s à p r o p o s d e g é a n th r o p ie 1317 P r é c is io n s e t p r o p o s d u la n g a g e d e K r is h n a m u r ti. . . 830 P r e fa c e (B e s a n t, A n n ie ) 5 3 3 P r e m iè r e s d iffic u lté s 1445 P r e m ie r s j o u r s 9 1 6 P r o b le m fa m ily 705 P r o b le m o f su ffe r in g 5 8 4 P r o b lè m e d e l’im m o r ta lité 1037 P r o b lè m e d e la m o r t 1186 P r o b lè m e d e la r é in c a r n a tio n 1213 P r o b lè m e d e la s o u f f r a n c e . . . 1221 P r o b lè m e d u t e m p s 1216 P r o file s: J id d u K r ish n a m u r ti 1493 P r o g r è s t e c h n iq u e e t im p a s s e s p s y c h o lo ­ g iq u e s 1218 P r o lo g u e o f th e n e w a g e 9 5 6 P s y c h o lo g ie d e l’é ta t c r é a te u r 1200 P s y c h o lo g y a n d th e S ta r 1293 P s y c h o lo g y o f th e C a m p 1072 P u b lic le c tu r e , A u g u s t 7 th , 1927 88 7 P u b lic le c tu r e d e liv e r e d in L o n d o n . . . 1928 1123 P u r p o s e o f liv in g 501 Q u ’e lle é ta it n o ir e m a lé g e n d e 1319 Q u ’e s t- c e q u e la sp ir itu a lité ? 6 5 9 Q u ’c s t-c e q u e le N ir v a n a ? 1181 Q u a n d v o u s d é s ir e z la v é r ité . . . 867 Q u e fa u t-il é c o u te r ? 5 5 6 Q u e n o u s a p p o r te K r ish n a m u r ti? 1197 Q u e n o u s a p p o r te l’O rien t? 1187 Q u e n é u s e n s e ig n e K r ish n a m u r ti? 1192 Q u e lq u e s a s p e c ts de la p en sée K r ish n a m u r tie n n e 1199 Q u e lq u e s id é e s su r le tr a v a il T h é o s o ­ p h iq u e 1176 Q u e lq u e s r é fle x io n s 1106 Q u e s t f o r t o ta l fr e e d o m - J id d u K r ish ­ n a m u r ti 1100 Q u est o f a n a n d a 963

171

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS ABOUT KR1SHNAMURTI Q u ie t m in d 551 Q u o ta t io n f in d e r

563

R a m a n M a h a r s h i a n d J. K r ish n a m u r ti 7 2 3 R a p p o r t d u P r é s id e n t A r u n d a le . . . 8 5 7 R a r e c o n v e r s a tio n w ith K rish n a m u r ti a b o u t th e O ja i V a lle y 1499 R é a d a p ta tio n d e s p r in c ip e s v ita u x d e la S .T . 1423 R e a lis a tio n a n d p e a c e 9 4 7 R e -c d u c a tin g th e p e r s o n a lity 1071 R é f le x io n s e t a p h o r is m e s 1348 R é f le x io n s — la lib é r a tio n 9 0 5 R é fo r m a te u r h in d o u 987 R e la t if e t a b s o lu K r ish n a m u r ti 6 2 9 R e la tio n s a u n iv e a u p s y c h o lo g iq u e 1208 R e la tio n s h ip a n d lo v e 6 5 8 R e lig io n o f K r ish n a m u r ti, w it h o u t rite, w it h o u t c h u r c h 9 7 2 R e lig io s e R e v o lu t io n 1452 R e lig io u s o u t lo o k fo r m o d e r n m a n 6 4 0 R e lig io u s te a c h e r t o v isit A d e la id e 1429 R e n c o n tr e d ’H e n r y M ille r a v e c le z e n 1050 R e n e w y o u r life th r o u g h y o g a 6 2 6 R e n u n c ia tio n a n d c e r e m o n ia l 1168 R é p o n s e à K r ish n a m u r ti 1553 R é p o n s e s à q u e lq u e s q u e s tio n s (P a r is 2 4 j u in 1930) 1166 R é u n io n s d e S a a n e n 1496 R é v é la t io n d e s o i 5 6 5 R e v o lt a n d r e v o lu tio n 592 R e v o lu c ió n d e lo rea l 1035 R é v o lu t io n d u r éel 1021 R h a p so d y 933 R ig h t b e g in n in g 747 R ig h t to in te rp ret 1521 R in g o u t th e o ld , r in g in th e n e w 1433 R is h i V a lle y S c h o o l 1434 R itu a lis m e , a rt de v iv r e et s p ir itu a lité 1304 R iv a l K r ish n a m u r ti g r o u p s lo c k e d in su it 1435 R ô le d e la p e n s é e s e lo n K r ish n a ­ m u r ti 1190 R u p tu r e 1159 S a g e s , sa in ts a n d A r u n a c h a la R a m a na 789 S a in t S y lv e s tr e 1925 1039 S a n o r K r is h n a m u r ti. . . 586 S c ie n c e o f sp ir itu a lity 6 1 5

S e a r c h f o r fr e e d o m 692 S e c r e t sp r in g s 545 S e e k a n d y e sh a ll fin d 8 93 S e e k in g w is d o m 7 74 S e ig n e u r d e s r e lig io n s d u m o n d e 1426 S e lb s tv e r w ir k lic h u n g V o r t r a g ... 8 34 S e lf -c o n s c io u s n e s s a n d fea r 585 S e lf-d e n ia l m o n th 1404 S e lf-r e a lis a tio n a n d e v o lu t io n 1299 S é m in a ir e d ’é tu d e s s p ir it u e lle s . . . (J u il­ let 1972) 1227 7 p oèm es 1535 S e r p e n t o f p a r a d ise 768 S e r v a n ts o f th e S ta r 1231 S e v e n : a n e s sa y in c o n f e s s io n 647 S e x u a lity , m a g ic a n d p e r v e r s io n 6 4 4 S h a d o w a n d th e r e a lity o f th e s p ir itu a l life 1067 S h o r t b io g r a p h y o f D r A n n ie B esa n t 6 3 7 S h r i J . K r ish n a m u r ti 7 89 S i j ’é ta is P r é sid e n t 1529 S ic c o g it o 1444 S ig n ific a n c e o f K r ish n a m u r ti 1122 S ig n ific a t io n d e s p r ières . . . 1034 S ile n c e in té r ie u r 6 7 2 S ile n c e se c o n q u ie r t-il? 1136 S im o n e W eil p è le r in d e l’a b s o lu S in e w s o f life 1415 6em e C ongrès de l’O rd re l’E to ile 1377 S la v e s o f th e g o d s 6 9 0 S o c ié t é T h é o s o p h iq u e . . . 9 8 4 S o c ié t é T h é o s o p h iq u e et m e m b r e s 8 53 Som e im p r e s s io n s C am p 1371

of

th e

1353 de

se s O ja i

S o m e p r o b le m s in th e O r d e r o f th e S ta r 1414 S o m e r e a s o n s w h y . . . n o t e n d o r se M rs B e sa n t. , . 594 S o m m e s -n o u s lib res ou e s c la v e s? 1215 S o y o n s n o u s -m ê m e s 9 2 7 S p e a k in g tree 6 4 9 S p ir itu a l a d v e n tu r e 9 1 7 S p ir itu a l a r is to c r a c y 8 27 S p ir itu a l p e r c e p tio n 1091 S p ir itu a lité d e la m a tiè r e 67 3 S p ir itu a lité d e v a n t le fa it s e x u e l S p o k en w ord 1096 S p o n ta n é it é d e la v ie 1184 S ta r a n d th e w o r ld 1062

1022

*1

172

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI

S ta r C a m p C o n g r e s s , O m m e n , 1926 8 8 0 S ta r C a m p , 1925 1240 S ta r C a m p sp ir it 1092 S ta r C on gress th r o u g h In d ia n eyes 1375 S ta r -D a y : A dyar D ecem b er 28, 1927 1137 S ta r la n d s in A u str a lia 971 S ta r L e a g u e o f P a r e n ts 1248 S ta r m e e tin g at K r o to n a . . . D e c e m b e r 2 8 th , 1926 881 S ta r m e e tin g c a lle d a t O ja i o n J a n u a r y 11th, 1927 1465 S ta te m e n t b y D r A n n ie B e s a n t . . . 883 S to k o w s k i a n d K r ish n a m u r ti 123 S to r m 1466 S tr a n g e se c ts a n d c u lts 651 S tu d ie ü b e r K r ish n a m u r ti u n d se in e W ir k u n g 1450 S u p e r p h y s ic a l 7 1 2 S u p p le m e n t to “ In b e tw e e n ” 7 2 8 S u p p le m e n t to “T h e r iv e r -n e ss” 7 2 0 S u p r e m e id e n tity 804 S u p r e m e sp ir itu a l id e a l 6 4 8 S u r l’e x is te n t ia lis m e d e S a r tr e 1015 S u r le s r u in e s d u rêv e . . . 912 S u r u n a ir d e K r ish n a m u r ti 931 S u r u n o r g u e d e B a r b a r ie 7 7 6 S u r u n e r o u te 1548 S u r v iv e u r : K r ish n a m u r ti 1507 S u ry a n am ask ars 718 S y m b o lis m o f a C a m p 1251

T a g o r e a n d K r ish n a m u r ti 771 T a k in g o f a b o d y b y th e W o r ld T each er 820 T a lk s on “A t th e fe e t of th e M a s te r ” 6 5 2 T a lk s o n th e p a th o f o c c u ltis m 537 T e a c h e r is h e r e 8 9 2 T e a c h in g s o f K r ish n a m u r ti (H e n d e r ­ so n , W ) 609 T e a c h in g s o f K r ish n a m u r ti (K r e ts e r , B. de) 1142 T e a c h in g s o f K r ish n a m u r ti ( M o tw a n i, K e w a l) 6 9 8 T é c n ic a d e la m u ta c ió n e s p ir itu a l 1225 T e m p ê te 1467 T e n th m a n 8 1 0 T h a t d r e a d fu l s c h o o l 7 0 3 T h é o r ie e t p r a tiq u e d e l’é v o lu t io n 1303 T h e o s o p h ic a l S o c ie t y in I n d ia 1477 T h é o s o p h ie 650

T h é o s o p h ie e s t-e lle i n c o m p a t ib le . . . 1129 T h é o s o p h ie e t la v ie 8 52 T h é o s o p h ie e t S o c ié t é T h é o s o p h iq u e 1482 T h é o s o p h ie tr io m p h a n te 851 T h é o s o p h ie , v o ie d e lib é r a tio n 1272 T h e o s o p h y an d w o r ld -p r o b le m s 5 T h e o s o p h y a s th e b a sic u n ity o f n a ­ tio n a l life 10 T h e o s o p h y e x p la in e d 730 T h e r e is 7 8 6 T h e r e is n o e s c a p e 6 2 7 , 6 9 3 , 7 3 7 , 811 T h e r e is n o r e lig io n h ig h e r th a n tr u th 6 0 0 T h ie v e s o f tim e 1260 T h in k it o v e r 1463 T h ir d C o n g r e s s . . . O rder o f th e S t a r . . . 1924 9 9 4 T h is tim e le s s m o m e n t 621 T h o u g h t fr o m O ja i 1346 T h o u g h t s a r is in g o u t o f K r ish n a m u r ti’s t a lk s 993 T h o u g h t s o n “ A t th e fe e t o f th e M a s te r ” 5 1 0 T h o u g h t s o n th e W o r ld -T e a c h e r 8 5 0 T h r e e g r e a t sa g e s 6 98 T h r o u g h E n g lis h e y e s 1279 T h r o u g h th e e y e s o f th e m a ste r s 5 0 9 T im e e x p e r ie n c e 1300 T im e h a s c o m e 1261 T o a p ic tu r e o f K r ish n a ji 1537 T o be y o u n g 681 T o d o , to k n o w , to b e 1249 T o K rish n a ji 1550 T o w h a t d o w e p ray 1383 T o w o r k a s h ard a s th e sp e a k e r 831 T o lé r a n c e 6 7 0 , 671 T o u t e s t d it 8 6 6 T r a n s fo r m a tio n d u p r o b lè m e . . . 1354 T r a n s fo r m a tio n o f p e r s o n a lity . . . 79 7 T r a n s fo r m in g m in d 5 23 T r a v a il d u p r o c h a in d e m i-s iè c le 8 8 4 T r a v e l d ia r y o f a p h ilo s o p h e r 6 43 T r ia l o f M r G a n d h i 8 0 2 T r u e d e s tin y o f m a n 5 53 T r u e e d u c a tio n 1164 T r u th a n d c o m fo r t 1268 T r u th a n d th e p e r s o n a lity 1070 “T r u th h a s d iv e r s e fa c e ts ” 828 T r u th fu ln e s s 5 93 T u es 1549 T w o m e ss e n g e r s, B o u r d e lle a n d K r ish ­ n a m u r ti 9 2 0

TITLE INDEX TO WORKS BY KRISHNAMURTI U n b o u n d e d w o r ld s 5 2 0 U n c o n v e n t io n a l s a g e 1 102 U n d e r s ta n d in g 1093 U n ity o f b e in g 543 U n til th e d a w n ( T o K r ish n a ji) U s e s o f th e p a st

173

W h y th e O r d e r o f th e S ta r sh o u ld b e

1539

514

V e r d a d e r a c o m u n id a d 532 V ers O rn m en 9 0 6 V ers u n h u m a n is m e d e lib é r a tio n 1356 V ie d 'A n n ie B e sa n t 1494 V ie in té r ie u r e 9 5 4 V io le n c e e t u to p ie 1185 V o ic e u n v e ile d 1555 V o ie lib re 7 7 7 V o u le z - v o u s n e p a s j o u e r a v e c m o i 1318 V o y a g e o f se lf-d is c o v e r y 1337 W a y o f th e p a r a d o x 798 W e w o n d e r ... 1288 W eek at O m m en 898 W e e k e n d in L ib b e y - t w o t a lk s by K r ish n a m u r ti 1504 W er ist K r ish n a m u r ti 7 6 6 W h a t a r e K r ish n a m u r ti’s te a c h in g s? 8 6 2 W h a t is a w a r e n e ss? 6 9 2 W hat K r ish n a m u r ti h a s m e a n t to m e 693, 694 W h a t sh a ll w e say? 1407 W h a t th e h e a d o f th e O r d e r w a n ts u s to be 1344 W h a t th e w o r ld n e e d s 1259 W h a t’s J .K .? 1515 W h o ’s w h o o f In d ia n w r iters 8 1 7 W hy th e c o m in g o f th e W o r ld T eacher . . . 1 1 7 0 , 1171

a b o lis h e d ... 1173 W ill A m e r ic a n s a c c e p t M r K r ish n a m u r ­ ti’s m e ssa g e ? (s y m p o s iu m ) 111 W isd o m o f in se c u r ity 805 W ith in y o u is th e k in g d o m 1116 W o rd 1547 W o r k o f th e ru ler a n d th e te a c h e r 5 38 W o r k o f th e th r ee S ta r c e n tr e s , A d y a r , O m m e n , O jai 1246 W o r ld b rea th 518 W o r ld o f Z e n 7 60 W o r ld r e lig io n s in e d u c a tio n : H in d u ­ ism 612 W o rld T e a c h e r (E r ic k s o n , L ars)

1000

W o r ld -T e a c h e r (J in a r a ja d a sa , C ) 6 3 1 , 1113 W o r ld -T e a c h e r (a s he s e e m s to o n e w h o h a s n e v e r se e n h im ) 1372 W o r ld -T e a c h e r (in q u e s tio n s a n d a n sw e r s) 7 3 1 , 7 3 2 , 7 3 3 W o r ld w ith o u t fr o n tie r s 8 1 2 Y o g a f o r A m e r ic a n s 6 25 Y o g a f o r y o u (B r a g d o n , C la u d e ) 5 47 Y o g a f o r y o u (In d r a D e v i) 625 Y o g a o f b e a u ty 5 2 2 Y o g a : th e k ey to life 6 8 4 Y o u a re n o t th e ta r g e t 6 2 0 “Y o u m u st first e s ta b lis h y o u r g o a l" 10 9 7 Y o u th a n d S ta r lig h t 1455 Z en : a w a y o f life 6 1 6 Z en and lib e r a tio n a c c o r d in g K r ish n a m u r ti 7 48 Z e n a n d r e a lity 741 Z en : s a g e s s e d ’E x tr ê m e -O r ie n t

to

674